&. v^. .0^. \^^ IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-3) 1.0 I.I Ik HO '"IS 2.0 m LH U 1 1.6 *" 6" ► VI m / ^ Photographic Sciences Corporation 13. The fixed stars? (Questions on the Solar System, and Table of Sizes, ^, Which planet is nearest to the sun ? Which farthest off? Which are nearer tlian the earth ? Which farther ? Which three planets have the greatest diameter ? Which are smaller than the earth ? What is the diameter of the sun ? The earth ? The moon ? What M the distance of the earth from the sun ? In what time does the «arlh revolve round the sun ? Which of the planets revolve round ihe sun in loss time than the earth ' 4 MATHEMATICAL GEOGRAinx. many millions may be seen ; and their number increases in proportion to the magnifying power of the tele^ope ' ♦ whslh 1 f'""^ T «"l'Posed to be suns, around each of which planets revolve, as about our sun. ^ ""^ in the hea'Vfns''''^Ir11' ""'*'' "^T^' 't " ^^•«'^''' ^^^i^^ous zone ni.mw!?/ . u' l"PP«s«d to be caused by an immense number of stars, which, from their apparent nearness can 1 « a^u^^'S^'"'^^^^ f'-om each other. "harness, can- J 6. 1 he Earth is a globe or spherical body • vet on nn the "eye' "s magnitude, its roun'dness is not ^p^rL% WeTo" a.. .,y upwards of 26 miles. *^ ^ "* .hroijtrmro'""' "^"^ '" "» """^---y ««« Passing onf noTttVJ'aTte^Ltb.'"" ""^ """^^ '"» ^°'"> "■« 21. The annual revolution of the earfh munA tu^ connection with the obiirmitv of tLec^fnSJl ■'""'.'" succession of the four seaZi ^^"' occasions the 22. The earth's diurnal rotation on its own axi^ fivnrv oa hours, IS the cause of dau and nis-ht ThiT «. »• ®^^/^y.24 between the sun and the earth Tmll^ ^ '""T ' P"««'»? cept at the time of netSmoou " "'"'' ^'^^P'" '^ , 25 An eclipse of the moon is caused bv thp ParH.». «« ing bet^veen the sun and the moon -mid ; I .o! ^T" place except at the time of /XToo». ''" """"' '^'^^ 18. I^it a perfect ^^T 1,. ^\ "rsYe 'l^'^' '' '^ ^""^ ^ i: Wh^^^reX'rn J^,,T1*3-^^^^^^^ seaaonsP moon? 24 VVhifUfu ^'*- v^'** three motions has tlw DEFINITIONS. I. Ctvilor Political Geography dcVmeatos the empires kingdoms, and states, which occupy the surface of S earth, and exhibits the monuments o7humar[mlustry and „t5;o^*^*i"'"' Geo^rap^y is the natural history of the globe, and embraces a view of the sea, the atniosphere the atructure of the earth, together with its riveis kke«' mountams minerals, vegetables, and animlls. * ^^'' ». It IS the provrijce of physical geography to treat of thA earth as ,t proceeded from'^tfie hand of tie fcreat^r incl^d! ing such chan-es as have been produced by thr/aws wh"ch he has established ; but civil geography treats cTieflv of the changes which have been effectSd by man ^ pal'narrnf 7f "I" ""^ *''''" geography comprises the princi- mattSrvvhlh ?r S^'^^'^''?' ,'^^'""^^ ^ ^^^ '""^^ «f the Togrnphy ^''"braces, belongs properly to physical 5. The surface of the earth consists of land and toaUr • nearly one thud being land, and two thirds water ' b. Ihe proportion of land to >vater, in the northern hemisphere, has been computed as 72 ti 100 and [n th« southern hemisphere, as only 15 to 100. ' ® 7. The Land is divided by water into continents islands 9. There are two continents ; the Eastern, comprsinff ^z eZJTI ^7r'««. Some reckon six continents^ water.^" **•'"*'' '' "" ^'^^^ °^ ^'''"^ ^'""'^'y surrounded by Definitions. -1. What is civil goography ? "* 2. Phyajcal geoafraphy ? 3. What is tlte province of each ? 4. What ,s said «f the division of civil geography ' G mZit .r '^^^ •""'•^""^ °/ *''« earth%oLiS7 " hemispLVr'^"?'^ 'r ^^« "O'thern and southern R wj-i; • P ^^* • "• ''°^^ *^ ^'»« ^and divided ? 8^ What IS a continent ? y. How manv rnnr.r,.,,^ „^ o iu. v»iiui IS an island-' - " • -^ «xc » 4 I a --■r-^ rr,! ,f ;m m » m m ^ .v ^ Kh-w?..vr - * 6 DEFINITIONS. 11. A peninsula is a portion of land almost surrounded by water. 13. Ad itthmua is a neck of land which joins a peninsula to the main land, or two parts of a continent together. IS. A cape is a point of land projecting into the sea ; if the land is high arxl mountainous, it is called a promontory. 14. The Water is divided into oceans, seas, lakes, gulfs» bays, straits, sounds, rivers, and friths or estuaries. 15. An ocean is the largest extent of water, nowhere en- tirely separated by land. 16. There arc usually reckoned five oceans, the Pacific,. Atlantic, Indian, Northern or Arctic, and Southern or An- tarctic oceans. 17. A sea is a smaller collection of water, communicat ing with an ocean. 18. A gulf or bay is a part of a sea extending up into the land. 19. A atraU is a narrow channel, joining two seas, or one part of a sea with another. 20. A sound is a small sea so shallow that it may be sounded. 21. A lake is a large collection of water in the interior of a country. 32. A river is a lar^e stream of water flowing into the sea, or into a lake, or mto another river. a«. The right bank of a river is that which is on the right tiand of one who is sailing down the river. 24. A frith or estuary is the widening of a river at its mouth into an arm of the sea. 25. The principal Political Divisions of the earth are. empires, kingdoms, and republics. 26. An empire is composed of several large countries^ subject to one sovereign, styled an emperor. 27. A kingdom is generally less extensive than an em pire, and is subject to a king. 28. If the power of the emperor or king is limited by law, it is called a 'imited or constitutional monarchy j if not limited, an absolute monarchy, or a despotism. II. What is a peninsula ? 12. An isthmus? 13. A cape ? '"^ 14. How is water divided ? 15. What Is an ocean.? 16. How many are there ? 17. What is a sea ? 18. A gulf or bay > 19. A strait.? 20. A sound ? 21. A lake ? 22.- A river f va. What IS the right bank of a river ? 24. What is a frith or estuary.'^ ^. What are the principal political divisions of the earth ■• SJ6. What b an empire ? 27. A kingdom ? oa TT nai a uusitcu uuu \vhai an abaolutc monarchy f MAPS. ^ 20. A repvhlic is a country or state which is goTerned bf persons elected by the people. 30. The four principal Religions of the world are Paganism or Heathemtm, Mahometanismy Judai$m, and ChristMnity. 31. Paganism, the most extensive, is the worship of idols or falsegods, and comprises a great variety of systems. 32. Mahomelanismf or Mohamedanism, was Ifounded by Ma'homet in the 7th century, and teaches that there is one (jrod, and that Mahomet is his prophet. 33. Judaism is the religion of the Jews, who are dl»» porsed throughout the world, and who aclcnowledge the authority of the Old Testament, but reject the New. 34. Christianitjf is the worship of the true God as re- vealed m the Scriptures. The Christians are distinguished into three general divisions, Roman Catholics, the Greek Church, and Protestants. 35. The Roman Catholics, or Church of Rome, acknowl- edge the supremacy of the pope, and are often called Pa- pists. ; 36. The Greek Church rejects the authority of the Pope: but It resembles the Roman Catholic in its forms and cere- monies. ^ 37. The Protestants are so called from iheir protesting against the authority and decrees of the Church of Rome, at the time of the Reformation, in the 16th century. They are divided into various denominations, Lutherans, Calvin tsts, Episcopalians, Presbyterians, Congregationalists, Bap^ itsts, Methodists, Moravians, Quakers, Unitarians, &c. MAPS ; MAP OF THE WORLD.* 1. As the earth is a round body, the most correct repre- sentation of its surface is made by means of an artificial 29. A republic ? 30. What are the four principal religions ? 31. What ia Paganism? 32. What is Mahometanism ? 33. Juda ism ? 34. Christianity ? 35. What is said of the Roman Catholics ? 36. The Greek Church ? 37. The Protestants ? MAPS. — 1. What is the best representation of tlie earth .-' *N. B. — In studying this section, the pupil, sittiag with bis face to the north, should have the Map of the World spread open hof. I.:. J.-.-I ^..ii_ 3 8 MAPS. it ghbe, on which the different parts of the land and water are drawn according to their natural situation. 2. A map 18 a representation of the earth, or a Dart of it upon a plane or a level surface. ^ ^ "' 8. The Map of the World ia a globe divided into twa equalparts, and reduced to a plane Sr level, ^^t" iT P^^^"^ called hemisphere* or half globes : I TrlJ?^ ;«Wer«, the other, tl£ ,.«/m. heraifphere ♦ Ji"V'^ of maps IS towards the north; the ioffom towards the south ; the right hand, ea*« ; and {heVhand; fmm Ti!f» f ^''^ f ^^uinoetial is a line which passes from east to west through the middle of the map of the world, at an equal distance from the poles, dividing it into ^tsphere; the southern part, the southern hemisphere. fj\*t Latitude of a place is its distance from &e equa- J^4^iL'!;*.'?"*^J measured on a meridian towards either ^^Th« n^^^^ii" '^Tr' <>' '^'^^t^^ (')^^»d seconds ("). 90 «J»h^ "Ti?^!.**^^^«'^l*?^***''"^^««" never exceed 90, as that is the distance of the poles from the equator. eeUglXstart^^iSiie^^.''^^^^^^^^^^^ *""->- ^^"^ thik>**iiit""trt"i£fS ™^P'. ^' e^P^-essed bv the figures on ti';irdol^ri!:'^isZ;^^^^^ "^'''•^*^ ^^^ *^^^^"^« ^« called »i?:j?.t7/:^^^^^^^ "^^^*« ^«'-« fiiit^mJr!lfi«n ''^^'^f"''* ''** " P*r^ ^ '^ ^*«'*nce from the nrst meridian, east or west, and cannot exceed 180°. «« fi! ^<*°«»*"pe " commonly expressed on maps by figures on the 8. What IS the greatest number of degrees of latitude ? 9. How raany miles are there in a decree ? 11 w J^ " latitude expressed on maps ? 13 K'j-T P^*;*^!.* ^* *'*' ^*t'*"''« • 12- What is longitude ? IJ. How IS longitude expressed on maps ? ^'"gHuae . Sh'S?eSS'S^L" 'n" ™'P- "r «^°"'^ ^' t«"^ht to dJ,»u, ■?fes d and water a part of it, led into two half globes ; hemisphere. the Mtomy ^ left hand, hich passes map of the iding it into he northern nisphere. m the equa- jrards either seconds ("). iver exceed jquator. s, or about I figures on ) latitude is to left, are e from the 30°. i bv figures rid, by fig- om left to , it is toest. ? Jtude ? 3 ude? t to d!«<^ui oest, anil to 5 MAP OP THE WORLD. ^ «re cayed^^^X^^^ '""' *' ^'^ ""*' ^^^^^ thi'loiTgUude'^f;;^^ FrSI^'^ accompanies this oook, the fTor/Znd £«ror Jn3*'"^t°°^^^ **»« Maps of from GreenlTchZZeZ^TlVainn.!'^ the Ma„,,'^th of the Jlneient athH i ^ ?. yyashmgton. On the maps GV.emi,.=fSVmronro^f tl'^ ^*>* ^'^m Islands. ' "® ^^^ ^^^ Fortunate (now Canary) at Ih'e l!llZ°Tfl3^olZ ^^"f '^"^ ^'«^" *>» the maps, of the equa^r i^ o„n!/»^'" ^^^ ^!^''^^'' ^he one nort£ south, th^?rrc;>r^;;^e:J:/^''P- of C«nc.r; the one distance of So^^f?;omth?n7 ^""^? ""«" ^'^^ ^' ^^e the^.c«. drc,e!1,f ruttn''te^-^„^^^^^^ >« ^"^^ b/LXt"a?dVoilrX^Ie^ namely, 1 t^orrid, 2 t?mp\7a^f a^d 2 fHgid "''" ' "^ *^'"'' 14 15. 18. 3 4, 6. 8. W. 11. 3i3. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 16. 19 20 Qi Wh^lSIIh:^?- ^^-W^t are the polar ci«le.. ' WK- I. ?"'=!'"°"" °^ """^ M**- OF THE WORLB. tn^T^kTchTl:;^?'^^^^^^ eastern or wes. ^^^rJ'Twfaitrrf'^- "\*""** '"*° *he northern frigid Wfeat oceanXs ewt of Zi" • "^ '" ^i*^ '°"*''^"» fr^S'd zone ? rica? *^ America and west of Euro|e and Af- Wh!^! • !5® Northern or Arctic ocean ? ■ 20 Hnnr Jo I ""'.""""'^m or Antarctic ? ■ # fcif Ar/"=* bounded ? 81 . Africa ? 29. Enr.n. . o, a .:. . 10 MAP OF THE WORLD. \-k- 19. The Torrid Zone is the space included Ijetween the two tropics. This portion of the earth is distinguished for extreme heat, an unhealthy climate, and luxuriant vegeta- tion. To all parts of this zone the sun is twice every year vertical, or directly over head ; and the year is here divid- ed into two seasons, thn wet and the dry. 20. The two Temperate Zones are included between the tropics and the polar circles. These parts of the globe produce the greatest abundance of the most useful com- modities, and afford the happiest residence for the human species. 21. The Frigid ZouesUe between the polar circles and the poles, and are regions of perpetual snow and ice, af- fording but httle vegetation or food f ^r the subsistence of man. 22. In the frigid zones, the sun never sets for a certain number of days in summer, and never rises for an equal Dumber m winter, 23. At the poles, one half of the year is day, and the other half night, the sun bein» there 6 months above the horizon, and 6 months below it. 19. What is a^ of the torrid zone^ 80. What is sfld of the temperate zones ? 21. Of the frigid zones* iO. How IS It with respect to the sun in the frigid zones ? 33. How Is the year divided at tlie poles ? i 26. Which way from the south end of Africa is New Hblland ? »7. What countnes lie between Uie equator and 10 degrees of N. Lat. .' 23. What countries between 10<* and 20** ' 29 Be- tween 20° and 30° ? 30. Between 3(P and 40° ? 31. Between TgS>?^^' ^^' ^®'^^° 50° and 60°? 33. What north 34. What sea lies between Europe and Africa? 35. What sea between Africa and Arabia ? 36. What strait separates the northwest part of America from Asiaf ^Tf^ ® ^^° contments approach nearest each other' 3d. Where is Greenland ? 30. Where are Spitzbergen and Nova Zembla ? 40. Which is most southerly, Cape Horn or the Cape of Good Hope? 41. Wliere is Madagascar? 42. Mauritius and Bourbon ? 43. Van Diemen's land ? 44. St. Helena ? 45. la TO?*®^*T^' ^^- The Sandwich Isles ? 47. New Zealand? 48. What islands m the Pacific ocean between the equator and the tropic of Capricorn ? 49. What oceans and seas are passed over in sailing from New York to Canton ? 50. What ones from New York to St Peters- burg? 5X. To the Black sea? AMERICA. 1. America is about 9,000 miles long from noith to south, bemg much longer than either of the other quarters: but It 13 much narrower than Asia and nearly equal in extent. • "'\divided into two parts, i\Wt received its name trom ^dmeneus Fespuctut, of Florence, who visited the con- tinent 7 years after the first discovery by Columbus. 6. It has become of great imporrar.ee both in a political and a commercial view ; and its discovery is justly regard- ed as the most important event of modern times. b. America contains every variety of dimate ; yet its climate is reckoned to be about 10 degrees colder than that of the eastern continent, in the same parallels of latitude, wl** XT '«nao"a"ts consist chiefly of three classes. Whites, Negroes, and Indians. ^,^i»I^l.A' '"^ descendants of Europeans, who have emigrated to America since its discovery : and thev form more than one half of the population. ^ ' ^ fhrjZiff^^^f oP*"*'. °C ***^,l" ''^"^'^t of descendants of the Enghs} and Spaniards. The former are chiefly found m the United States and the British provinces of Norths Anierica ; the latter mostly, in Mexico, Guatemala, the West Indies, and South America. 10. The two other most numerous classes of whites are Por/ttgtte«e, who are found chiefl;r in Brazil', and French Tn'd^GuTan^a^^/Xr'^'^ "^"'^^""^^ '''' ^"' ''''''" America. -I What is said of the extent of America? 2. How IS It divided ? 3. For what distinguislied ? K f u'! "'^^^^^ resiwcting its name and discoverv » ™,f-S'*^Pt^*u 'f »t»"?P«'"tani? «. What is said of its di 8 wSJ?- I ^.i^ Vmm^''® ^^^^ "'*»■«'' °^ inhabitants ? ^' '^^r^'^*'.( tu^'l'If^L^J. ^L-hat does the greater part .... „,„ .„^ jj,^ uiurr iHosi numerous Ciaiweiir JS « I AMERICA. native country:" Th;Va7e7rn,f'."h"^**^r«^^ from th~eir ~- ' - ■ Unhed States the wL^^^^^^^ '" *^^ ««"^»»«™ have adopted, fn somfmSe ?hVL'hW ''^;*^.^ ? «»^ »••«/ 14. Most of those wChave^nn5n»^^"'A".^'''^«^ ^•<*«- PnK'J^^^^^^^^ The a?esto^:Vey^frrhotha.t ''T'' ^^ ^'^«« «f the sav- friendships, b^ut InSable in ^,f.^''^"^ > ^^^'^^^^ "» theL fortitude and patience in i^i!i • ^^^^ V^sentinents. Their tempt of deatEnnvesVthei? .h""^ suffering, and their con' pndeur ; but as a A' &"'*'' '" **i ^ '^'"^^ °^ '"oral happy. " *^«c-, tuey are neither amiable nor Ji" S?*' >■ related of the neffroea -» 19 ti. i j- 15. What Is wid o? tS p°^ Je '11?!*? r iP^^P^^'dent .^ 17. What is said of thelTcharacter ? '^'^ "''*'' ^•"Ploymeats NORTH AMERICA 13 NORTH AMERICA. -'•.^<*'"'j*-^"?6"ca comprises three great divisitns ; Ist Bnhsh dmertca, together with the Ilussian Pc$$e$iton$ and Greenland in the north ; 2tl, the United States, in tho iniddle ; and 3d, Mexico and Oudletnd'la, or Central jlmer- tea, m the south. North America. — 1. What are the dimiona of North Ameri- ca f 15. QdESTIOWS Olf THE Map OF NoRTH AMERICA. 1. What ocean lies east of North Amorica ? 2. What one west ? 3. Where is the gulf of Mexico ? 4. The Caribbean sea? ?. Hudson 8 Bay ? 6. Baffin's Hay ? 7. James's Bay f 8. Tje ^j*"'! of S*- Lawrence? 9. Davis's Straits ? 10. Beerinff'g Straib? 11. Where I < Alaska? 12. Cape Farewell ? 13. Cape Race ? 14. Cape St. Lucas ? How are the United Stales bounded? IG. Mexico? 17. Guatemala? 18. How is Greenland situated? 19, The Russian Possessions? 20. New Britain? 21. New North Wa^es? J^. New South Wales? 23. Labrador? 24. Low- er Canada? 25. Upper Canada.-' 26. Newfoundland? 27. New Brunswick.? 23. Nova Scotia? 29. Cape Breton? 30. Pnnce Edward Island? 31. The Bermudas? 32. The Bahama Islands ? 33. The Caribbee Islands ? 34. The Virmn Islands? 35. How is Cuba situated? 36. St. Dominiro? „ 37. Jamaica? 38. Porto Rico ? 39. Trinidad? What island is east of Greenland ? 41. Where are the North Georman wlands? 42. Prince Regent's Inlet? 43. Mef- ville Island? 44. Bathurst Inlet? 45. Repulse Bay? 46. New Caledonia? 47. The Knisteneaux? 48. The Esqui- KA w?**°^' L^^* ^**®'® "^'^^^o^^^y Mountains? 50. What is the course of the St. Lawrence ? 51. Mackenzie's nver? 52. The Saskaahawan? 53. What rivers How into Hudson 8 Bay? 54. What ones into the Gulf of Mexico ? 55. Into the Pacifio ocean ' 56. What lakes are between the United Slates and Upper Canada: 57. Where 18 lake Winnipeff? 58. Great Bear Lake? 59. Atha- pescow ? 60. Slave Take ? What islands on the west coast of North America ? Where IS Mount St. Eliaa ? 63. Fairweather Mountain > 64. New Archangel ? What towns or eeUlements are on the west coast of Greenland wnat ones on the northeast coast of Labrador ? 40 61. 62. 65. 66. _^ ^^ 67 What iRnle and houses west of Hudson 14 NORTH AMERICA. 2. The great range of mountains in North America ■« ^hTrn^^wf C.^*?^^ America. In Mexico it is called JSLf f t"* « ' f-^ -K'*"" ' "> »*»« territory of the Un ted S. This range receives its name from its massive nn^ Sf^jT P i^ j"n»"'>^ ate covered with perpetual snoT H^A PeaA and ^long-'* PeaAr, near the sources^of ti^eTvT; Platte are two of the highest that are known. thrfS-f^if'*^'^'*'*^ ^oun..u.e, rudo 3 i«norS"a:7.Kr,7'"'' "!■" "" »'•'»>' o< .he rcindcc-r and othor a" .ml^ "^ ''i i'""' .Vi"- 'ho »kin, for .he b„„„v„,eu. , .Joc.'''„yXS„'l^i,4h«,;'--n^e„„», RUSSIAN POSSESSIONS. we« J.^'MS-reTaiTur/iT""^^ '" '"o """- except. heimtive Indians ' ' " ''°'' '^»' inl"«hi.ants roirWMMer. *'«'' "nouutains of S/. i,Vi«, a„a >4<'''f.r"rX„\r„f%l';" .'■-"'"»» and f„,.,, es.ab- BRITISH AMERICA. hendjnrau\h*eT:&„™" ««-' «f f on„.ry, ecnpre- NewfountUmd, Cap« n™,„„ " 7 2 • """*„' ""« "Inncfc „f .Bd .he vas. regio//ofm7sri,a^""" ^''''"•' '•''»'^' ^"••wp and each provincf C „ 'l ^ ?"" '■»»'''«■'« is at 3. In what does it abound ? 4. WhatissaidofthenaUves? 'i Tl. ivr • EwsuN Possession, i «.. Moravians ? 2. What is*^d o'u '• I VS? 'r ^"^^''^ P-«e- ? n„ , • •*• "'"at further is related? J. What does it cor ;, .- . '^^Vf' '"'^ °/ '^"^'«'» America ? 4. What is the reli^joi ; ^ '^ '* {fovemed ? NEW BRITAIN. 17 NEW BRITAIN. 1. New Brituin compriaos ull British America oTr«n» ii. four provinces and i.lunds in the 80^^ paTatt wholly, with the exception of a few tradhlg estTbl hmenti in the possession of the natives. ""»"menia, 2. It is divided into two parts by Hudson's Rnv t« »i.^ east of which are J.abradoi' and wSn and n h ^ye.i, New North Wales rnd New S^thfFZV '"^ "^^ hnr^on '^ '^ " ', ®-"^ "'"'^'""^ '■«»'0"' «"ti " groot part of it ia c™> Vl.if > ',; WI,at„TOid of the oounlry? 4. Ri» WlmiaUv'etJ.L'^ ^°""'«» "■' oou„lr,vj;i„.bler'7: LOWER CANADA. Falh of the Montmortnci. 16 LOWER CANADA. battle between th7p„„ik ""?'«"se strength, and for a anaJM-Smwer^K" """ *^«"»''. '" ^Weh »-<,;/. Jc\1'r,te"he'ad''„"rfh1 °"„ ""^ ",'""'' '" *« S<. Law- ° nead ot shy navigation, 180 miles above LOWER CANADA. 19 B great river r Canada by My (sag'na), Frnncts, anc Eirtile valley, flows. with forests, of heat and rivers, par- ow Quebec, le river into eet perpen- ' and gran- commerce, r, and pot- J^rench, and are Hescen- an peasan- r education 1 plastered, ut they are k'ns. ca, is built nee of the miles from 17 strongly ideur of its and for a ich ITolfe St. Law- les above part ? CataractB ? d exports ? ebec 11% Quebec, is the most commercial town in Canada, the creat emporium of the fur trade, and it contains a magnil'cent Catholic cathedral. ^ la The other towns are small. Some of the most impor- T^ » v/-^™ ^,!r^ TArce iftvm, formerly the capital ; St. John\ and mlham Henry or Sorel. •' r », 14. The French, who first settled Canada in 1608 kent ^ssession of it till 1759, when Quebec was taken by the English nndex general JVol/e; and the whole province soon aftervvrrds was surrendered to the British. In 1841, Upper andLower Canada were united into one province, of which -*mgv»/'". !», Ike siluaUon of New Bran. SexpoS.^'i' wSf ''""n'''l!"'r'= =*• What The pZ Andrew s . What towns are m the southwest fart of Novl NOVA SCOTIA. NOVA SCOTIA. .„j • ''"*'' ^"''^"s a lyge penituula, about 800 miles lan' « governed by a lieutenant-governor, and the i«l»nH „p C^. 3«(o, (bre-toon') is aniexed to the'^rovincetf No"a the^rlheriis'""'" ""^ « Sood soil, and are valuable for S. iouMiurg-, on Capo Breton, was once verv Btrontrl., fortified, and is famous for having been twij t?kM ftS,^ i?cr^e-^^5^i-s-.v%j/^^^ B'*wS„?*'rT' ~ 1- ^^*' •' ^^'^J of Nova Scotia ? ' K SS J °fu*^* *"'f«*=^ ''"'J soil ? 3. Exports ? 4 HalifaT * ?• «,u** °*^^'" *own« are there ? ^ "'^'**^ " e. What is related of the history of Nova Scotia ? '*'"T3''r*5° ^"'^''^ ^"^ Cape Brktok.-1. How are S wi.^®*^ '?'*"?^ governed? 2. What is said of them" 8. What IS related of Louisburg ? "" ' 22 NEWFOUNDLAND NEWFOUNDLAND. 1. Noivfoundland, sit-jated east of the gulf of St. Law- rence, and separated from Labrador by the strait of Bellisle (beJ-ileO, IS about 400 miles in length; but the interior is lutie known, and the settlements a^e all in Jhe siutheas? 2. The country toward the coast is hilly, the shores ru^r. ^^«' ^u "T^' uninviting, the soil unproductive ° 3. Itieeltmale is cold and dreary, and subject to foirs at tended with freouent storms of sno^ and sleet! ^ ' 4. 1 his island is valuable chiefly for the cod-fisherieM IvS1'Sw"'t? "'^°" '^^ '''''''' called^hefir:/' ^eiofoundland. These are the most valuable cod-fisheries n the world, and employ as many as 3000 small vessels be! FraS "^ •" '^' ^"^^'^ ^'^'"'^ Great BriS, and 5. St. John's, a considerable town, is the capital. THE BERMUDAS. ^1. The Bermu'das.or Som'ers Islands, are situated in th« Atlantic, to the east of South Carolina nearly equid^tan! ^'•om Nova Scotia and the West Indies. ^ ' 2. They are about 400 in number : but most of them np« very smaU; entirely barren, and uninhabited ^ Jiol-'go^ernTenr "^ "^"^' ^' ^'^ ^""^ ^^^'^'^ »»- 4. The climate is of a delightful temperature, bp / ibiect to violent storms and hurricanes. ' /-inject NKwrouNDLAND.-l. WJiat are the situation and extent of Newfoundland? 2. What is said of it ? 3. ^",at i^ the di . .^^n'-^te? .4. For what is the island valuable? "* ""^ '' "*^ ''''■ 5. What 18 the capital ? 2'^How^^?„"''•^'• "a ^ • ^^^ '' ^^^ '•^"«"°" °f ^he Bermudas ? Z A^i''«,l* ^^.^ ^^^'^ • 3- '^hat is the seat of ffovern ment ? 4. What is the climate ? govern rZ«'C*^'"''^-^r"''*-T:"°^ '« Nova Scotia situated? Cape Breton ? Pr.nce Edward Island ? Newfoundland ^ The Great Bank? The Strait of Bellisle? Cape Race> Cape Sable ? Bay of Fundy ? How is Halifax sitimred ' Lomsbur^r? St. John's? The Bermuda IslandsV""'''^" UNITED STATES. 23 UNITED STATES. 1. I he territory of the United States embraces the mid- dle division of North America, extending from the Atlantic ocean on the east, to the Pacific on the west, about 3,000 miles from east to west, and 1,700 from north to south. 2. Most of the country which lies west of the Mississippi IS still in the possession of the Indians. 3. The number c f states, at the time of the declaration United States. — 1. What is the extent of the United States ? 2. What part is m the possession of the Indians ? 3. What states and territories belongr to the Union ? 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 8. 10. 11. 13. 14. 17. 19. 21. 22. 24. 28. 31. 82. 13. QOESTIONS ON THE MaP OF THE UniteD StATES. Which state lies farthest to the northeast ? What part of the United States is farthest south ? What IS the direction of the coast from Florida to Maine f What are the principal bays on the coast ? What capes are there at the mouth of Massachusetts bay ? Where is Delaware bay .? 7. What capes at its mouth ? Where is Chesapeake bay ? 9. What capes at its mouth .' What capes are there on the coast of North Carolina ? What IS the direction of the Alleghany Mountains.? What IS the direction of the course of the St. Lawrence ? Of the Connecticut, Hudson, and Delaware .? In what direction do the rivers in the Southern States flow into the Atlantic? 15. What are the principal rivers that flow into the AUantic ? 16. What rivers flow into the Gulf of Mexico .-• ^° what direction do they run .' 18. What is the direction of the Ohio ? ^fct' «T "J"^" ^'^^ '"^^ ^^'® Mississippi on the east side ? «Tt ' ^ ^®® '*'"ff® °"^^ °" ^^^ west side ? What are the five lakes on the north of the United States' Which IS the farthest northwest ? 23. Which is farthest east f Which lies wholh^ within the United States ? 25. Between which are the falk of Niagara ? 26. What lake lies between Atia™?ljV" New York.? 27. What states border on the What states border on the gulf of Mexico .' 29. What states Missb8i°"i'?**^ great lakes ? 30. What states border on the What states border on the Ohio ? What states are separated by the Connecticut ? -.vnai sitttes are intersected hy the Connecticut ? 3* T' 24 UNITED STATES. fnidfen'l^'tt' """^^^'^ *'^^ ?■•«««"* number is 26. and JVtfw Eng- land or Eaatern States, Middle Slates. Slates. ' I. Maine, 2. New Hampshire, 3. Vermont, 4. Massachusetts, 5. Rhode Island, 6. Connecticut, ' 7. New York, 8. New Jersey, 9. Pennsylvania, . 10. Delaware, I [ Sou^ern States. Seats of Government. Augusta. Concord. Montpelier. Boston. Providence, Newport. Hartford, New Haven Albany. Trenton. Harrisburg. Dover. Annapolis. Richmond. Raleigh. Columbia. Milledgevillo Tuscaloosa. Jackson. New Orleans. Little Rock. Nashville. Frankfort. Columbus. Detroit. Indianapolis. Springfield. Jefferso'ii. 4. Into what four divisions are they distinffuished ? Wh\oh n,^ States? What territories are there? What is thp J^m !^? government of Maine ? Of New Hampshire, &c.? ' °^ 34. What states are separated by the Potomac' V, Whof «i . north ofit ? 3^. What states' soulh ^ 39 wtal slaS°"^ sZ:iT\''r^ *'^ ""'/'^'^^ of Washl^gt^'r'lo Wllil J^«;i^«'^/'A^'''*°^''- What states west 4 ^ Which are some of the largest slates ? •» ' w incji f ffestern States. 11. Maryland, 12. Virginia, 13. North Carolina, 14. South Carolina, 15. Georgia, 16. Alabama, 17. Mississippi, IS. Louisiana, 19. Arkansas, 20. Tennessee, 21. Kentucky, 22. Ohio, 23. Michigan, 24. Indiana, 25. Illinois, 26. Missouri, a UNITED STATES. oris 26. and 'olumbiat and 'es, belong to :eneral divis- tern. overnment. !, Newport. STew Haven 2B If) IS. Which are le Southern the seat of iVhat states s are inter- » lie wholly t states are 40. What 41 Which Territo- ries. Washinotow. Tailuhasscc. Madison. Burlington. Dtttriet. Columbia, 'Florida, Wisconsin, Ilowa, Western, and Indian, Oregon, 6. The states are all divided into counties, and in the Eastern, Midd e, and a part of the Western Stares, the counties are subdivided into townships i but in the rest thev ore not. ' 6. The Eastern States are generally mountainous oi hilly. South of Long Island, the coust, in some parts for more than 100 miles Irom the sea, is mostly a flat sandy plain, elevated but a little above the level of the ocean : but above the head of tide waters, the country becomes first hilly, and afterwards mountainous. The vast extent of countrpr lymg between the Alleghany and the Rocky Moun- T ^T^l' ' **' ^^^^ J'^"'^' ^"^ moderately uneven. 7. Ihe two great ranges of mountains are the JRockv Mountains m the west, and the Alleghany or Appalachian Mountains m the east. The Alleirhany mountains extend from Alabama to the state of New York ; or, according to f?™M^f'^^'' ^^'^ '"^"1!? "^ **'« ^'- t^a^vrence, inclucFing the White Mountains of New Hampshire. 8. Tho two largest Lakes wholly within the United States are Mtch'igan and Champlain'. Lakes SupeWior, Huron, E'ne, and Ontn'rio, lie one half in this country, and one half in Upper Canada. "uuiry, 9. The Unit ed States contain many large and navigable 5. How are the states divided > G. What is the face of the counlrv " 7. What ranges of raountains.? 8. Lakes? 9. Riyew? ^' ^I^K^"" Bmallest Slates? 43. How is Maine bounded ? ^' Jtl^JY^^frL ^^' Vermont? 46. Massachusetts .^ 47. Rhode Island? 43. Connect cut? 49. New York?^ New Jersey ? 51. Pennsj^lvania? 52. De lawarl^ 53 M^I r^land? ^4 Virginia ? 53. North Carolina? 56? Soutl Caroina? 57. Georgia? 58. Florida? 69. Alabama^ S ^iT'r^P^- f»-,I^«»i«'-''n^? 62. Arkansas.' 63 Tennes: r/r?in-^""K S-Ohio? 60. Michigan? 67 India 71 Hm ^^•^"'"'''s' qO- Missouri? 70. Wisconsin? 71. Iowa ^ 71. Between what states is the city of Washington situated? ''• ^otrBSTnd'Ztllr «^»^--'^^^"^ ^My extend out the country- Sf'h!,"""'""""' "foaming through. «en.s on soi:;!^ aaalTn/in £»r^r/"' """'"*'- exifci^-^frr'- j:?- £rj>'""%'i"> «•" «■- dMfe, ^r«&w KX°i "/"''?'■ »■•« ^Oi""", Jlfi/S merous in Pennsylva'°ia Jfe Dutthf/T*"' ^'^, "^°«* """ JV«icA, in Louisiana /r/*AW 1 ^^^^o^k. and the iards, are found in con^idSie^ S^^^ ^P<^^ ^ 17. The negroes are mo^sfl,. hoU • . aJnerent parts. found chiefly i^the Southern tt '" """■•'• "'"' "- Unitd^s'tZrer'of'Jhl MiS"'"'.'" ■'''""""«'!" "•" removed to the cou„?rv I vin»w.f,P/'.'i:''''™ ■««" '«=ently and Missouri. ^ ^ ^ "*" "'^ ""o ««tes of Arkansas W: mJuaSdoftt;'™"^- "• P'»'i"ctlon,» ansf UNITED STATEd. 9/ 19. riie government is that of a federal renublie Ern-h state iH .ndcpendorjt, and has a separate execCve leSda- ture and judicmry ; but the defence of the countrv thJ regulation of commerce, and the general intere^a^ ho confederacy, are intrusted to the general goveSnt. prfnciui?/n?Z!^"''''r.'^*'"'*^'.*« ^^« «'»'2«"s *e grand ?Son^^^^^^ of conscience in matters of religion, |jr>er y of the press, trial by jury, and the riirht of Sr'".r «'^ ^'»? c'l^^cn to office. ^ ^' "^" *''^ mi^Lor. thf" r^"*^ 'P''"''^ '^^''^'^ '« *h« Po^er that ad- ministers the government, is vested in a nresidenf whn together with the vice-president, is chosenTr 4 vea« bv ?ie8 of */«/i ;i^^"^'^« department, are t£e four secreta- ih ^*^t'j^» "O^e '»««»«»-y, ofwar, and of the n«t»y. makes ihe livl" ?,'''' ?T^'*' ^^'^^ ^«' *»»« power'^which S.V^%lT^ ----^ of a 4cJ tr^y'Sii^^^^^^ each 25. The reprfi«cnfa/ire* are elected by the peonle ever* 2 years. One representative is chosen f^r e^cJvT? TOol? edtocl'nt hp'*^' ^^"-ve-holding states, 5 slavJ/area^^^^^^ ea to count the same as 3 freemen. 26. The judiciary power is the authority which disnenwa justice, or expounds and applies the laws. 3 is inSn tZaVLlf''r,V ^'^^"'"^^ hold.thelr office dS fudges supreme court is composed of I n^l'- ^^l ^"'^^<'^ States were originally colonies of Great the'S ^f'j /'Tt?;''^ a declaration o^^- inde/^de^JZ ZW. ?i y"'/' J77b ; and after a revolutionary -war of 7 Britain '"^<^P<^"J«"ee was acknowledged by Great ' 28. The present Constitution was adopted in 1788 • and denf,rT789."^"'^ ^'"'-^"'"'^ under Was^nglVa's prS 2l" wETn^ • Au n '^"^'^ ^^''^ "^ •*« chara^;;;;^ ""^ 23 Wha ?, •/^P^u°"f''^""°"■ 22. The executive power' a^ Ti '^ "^ the legislative power? 24. The SeTate^ 27 wS;- '^'''P'''^."*''"^''^^- 2G. The judiciary; ^• •3. »yncn was the Constitution adopted? 28 UNITED STATES. Thomas Jefferson, James Madisoo, James Monroe, John Q. Adams, Andrew Jackson, Martin Van Buren, Wm. Henry Harrison, John Tyler, from I78U to 1797 u 1797 " 1801 t( 1801 " 1809 u 1809 « 1817 u 1817 « isas (( 1825 " 1829 (( 1829 « my? M 1837 « 1841 M 1841 « 1841 (( 1841 4 1826 91 8 1826 83 8 1&36 85 8 1831 73 4 8 4 1 month. NEW ENGLAND or EASTERN STATER thi Hudson''' tZT"" '"'J^-^'' ?r"«^^1^ States He east of ine Hudson. 1 hey are Matne, New Hamoshire Vermnnt Mas,aehusetU, Rhode Island, and ConneS ' ' Npw Fn!i"'?' ^o»«««'^«'. the largest and finest river of New England, is navigable for sloops to Hartford, 50 miles • and, by means of loclcs and canals, it has been renTereJ navigable for boats above Bath, N. H„ about sSS miles It flows through a very fine country, and there aVeTpon ite banks many pleasant towns. ^ fJ: The «Mr/actf of the country bordering on the seacoast to a considerable distance inland, is moderately unlJeSiu some parts spreading into plains, in other parts hUlv but ferior it"C° *'°»«i3«'-f»^lf. elevations. FuShe7in fc in- mZ\^t ^'"^''^ diversified with valleys, hills, and 7lft.JF^® P""^'Pal ranges of mountains are the Oreen ^^ntains, which extend through Vermont, Massachuset^ cold bSf i?^?!* t 'ukJ^*"* t*° ?^^^* extremes of heat and cow, but IS very healthy. In the spring, chillinff. damn easterly winds prevail in the countr/bo?dering on the seJl coast, which are very disagreeable. ^ ^^'^ 6. New England is the roost highly cultivated portion of 29. Who have been the 8 fluccessiva'preBidenU ? f^^lZT""'"^' ^'"'^^ "« "^ ^^'^^'^ « W«^ England '!* S^***"^'".*^ °^*^*® "''^' ConnecUcut ? SfL°f *^^ m?T.°^.^® ^tern States? 4. Wh4t moun- tMifl? 5. What i„ the climate? 6. Soil? NEW ENGLAND. ^ r. 1 he most important production is cr/w* tk- ton is the centra nf.l.rr' "f"'"'"'^ "? «"« harborrs. Bos- York; and f„ .he Lrthern par,' of WnT"^? "k^'^ w£h .T trt SSe T„'r ' '';Uc"e^''""Th"er;'"'' division of the Xon """»/'""'"•". «!•«■• in any other vailing denominations Tilo^fk • ^9P^*»^* are the pre- MAINE, for., «boundin,«X: w'hfoh^iL".rJ!.ie7 ^S^^^f has a„ m^ny good /bfc' ""'' "° °"'«'' "»'« "' "-^ Union Maine, — l. What is said of Maine ' 2 Whnf «r ♦!, and coast? 3. Commerce? *^® ■eashor© W MAINE. nIw YorT"'"''^ '*^ """'^ ^^^ '^°^''' ''^ M«ui8acliusett3 and 4. Tho faco of tho country is much diversined t in soma liignest summit. * and ^nn^^'^^Th^'"*! """' • ''^ ^"'"'' "'"'^ *^« P^oJ'.col ana Kennebec . I ho former ih nuv .nihlo lor whins to Bnn go.S upward, of 50 miles from the «eS j the ttcrKloons to Augusta, more than 10 miles. * 6. There are numerous lakes, some of tho princinnl of Woi "and •^r'^^^^^ (^0;-'eB long), C'A., JSr^/m' b7a?an\";'2?mriong'^'''^^ " '^"""^"'^'^^ ''''' ^'-•^'-'•^ flourii'Jnr!''''' '^^'*^^^ Of gorernn.rnt, is a handsome anfn"r'^' ^•^"'"'"'*- 9»-"g"'' 10. whrofotr' &e J»fap 0/ U. S.- How is Maine bounded ? What river seoar- ates the Boutheast part from New Brunswick ? Where loea W^ H "''^' T .""^ ^'VPty ■' Where is Passamaquoddy Robbinston' " ^^^°'^ "'"'^''^ ' ^'^°'^'"^- ^^l'^'" «»d ^^ m''^ fif'™' ^^gl^rul.~\\o^ is Penobscot bay situated^ What a^eThi .'"''' ''^??'^ ' • ^?'"^ "^"« '^'^ ^^ere in Vie? ' «li . Tt'"* ^"d termination of tlie Penobscot? The Ken- nebec ? The Aa.J.uscog'gin ? The SA'co ? "kJIoT^^^I u ^•'^ ''*"^^*'*^ • Chestmcook ? ' Umbagog ? Se- bago ? Katahdin mountain ? b fe -'- Hon- isAugusta situated? Portland? Bangor? Belfast? R«fb » - Pp^r'.p'^^'^^r^'r- York? Wfat towns are on the ?„T?'*'w .^}^ Kennebec? The Androscoggin ? The Portland ^'n ^^"'n" \^" coast between Portsmouth and « ortland ? Between Portland and Castine ? MAINE. •I sacliusetls and ifiml ; in somw tuin being tbo th« Penoh'ecot • ships to Ban ttor, for sloops principnl of un'eook, Um' with PoitlanJ handsome and head of sloop elegant state and n United ety built, an«i ne of the best erce. on on the Pc- md noted for commercial ff/ast, O'rono, ihy Hallowell '. What is sniil What of other at river separ- ? Wilcre doea 'assamnquoddy ? Calais and bay situated ? in Maine ? t? The Ken- mbagog ? Se- ilfast ? Bath ? IS are on the :oggin ? The )rtstnouth and II. The nrincipal literary (bo'din) Colftge at Brunswick, torvillo, the Maine Theological the Maine Wetleyan Seminary 13. Maine formed a part of till 1820. Its settlement was York and some other places. institutions are Bowdnn, Waterville College at Wa- Ifutitution at Bangor, and atReadiield. * the state of Massachuaetta commenced about 1690, at NEW HAMPSHIRE. White Mountains. 1. New Hampshire is the most mountainous state in the Union ; and a considerable portion of it is so rouirh and « rjlu*^ 'JPA*." ^^ susceptible of cultivation. * Pn-rotn «f\ * -l^omtaim are the most elevated in the tK 1.^?*^'' °"'* "^i^P'^y ^*»« ™««' sublime acenery! The highest summit is Mount fFathington. "^"^T^- nnZL ^^*''' ''*' ^i '" 1'*° WhitelVIountains is a great natural curiosity. Tfce whole mountain range seems to have been cloven down quite to its base, opening a narrow passage for a road, and for the head stream oT the river 11. What literary institutions ? 12. What is related of its history f ^^'^wu^^'tf^^^'T^' What is said of New Hampshire ? 2. The White Mountains? 3. The Noteh? i«""«f *• *<» A m MliVV HAMPSHIRE. ^^i ^*^ *'^.*^® ^^^^'^ mountains in the state are Laf^M in V»{I'V""'''J^^^ ^'V'^'' which has its course princioallT W^f J^^^P?^'^^' '^ *^« ^^r'rimack, whidi rK in thJ tt^poT'lt' l^'iirlTV''' A'l-^« oS "elow Haverwfl^% ms. "^J^^^'e for vessels of 200 tons to fhl!* * • "''®*.5 ^"^ ^y ™eans of the Middlesex canal 4. What other monntains are there ? 5 Wlm* ««♦..- i ^~~T" ye^ihe Haystack? 6. wTat is'sa^M rhe^MerJiS^ 7. Winnipiseogee? 8. Concord ? 9. Portsmouth? i?n^ Ter and Nashua? 11. What other places are^ntioned? ' at literary msti.utions? 13. What L related oShfstory ^ TCi ana i^ai ^ 12. What literary ^ wLf-^*^*** £^anrf; ~ How is New Hampshire bounded ? What river separates it from Vermont ? Wh=V Dounaed ' the southeast ?art from Ma?ne ? ' ^^"* °"^ ^P"**^'' How isTke^w'ir*' •'""^ termination of the Merrimack ? w lake Winnipiseogee a tuated ? Sauam lakp ;^ tKo wu-/ ivnat towns axe on thp innnn»««u,.4 1 mL. ..- . ,^ VERMONT. 33 VERMONT. French rtrd JV/on/l wE\ u ** P""' Mounlaitu (m tend tLughout ,h2'c"„''„'?i; ri7^ ^'lf> evergreens, «! U,^»*«l,,a.ederrveV[f,'„^S.l'' '''""" '""^ -»"»- Cr«* 0„£j,4^<,^,^^jfj^,h;«"o •"» the 0.«^ .heb* rrd'IS'atC' "^ SoUSf", «.ua,ed « in ihe cenSpk^ ytLV^"'""'^'i ''J' '■'«'' eminences, «ate-ho«,e8 i/Se Union ^ "'"' ''»«<»« »f l-e fines? "• y«"°o°» » ;asscltlodmuchtoer^^ .h. „■■...- ^Toit '''Te7ri;rcLK:'iS'iff l''A™°"'^"2r;yh« .re „„, „r 3. What IS sai/nf «i!^ f ® , ^" Mounta iw ? Areutnejp *""■ t*""-' « R"mp ? Kiiliagton Pert ? "°" nin^rr't^o:;,'^::'/ S°ri'r°"/ Middleb„ry? Ben VERMOKT. England States. Bennington, the oldest town, was char- tered in 1749 : and the state was admitted into the Union in 1791. MASSACHUSETTS. CatdUng Whales. 1. Masaachusetts is distingaished for having been settled before any other of the Eastern States ; for the leading part which it took among the colonies, particularlv in the revolutionary war ; for the intelligence and enterprise of its citizens ; for literary institutions ; for agricultural and man- ufacturing industry ; for being the most thickly settled and most commercial state in the Union j and for carrying on the principal part of the fisheries. 2. It is often called the " Bay State '» from Massachusetts Bay, which lies on the east of it, between Cape Cod and Cape Arm. 3. The peninsula of Cape Cod, which is in the form of a man's arm bent inward, is a remarkable feature of the state. It is mostly sandy and barren, and the inhabitants obtain their subsistence chiefly from the sea. 4. The surface of the country west of Connecticut river is mountainous ; east of this river it is hilly, except in Mamachosstts. — 1. What is said of Massachasetts ? 9. Why is it called the Bay State ? 3. What is said of the pen insula of Cape Cod ? 4. The surface of the couotry i MASSACHUSETTS own, was char- into the Union 35 flie southeast part of the state, where it is lerel or moder. ately uneven 9 and here the soil is poor. 5. The principnl mountains are the Cfreen Mountain*, vvhich extend through the western part ; of which the hitfhest sutnmit in Massachusetts is Saddleback Mountain. Wachusett is a noted summit in the township of Princeton : and Mount Ho'lyoke^ near Northampton, is famous for its delightful prospects. 6. The two largest islands are Nantucket and Martha''* Fineyard, neither of which is very fertile. 7. The principal rivers are the Connec'ticut, Mer'rinuKk, Charles, and Tdun'ton. 8. Massachusetts has various canals and railroads. Mid- dlesex Canal and four important railroads facilitate the in- tercourse of Boston with various parts of the country. 9. Boston, the capital of Massachusetts and the literary and commercial metropolis of New England, is an opulent and well-built citv, distinguished for its fine situation on a peninsula at the head of Massachusetts bay, for its excel- lent harbor, and for being the second city in the Union in active commerce. 10. Salem is a pleasant commercial city, long famous for the India trade ; and New Bedford, a well-built flourish- ing town, is noted for the w*^aie fishery. 11. Some of the other commercial towns are New'bwy' port, noted for its fine situation ; Marblehiad' and Olouees ter (gios'ter) for the cod fishery ; Nantuck'et, for the whale " fishery ; Plymouth, for being the first settled town in New England. 12. Low'ell, a newly built city at Patucket Falls on the Merrimack, is now the second city in the state in popula- tion, and is one of the most conside' able places in toe Un ion for cotton and woollen manufactures. 13. Some of the other principal manufacturing towns are Fall Ri»er, Taunton, and Waltham, noted for cotton goods: Springfield, for cotton goods and for the United States ar mwy ; Lynn, for shoes. 14. Charlestown, adjoining Boston, is distinguished for the United States navy-yard, state-prison, the asylum for the insane, and for being the place where Bunker Hill battlo 6. What Is said of mountains ? 6. Islands ? 7, Rivera ? 8. Canala and railroads ? 9. What is said of Boston ? 10. Salem and New Bedford ? 11, What are some of the other commercial towns ? 12. What is said of Lowell ? 13. What are acme of the other manufacturing towns ? 14. What other towna are 4* -fS TTSJKt XSVLCU M . MASSACHUSETTS. TnS »WL* Worcester (veoos'ter), for a lunatic hospital ??^iwi^"^ ""^ ,*^^ American Antit^uarian Society frTv^C^* ag a pleasant town, finely situated : Lexingl tK^^u ^'^^ '**"'® ^^ ***« revolutionary war * •Ji#.. ?J?"TP?*"*®r"y'"^*""^^on» are Harvarrf Uni- nl^^^*" A *™'*"'**^ir*^f. '''*^^^' ^"^ ^^est endowed semi- 3hS J!i ^"Jf "'''' \ fV*Utams College at Willian.stown : ind JSi/f ^ !*■ V ^™^/^? J »he Theological Seminary 16. The first English settlement in New England was made at Plymouth by 101 English Puritans, who fled f^m Sec^mbe?,* iS "' ''' Plymouth on the 22d of mtJI -i^^S^*"^"!® *^,?"^'"'*"y/°^™^^ ^^» colonies, Plytn- RHODE ISLAND. •««; ?^°^«,^^«n2 " !»»e smallest state in the Union iu ex- S»L£^/*'^' **"*!."* P'°P<*"*°° *<> population, the first with regard to manufactures. S. Iteniost distinguishing natural feature is Narragan'set Joy which IS a beautiful expanse of water intersecting the state, towards the east side, from north to south. ^ 5. -Ihe island of BAorfc Wanrf, from which the state de- ^^* ^iML*^"'7,'",'SJ*"^r''L ?^- What is related respecUng the Bettlement? 17. Of what two colonies did Mai«aoh.fJr*: originaljy consist? SeeJUap of JVew England. — How is Massachosette bounded > What capes are on its coast r What bay lies east of it ? Where is Cape Cod Bay ? Buzzard's Bay p"^ Where are Martha^s W yard and Nantucket island ? Through what part of the state does the Connecticut flow? The IVferrimack? What rivws flow into the Connecticut? The Merrimack ? Where is Charles nver? Taunton river? Blackstone CanaP f.iTp^" f'*^*!fu- ,®'>™- New Bedford? Taunton? F^ll River? Dedham? Concord? Newburjport? Lowell Wwcester? What towns are on the Connecticut? The Mewunack ? What towns are on or near the coast north of of Boston ? What ones south ? ; Rhod. Islawd. -. 1 What is said of Rhode Island ? 2. NaWa- gonsit Bay ? 3. The Island of Rhode Island ? How ! RHODE ISLAND. 37 , ^' 7^.^ inlands of Conan'ieut, Patience, and Providence also he in Narraganset bay j and Block Island is in the At- lantic. 6. The surface is moderately uneven, except in the west- ern part which is hilly j and the aoU of the country border- ing on Narraganset bay and of the islands is fertile : of the western and northern parts, poor. • * 6. Mount Hope, an eminence near Bristol, is noted for having beep the residence of the famous Indian kingPhilin «A .?»0Y»»=^"CE, situated at the head of Narraganset bay! »0 miles from the sea, is the largest town, and one of the most considerable for manufactures in the United States • and it has a flourishing commerce. * 8. JVew»or<, finely situated at the southwest end of the island of Khode Island, is noted for its admirable harbor and the salubrity of its air; and it is much resorted to during the hot months. -«S* D t'"!*?^ Warren are pleasant commercial towns : and Pawtucket is noted for manufactures. 10. Ihe legislature of the state meets twice a year at iVew^orf, once at Providence, and once alternately at Eait Greenwich and South Kingston. 11. The principal literary institutions are Brmjon Univer- * ?«'"*^if^ ^J'^^^^^'^Soarding School, both at Providence, fjf* J celebrated Roger Williams, who was banished from Massachusetts on account of his religious opinions, began the sett eraent of this state at Providence in 1636. and established a political community with religious toleral 13. Rhode Island continues to be governed under the ItZTn S^n"^- ^y ?^^l^^' "• '" »«63 ; and it is the onl^ state in the Union that has not formed a constitution 4. 5, What is said of other islands ? -4 What is said of the surface and soil? 6. Mount Hope? 7. Providence? 8 Nexvport? 9. Bristol, Warren, and Paw tucket? 10. Where does the legislature meet ? 11. What ISSe^ ^"ir^v" ntnt> ^'' "^'^^ " "^'^'^ °^ ^' VnL^X'^^''^ ^n5'K«<^.-How is Rhode Island bounded? ilnf/'^T,'*"'^- The island of Rhode Island? Block slaiid? mat canal extends from Providence to Worces- wLnp'pawrkttr"*"'^"^'- ^^"P°'*- «'^^*'«'* 3d CONNECTICUT. CONNECTICUT. "^ 1. Coi .lecticut is a small state, favorably situated, and \a ^. The surfaced diversified, and generally hillv, but ther« SL^ anV^fell r.^atj ' °"' " '''^' ^^ '' ^^^^ feet ijerpendiciilar, near Salisbury. cataract, 60 -'*• T«'8 state IS distinguished for the extent and variety of Its manufactures, which are widely diffused throuXSt he country ; so.ne of the principal Articles are 3^"- tures of cotton, woollen, leathet, tin, and iron -wooden clocks, coaches, combs, buttons, hits, and paper? ' oftSnS^^n ;"cK;^ ''''''' ^^ appro;HatedVtL^^lfo^ Stat go^^r^mlnj: '"' '''"^^^'^ ''"^ '"^^ *-« «-»^ ^^ ^^e f n!;„ I i"^ Haven situated on a bay which extends up from Long Island sound, IS a very beautiful city, and has more hTSV**'*" "7 "^i"*" "] '^^ «*«t«- I* is connected wUh ctuitV^ca^f '"'' '"' "^'' Northampton, io Massa^ 8. Hartpord, pleasantly situated at the head of sIood T.T:T' »" Connecticut river, 50 miles from its fnouth^ IS a handsomely built city, and has a flourishing trade and extensive manufactures. unamu^ iraae, ana aJ*nS''p'''""* and iVbrw,cA have considerable trade and Wn^o , *^'' "manufactures. Norwich is connected with Worcester, in Massachusetts, by a railroad. {„ S;« ♦.«.'/ commercial city, has the best harbor Z3n/^-^^'' ^riseport has considerable commerce r^fr/,J^ ""'^'^ ^^'^ •'•*»•» works and mineral waters ' L»/cA/»cirf, as a pleasant town. waieis , 11. New Haven, New London, Danbury, Fairfield, and CoicNECTiccT.-l. What is said of Connecticut ? 2. Surface fi wi^f ""'Ik ?• RJ^«"? 4. Manufactures? 5. Educaton* 6. What are the two seats of government? 7. What is said of lo'^Ne^f nnH ^' S'^'f''^^- ^^ M^ddletowrand Norwich ? 11 Whn/.? London, Bndfl^eport, Stafford, and Litchfield? 11 . What places were tenderedmemorable in the revoluUonary irar ? CONNECTICUT. 39 iron ; wooden w seats of the Norwalk wore rendered memorable for evente durinir the revolutionary war. ° 't3* '^tt P""<5'Po' literary instituUons are Yale College at New Haven, one of the most distinguished and flourish- ing seminaries in the Union ; Washington CoUere and the Asylum M the Deaf and Dumb at HaTtford j thf Wesl^^ an VntvenilvHt Middletown j and the Theological hutitu- tton at Jfkist Windsor. 18. Connecticut Colony and New Haven O^ony were orie- inally under separate governments, but were united in 1666. Hartford was settled m 1683 j New Haven in 1638. MIDDLE STATES. 1. This division of the Union comprises the two ffreat ;lfi®' fjy'^^r ^'"'^ '^^Ji Pennsylvania, and the two Lall ones of JSTew Jersey and Delaware. onS* ?*•* ^^J^^ principal rivers are the Hudson, Delaware, and Susquehan'na. * ^uM/urc, 8. The Hudson, the great river of New York, rises in the mountains west of lake Champlain, and flows in/b the At- ij-athtnlrr^^'" ^""'^ *^^y.- ^' " remarkable for fhe straightness of its course, and is nav gable for laree shins to Hudson, 1 17 miles, and for sloops to^rov TsOnSles ^The passage of the Hudson through the fl'^A/anris celebrated for Its romantic and sublime scenery. ceieorateU 4. The Delaware rises in the Catskill mountains in New York, separates New York and New Jersey from Pennsvl^ vania, and flows into Delaware bay. It is navigable for 74 gun ships to Philadelphia, 55 miles, and for sloops to Treni . J- 'The Susquehan'na, the largest river in Pennsylvania IS formed of two branches, the>.astern and WeS. Snd flows into the head of Chesapeake bay. Its navigatbn^s much obstructed by falls and rapids. navigation is 12. What literary seminaries? 13. What is related of the history? WhS ft/of"* England. - - How is Connecticut bounded ? What is the course and termination of Connecticut river" The H^Z'Jp ^he "ousatonic ? How is New Haver, tuatel^ Hartford? Bridgeport? Litchfield? Stafford? What towni L^rnri-td^rurr'^ The Thame.? The HouslS? Middle States.- 1. Which are the Middle States ? tL^'Zi^^ "r"r- J,- ^^»' » "'d °f tl^e Hudson? 4. The Delaware? 5. The Susquehanna ? 40 MIDDLE STATES. teii,i,ely cultivated Ev „«;,.' ""^P^""' •"« ex- NEW YORK. Fa/i» of Niagara. MijontB States fl r'i:,»..« > « n . a Education .p ^■^"°'^- ^'P'odu, ctioiw? 8. Coraniercfl. 1 N ;w rORK. 41 high.?„„.„i„ :2,«^.° -"S^pl.t-'-' ranges ot' Ig'am, and «/. lam-T,St ' *^'' *"«'*. G*'"'"', JW- in New'-Vlrr fat' ^/^f a ZifrT"'"'" "' "'"'' ■urrounded by romnnti^mS, • ^ of Iransparent water, mostbeautifaiakTiS he Union ^"^""J. io es.eeraed .he are Onel'da, Ca,^,^",, andfe,. ^'^ "' ""' »"■" l«k« Canada, are eslSZ- "^''T" New York and Upper the work The n>e?i,h.r?h°''' ol,jec, of .he kind in wid.h, and the perSic„l„r H ™ '>"'""'" "^ ' "ile i" « I6l' fee,, a7d°rtet:w'''S',rdVY62''f""?""-^t' cloud of vapor ascending from tho S n •' ^^^ ^'^*'** ^he ble at the d stnncTof 60 .nJ^.T **'^^.""« ^« sometimes visi- for forming bSful rat bows' °Thp' T.^" ^^ "^ "»«d'""» ous visitors. rambows. Tiiese falls attract numer- F^il'^o^rVitltlnl^tc^^^^^^^^ r/ Trenton Falls of the OenesTe Rn7fh V ".'^^ P"""'' ^^^tica ; the near it^ mouth. ' ^ '^^ ^'"''^'^ «» t^e Mohawk, ^^^:!^X^[^^S;:^Jr' *^e-st cele. by great numbers of people summer months aniVSV'attitTe:Ts;L?p"'"^'''^r'' ^^^^ ^^^^ -«'"-We, 9. What minera,! wafers i I'n ^5?/ «"'^' ''*'*'*^^ ' railroads? ^°- ^*'* Springs? n. Canals and .43 NEW YORK. The length of canals in the state, io 1888, includinir two unfinished, was 973 miles. l±Erie Canaly which forms a communication between the Hudson at Albany, and Lake Erie at Buffalo, S6S miles m length, is one of the greatest works of the kind ia the world. 13. Albany, the seat of government, and the second city in the state in population, is advantageously situated, and by means of rivers, canals, and railroads, has an easy cora- inunicntion with a vast extent of country. 14. Nevf Yorky situated on Manhattan or New York isl- and, at the entrance of the Hudson into New York bay, is the most populous and commercial city in America ; and ni commerce, it is supposed not to be surpassed by any in the world except London. It has an admirable harbor, possesses extraordinary advantages of situation, both for internal and foreign commerce, and imports more than half of the goods brought into the United States. 15. Some of the other most important towns on the Hud- son, are Newhurgk, Poughkeepsie (po-kep'se), CotskiU, Httdaon, and Troy. 16. Brooklyn, on Long Island, near New York, is a flourishmg commercial town, noted for the United States navy-yard, and for the greatest defeat that the Americans sustained during the revolutionary war. 17. Buffalo, at the west end of Erie canal, is a flourish- ing commercial town. Other important towns on the canai arc Lockporl, Rochester, 8yr*aeuse, Uliea, and Sehmee'tady. 18. Ith'aca, Geneva, Auburn, Cananddi'gua, Osvoe'go, and Ogldenaburg are flourishing towns. 19. SaekeWs Harbor is noted as a place of military en- campment ; Plattsburg, for an important battle during the last war with England ; Sarato'ga, for mineral waters and for the surrender of Burgoyne ; Ticondero'ga and Crown Potni, as celebrated military posts during the French and revolutionary wars. 20. The principal literary institutions are Columbia Col- lege, University of New York, two Theological Seminaries, and the Medical College, in the city of New York j Union College at Schenectady j Hamilton College at Clinton ; Ge- 12. Erie Canal ? 13. What is said of Albany ? 14. New York ? 15. What other towns on the Hudson ? 16. What ig said of Brooklvn ? 17. Buffalo, &c. ? 18. What others are mentioned as flourishing towns ? 19. What places are noted for important circumstances? 20. What are the literary institutions .' m NEW YORK. 43 , including two ication between jffalo, MS miles the kind in the the second city ly situated, and as an easy com- • New Yorlc isl- ew York bay, is America ; and assed by anv in nirable harbor, lation, both for orts more than ates. ns on the Hud- p'se), Cattkitt, ew York, is a 3 United States the Americans 1, is a flourish- 'ns on the canai id Schenee'tady. 'guoy Otwe'gOj nf military en- attle during the eral waters and 'ga and Crown lie French and I Columbia Coir xed Semituniet, r York ; Union t Clinton ; Ge- 4. New York ? 18. What others What places are . What are the neva College nt Gonova : the Theological Seminary at Au- burn ; the Literary and Theological Inttitution at Hamil- ton ; the Medical College at Fuirfield ; and the United Staten Military Academy at West Point. 21. New York was discovered by Henry Hudson, in 1609, and settlements were commenced by the Ihilch at Albany and on Manhattan island, in or about the yeor 1614 The country was called New Netherlands till it was taken from the Dutch by the English in 1664 j and it then receiv- ed its present name. NEW JERSEY. 1. New Jersey i.j advantageously situated between the two great cities of Hevf York and Philadelphia ; through which its commerce is chiefly carried on. 2. The surface in the southern and eastern parts is level : further in the interior, diversified and hilly j and in the northern part, mountainous. 8. The soil in the level parts is sandy and poor : in the other parts, generally fertile. 4. The Delaware separates this state from Pennsylvania, and the Hudson from New York. The largest rivers withm the state are the Passa'ic and Rar'itan. 5. The Falls of the Passaic, at Paterson, are a fine cat- aract, 72 feet perpendicular, and are much visited as a curiosity. 21. What is related of the history ? New Jersky. — 1. What is said of New Jersey? 2. What of the surface? 3. Soil? 4. Rivers? 5. Falls of the Past^c ? See What What What What How What Map of the Middle States. — How is New York bounded ? lakes and rivers border upon it? How is Lon«r Island sit- uated ? Slaten Island ? What are the course and termina- tion of the Hudson ? The Mohawk ? The Genesee ? rivers of Pennsylvania rise in New York ' rivers flow into lake Ontario? The St. Lawrence ? Lake Lhamplam ? How is lake George situated ? lakes lie in the western part? Where are the Calskill mountains ? The Falls of Niao-ara ? «r^-??"X ,^*^,ii^*®'^ ; ^®w YSrk? Brooklyn? Saratoga? Whitehall? Piconderoga and Crown Point? Ocdensburff? Plattsburg? Sackelfs Harbor? BuiTalo ? Canandaigua? Oeneva? Auburn? Ithaca? Oswego? Owego? towns on the Hudson? Erie Canal? Lake Champlain ' Lake Ontario? Lake Erie? The Genesee? The St. Law'- rence ? 5 44 NEW JERSLY. irnH, ? ? -r °^'*' ^ ^'" """*^ nnportnnt ruilroadd were 7. The state abounds in iron ore, and irreat auanthioi. nf tron ure manufactured ; nl.o leather and Yhol^ ' °^ oted afjh'e fu^lf.'of rh?n Y K"^«'*"'"«»». " pleasantly «itu. ir, ^""^07*'° ^«'"wure, at the head of tide water tifSi if he U;.?t:.d Sr^f'' ^"^r.' '?"^' «"« «^ "•« "loHt befu: tureV and fnrT^ " f ' •^"'*'"^"'^^''«^ f"'' «'« mnnufac- 10 ' X^L n "^ «^^,«' "^"t cider made in the vicinity. erlon ^^J.7T''^ '' ?• '^'""*^ °^ «°'"« commerce ; Pat'. thToid'srrnleltr""^''^^""^' '^"^ £W.M/oi», aa 11. The principal literary institutions are the CoIUo-p nr toin '\n\^^f ^^f"^ settlement was made at Elizabeih- mBtLllrin S ^°"""->: w«« divided into AW and a.Kl^^o„«»ou//. were rendeVed famou's by'Ske'^rhtv":! PENNSYLVANIA. 1. Pennsylvania, one of fhe most important states in thn a^u works Sfrtdf '"' ''' °^"-^-. -atutc'ture'! mm works ot mternal improvement. It is in the fonn nr n nearly regular paralle log.iam, and has no seacoast. ^ 6. Railroadaand Canal«? 7. Manufactures? 8. Trenton > O^W ?5 iJ?- ^?«^,.^»"««'iek, Patterson, and EI zabeUit^wJ^; 1 i' w'f T^,.'.?"*'*"^'""' •' 15i- What is related of the h -toTw a 13. What of the revolutionary war ? history ? Pknmsylvania. _ 1. What is said of Pennsylvania? PENNSYLVANIA. 45 4 ji^T: "^ ^:^.^z^'z:::^i;;-;t' "-* which i,hJ,,„,.i,„'4X.°n^ hS,.,l'of p'ust'",'^*'' ' °"'' *""'»"•''■" coat i„ the neigh- besides othera in progress, o. J he Pennsvlv ~ .nVschS''5r;n?l'e^'^r "'"T'' ^'--""'i" Delaware ■nolhcr at ri..ht nii°l». I, • ' , "■» ""e" "osa one 12. ^ '"■torg, advanmgeoualy situate d at tf:e junction of *■ " w'oLwnr^.'l 'Rit'r' -S^Pff'-S ■""■- divLion., 4. «i«l. »„!i 1 J ; " • "• ^■•'"efal prod uc ions ? 7 r. 46 PENNSYLVANIA. the Alleghany and Monongahela, where they unite to form the Ohio, is one of the greatest manufucturing towns in the United States. 13. Lancaster, in the interior, is a handsome town, situ- ated in a pleasant, fertile, and highly cultivated country, which is inhabited chiefly by Germans. 14. Some of the other principal towns are Easton, Read- ing, Pottsville, Wilkes' bar-re, in the eastern part; York and Carlisle (car-lile'), in the south ; and Erie and Wash- tngton, in the west. 15. The principal literary institutions are the Universitu of Pennsylvama and the Medical Schools in Philadelphia : Dickinson College ut Carlisle ; Pennsylvania College at Gettysburg ; Lafayette College at Easton ; Marshall Col- lege at Mercersburg ; Jefferson College at Canonsburg ; Washington CoUege at Washington ; Mleghany CoUege at Meadville ; and Theological Seminaries at York, Allegha- ny Town, and Pittsburg. 16. William Penn, the founder of Pennsylvania, arrived in the country in 1682, and the next year laid out the plan of Philadelphia. He established a friendly intercourse with the Indians, which was uninterrupted for more than 70 years. 17. The declaration of the Independence of the United States was made in Philadelphia, on the 4th of July, 1776. — Germantown and Brandywine Creek were rendered fa- mous by battles in the revolutionary war. 13. Lancaster ? 14. What other towns ? 15. Literary institutions .' 16. What IS related of the history ? 17. Revolutionary events i See Man of the Middle States — How is Pennsylvania bounded ? What is its form ? By what water does it communicate with tiie Atlantic ocean.? What great lake borders upon it.^ What forms the eastern boundary ? What are the sources, course, and termination of the Susquehan- na? What other rivers in the eastern and central parts.? What ones in the western part ? What rivers unite to form tiie Ohio ? How is Harrisburg situated .' Philadelphia.? Easton.? Lancaster? Bethlehem? Wilkesbarre? Carlisle? Chambeisburg ? York? Gettysburg? Pottsville? Pittsburg? Washincrton ? Erie? Meadville? Canonsburg? What towns are on or near the Delaware ? The Schuylkill ? The Susquehanna? The Pennsylvania Canal and Railroad? Tiie Alleghany ? DELAWARE. 47 DELAWARE. 1. Delaware, which lies on the wes side' of Delaware river and bay, is, next to Rhode Island, the smallest state ia the Union in extent of territory. 2. The surface is little diversified, being generally level or moderately uneven ; the *ot/,in the northern part, fertile, in the southern, sandy and poor. 3. Delaware is distinguished for the production of Oaur; and the Jlour-miUs, on the Brandy wine near Wilmin«rton! Ave the most celebrated in the United States. " i: T.}'^^ railroads and a canai are formed across this state, to tacihtate the intercourse between Philadelphia and Bal- timore. 6. Dover, a small town in the central part, is the seat of government. i'.^^^J^^S^on is much the largest town, and is distin- guished for its trade in flour. MwcasUe has some trade • and Lemsfoion is noted for saltworks. 7. The principal literary institution is Mwark CoUege at ..!?;^u'*^'°'"® ^"^ ^''^* settled by Swedes and Finns in IS^. '. . * " ^^^ granted to William Penn in 1682 : and in 1704, it became a separate colony. SOUTHERN STATES. 1. This division of the Union comprises Maryland, Vir- giuta, JSTorth Carolina, South Carolina, Georgia, Florida, Jila- bama , Mississippi, Louisiana., and Arkansas, tosether with the small district of Columbia. 2. The principal rivers are the Poto'mac, James, Savan'- nak, Maba'ma, Mississip'pi, Red River, and Arkansas (ar- kan-saw'), ^ Delaware. — I. What is said of Delaware.? 2. Surface and « i»7i • •^'"^"*'^'*'" • ^- ^^ailroads and Canal ? 5. Dover ? 6. Wilmington, Newcastle, and Lewiatown ? 7. Literary in stituUon ? 8. What is related of the history, 1X7?** "^"^ ^-^ '** Middle States. — How is Delaware bounded ? What capes at the mouth of Delaware bay ? How is Dover situat- ImL Wilmington.' Newcaalle? Newark? Lewiatown? Milford ? SooTHERN States. — 1. What do the Southern Slates comprise ? 2. What are tlie rivers ? ' 5* 48 SOUTHERN STATES. 8. The Potomac separates Marjriand from Virginia, anil flows into Chesapeake bay. It is navigable for large shins to Washington, 295 miles by the river and bay from the Atlantic: and for boats to Cumberland, nearly 200 miles above Washington. 4. James River is navigable for vessels of 120 tons to th« falte at Richmond : end for bateaux 220 miles further. 5. The Savamak separates South Carolina from Georgia, k IS navigable for large vessels to Savannah, 17 miles ; and for boats to Augusta. e. Arkansas and Red River are two great tributaries to the Mississippi, each about 2000 miles Jong, and are navi- gaWe for boats throughout most of their course. 7. The M'Ughany Mountains extend through all the South ern States, which border on the Atlantic. 8. The tract of country bordering on the Atlantic, and extending, m some places, 130 miles inland, is, for the most partj a flat, sandy plain, elevated but' little above the level ot the sea. Further in the interior, the country becomes uneven and hilly, and afterwards mountaiijous. The part bordering on the ocean is called the Low countn/ ; and the interior, the Upper or Upland country. ^' y^\]'^^ country is generally covered with pitch pines, and IS called pine barrens, being mostly sandy and barren, except the tracts on the streams of water, which are often very fertile. Much of the soil in the upland country is ex- cellent. •' 10. In the northern parts of this division, the staple pro- . ductions are wheat, tobacco, and Indian corn ; in the southern part, coWon, rice, and svgar : — Sweet potatoes and a variety offtuits abound in all parts. The pitch pine of the low country, grows in great i)erfection, and yields mVcA, tar, tur- pentme, boards, and other kinds of timber. These form im portant articles cf export. 11. In the states of Virginia, North Carolina, South Car- olina, and Georgia, gold mines of considerable importance are found. *^ .12. The teinlers are mild ; but, in the low country, the «tt»Mn€r* are hot and sultry, and, from July to the latter part ot October, the climate is unhealthy. The upper country has a mild and healthy climate. 13. The principal part of the slaves in the United States 3. V hat IS said of the Potomac ? 4. The James ? 5. The Savan- o -..r." . •• .,^?® Arkansas and Red River? 7. Mountains? 8. What IS said of the country? 9. Soil? 10. P/oductiwi»? 11 Gold mines ? 12. Chmate ? 13. Slaves ? SOUTHERN STATES. m nited States ore in this division. They ore found chiefly In the low country, where fieltl labor is performed almost whollj l»r negroes. , 14. The low Country is inhabited by planters, who live at a considerable distance from each other, having generally large plantations, with many slaves. They are distinguish- ed for hospitality, and are fond of amusement. The upper country is inhabited by farmers, who have generally small estates with fevr slaves, and depend chiefly on their own la- l)or for support. J 5. The higher classes are distinsuishcd for hospitality flnd are generally well educated ; but, among the lower classes, education is much neglected. J6. The principal commercial towns are Baltimorey Mtr- folk, Cliarlestoton, Savannahf Mo-btle'j and JVew Orleans. MARYLAND. 1. Maryland is the first state in proceeding southward, in whichslavery is found to exist to any considerable extent; and it is, therefore, commonly classed with the Southern States, though its position would, perhaps, more naturally place it among the Middle States. 2. It is of very irregular form, and its most, remarkable natural feature is Chesajteake Bay, which divides the state into two parts, the Eastern and fi'estern Shores. S. The Eastern Shore is generally level or moder&iely uneven j the Western, diversified, hilly, and mountainous : and much of the soil in both parts is fertile. 4. The two principal rivers are the SusqueJianna and Po- to'mac. w 5. Maryland is distinguished for its commercial advan- tages ; and its two princjpal articles of export are^ottr and tobacco. 6. This state has several important railroads and canals. The Bdtimore and Ohio Railroad, which is designed to ex- tend from Baltimore to the river Ohio, was finished as far as Harper's Ferrv, 81 miles, in 1835. Baltimore is also con- nected with Philadelphia, York, and Washington, by rail- roads. 7. The Chesapeake and Ohio Canal extends from George- town toward Cumberland, partly on the Maryland and partly 15. Education? 16. Cora- 14. What is said of the inhabiuints P mercial towns ? Maryland. — 1. What is said of Maryland? 2. Its foMu and distinguishing feature? 3. Surface and soil ? 4. Riv;"*" Coinracrcc ^ o. Railroads r 7. Uhesapuake and Ohio i c;anaj 50 MARYLAND. r.Ld ?„^l3lJ'"«„t!H '^'i ' -^ ^°*°"^"^- '37 miles wore fin- i=sned ui 1339; and the design is to continue it to Ohio river gover^nSif "'' ^ "^"" '"' ^«»^-™« -^^^ i. the rtTf* /eg.^at Aunapolis , and .&. ^ Ifa^. C:^ a^^^^^ *nf brXr Leon«r^ r ^ '''^ ^''^ settlement was formed b^ ijLhL I* ' '^"^ ^ ^""^^ toleration of relicionwas eatAh DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA. states of Maryland and Vh^alH« .L-^^', ^f.^^en the ♦k\^^®""'"*'^°^' ^"ely situated on the Marvlin.^ *i,To «p .the Potomac, 295 miles bv the cnnr«« n? fi'^'^y'^"" «'"e of 8. What is said of Annapolis ? 9. Raltlmni« ? m iwu » x- ;~~ ' """"XT 'S'.'Ta'L^i;^"'^ °f '^= »«"-' °f «" See Atap of the Middle States. — How is Vl«r«la„j k jo, w«», • ti. T\- ^ . « ^ »»Jjai ones on the Eastern Shore ? «ow.8tf,e District of Columbia situated? On which side of L Potomac axe Washington and GeorgetowiiT Ale«„drfaS ;j.7iJP^'^T*W"\'/= DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA. 61 chfefly Ki'ur '"' -^'^"""^"^ ""^^ considerable trade, In'isHu'lTra&rth^^^ or government in ,801. who burnt 7he Cuni?ol rhn P '-'f^' ^"^f*" S^"<'»'^' Ro«8, public edifices^ ^ ' '^^ President'. House, and othe^ VIRGINIA. ex^nTI^Fr^i^^^'r;^^^!- being the lai^est state in ty and abundance of7t<.^„t i ' ^"""^'o" J ft>r the varie • native land of Wash in^nnf''^ resources j for being the waysheldin theUntn?a„dr-^^ *"f '^'"^ ^^ ^«« «'' any other of the stnfP« «» , i5^ '^"^'"^ b*'®" settled before generally good -iJ.'!,^ ° ? °"f, P""' i '" "" middle, W, feil?e. 'bevoml i"",/"""^ ""=^' "'' ">e Blue mucl. of il barren. *"*' ""^ """'"^ " '"•»''«". a-J o? this "She peS J&r'"';:.""^^ 'f ''« *'"« A« •• 52 VIRGINIA. Mitural .Viidge. Lexin'^wn-Tf ;'n? fPf^'' """" ^"'" ^'■«''- H mile., from worl.r tI. ^ °' ""' e^<""«^' natura curiosities In the ietridJex.e„ris''Sn?'''i'='? '^\''.'r '•"*'•'■=" "»'-™ torn, «„3 M fee" a,' JL 1'p''" '"=''•' '* ^"^ "'"« " "■« "«- i„Tit?.™^'i^:t'Sssr«:!.'^X- tainilTg^^'^roVuS^.^^^fl";^^^^^^^^ than 20 apartments, con- display the mn«? h«a?.v i °'','®^ ^"^ incrustations, which sure^teli^ brilliancy', when thecitJS^^:li^:^^/.',\^«/'^^^^ about UmHes above ^ yot Wash ington, 76 feet m perpendicular descent, 7. What is said of the Natural Bridge ?" Cave? 10. Fails of the Potoniici' 8. Caves? 9. Wier'a VIRGINIA. 53 cording to Ml Jeffer.on, '«1S Jnh^'nn ^7^' "'Z^" scenes in nature." "® '"<*'** stupendous feet ill diameter at the baVo „m «n (■ ™ 'l"' '"«'•> *<» co„^i,,s,h„„,a„d»o?1..r;„'sTele''.l'!" " "•" ""' ' '"" •blndanc: Sr/„re, HveTlr:i7;'°''', "", '<"'• <■«""•> i» very valuflhl« W/ 111- ' °"' ^°'^' «"<* *a^'- I'here are are manuCactureci ' ""^ ^'"^ 'K'oatities of salt mv%a(«,n.' ™"""'*'. «""«'». aud in.provemoiits of rivtr «nJ';.i«:r~'itt^io'„"tlff',r"r,"'' ■■" " "«'"'«••" tlie head of tfc tide am? hi '''"^ °'. •'""■«» '"<"■> "I'l at 16 AirJJtt k ■ ' , "»' »" exteiis ve trade. for forlign commerce At rn,i i!''"'^'''' li "^^ '" ^'''^'"5* a United^StateT navy-^anl ^'"'^ ""'*'' ^•'^•^°'''' '^^^'^ i^ coJLJS^^^^^^^^^^^^ ^e...c^i„.^, „re all infbee'^treX^Crapitlr^^^^^ of the British army u„de "^ '^^ surrender the United States a rmoiv • ^/o^/ f' ' ^'"'^'';'* ^^"^S'* *'«'• nence on the Poto?nacfi..' h - ^^^''^n, a pleasant emi- Washington jairjSon/L/vr'"^ ^'""^ '^^ residence of lottesviire.forhavLbeen h^../•\^ ""^' C*'^'^ 20. The priS^S-'^^.'^^n'^^ of Jefferson. Mary Coi/eTnZjn^ institutions are mtiam and United SlafesV at WmiS"'!"'''^ ^f^^^> '^^ ">*i«8t in the oiaies;, at Willmrnsburgj the Univer^nty of VirgiSa, 11. 15. 20 '^&^J%f„ai>'^Tt ^2. Mineral producUons? J3. VVhati.said''ofTchmL'fTG''liS:t^^^^^^ , , comniercal towns? IS wr-i • -i^' . i?' ^''*' other Wheeling? irWhat /.illJ? . . " «a'd of Winchester and What literafy instiiulions / ' ^''*'"' ''"'^ ^"^ ^^'"^^ n°»'''^' 54 VIRGLMA. a well endowed institution, at Charlottesville ; Hampden- Sidney College, in Prince Edward county ; Washinglon Col- lege, at Lexington ; Randolph-Macon College, at Boydton ; and three Theological Seminaries, one near Alexandria^ another near Hainpden-Sidney College, and the other at Kichmond. 21. The first permanent English settlement in the United States, was made in 1607, in Virginia, on James river, at Jamestown, a place now in ruins. One of the first settlera was the famous John Smith, who is styled the father of the colony. NORTH CAROLINA. 1. North Carolina is a large state, and has great agricul Jural resources j but its commercial prosperity is checked by its want of good harbors, as its rivers have sand bars at their mouths, and it has no large towns. A great part of Its exports go to Charleston, S. C, and to Petersburg, in Virginia. ° 2. Like the other southern Atlantic states, it consists of three divisions ; 1st, the alluvial and sandy region, which constitutes nearly one half of the state, and is covered with immense forests of pine ; 2dly, the hilly country in the mid- dle J Sdly, the mountainous region in the west. It has tnuch^ood soil, and much that is poor. 3. This state has three noted capes, Cape Hatteras, Cape Lookout, and Cape Fear, all formidable to seamen. 21. What is related of the history ? North Carolina. — 1. What is said of North Carolina.? 2. Sur face and soil ? 3. Capes .'' See Map of the Middle States. — What part of Chesapeake bay is in Virginia ? What capes at its mouth ? What river separates Virginia from Maryland ? From Ohio? From Kentucky ? Wkat rivers flow into Chesapeake bav ? Into tlie Potomac? Into the Ohio? ^ What rivers in the south part of the state ? How does the Blue Ridge intersect the state ? How is Richmond situated ? Norfolk ? Williamsburg » York- town ? Petersburg ? Fredericksburg? Lynchburg? Boyd- ton ? Staunton ? Lexington ? The Natural Bridge ? Wier's Cave? Winchester? Harper's Ferry ? Charlottesvi ' ) ? Monticello? Mount Vernon ? Wheeling? Charleston? The Sulphur Springs ? Warm Springs ? What towns on the Potomac ? The Rappahannock ? The York ' The James ? TJie Ohio ? atolina ? 2. Sur lesapeake bay is does the Blue c? The York? NORTH CAROLINA. ~ gg m%3hr ^'x^^ Swamp, about 30 miles loiiff, lies parti. 3/z£.«/Jl^'""''''"\""^ P^^"7 '» Virginia ; Little Disn^Jr 5 ThI ^T'"-^' ^- '^*'^" AlbemarTe and Pamlico Soind/ grcaTSislJl"''™''"™""' »"•' '""""S object, ,eea?t a ^*:„S''"'' •^'"■o'i'.'* abounds in tVon ore, and bos celeh™. ^.^(SllfiS'SSr. '■"'""' '» '"^ "=oun./CS"b^ Thl ^*7 state has several important railroads and canala ItdT&^i,Xrt^A^:.tn''in'M^^^^^ «rnKi' ^*'"»*?«''o»> on Cape Fear river, is the most conaJd p" S'^rT '"i '^' 'T ^9' ^^''^'Sn commerce "''"^ hnn:? -^««^6ern, pleasantly situated on the Neuse is r 13 XV/r •/, ^"^ ^e^ considerable commerce ' ' * rnnl K^y^^^P'^^^^ the head of steamboat navigation on o^rr e^1^;;r^5;,l'a"nS'i:^'df- ^^ ^"'"'"«""-' '' 'O """""^ cinSruetron *^ ^"^' '"^^'''"^ '° ^" °^ ^^^'««'^* J6J[he^r- acipal literal^ institutions are the Universi ty la Halei,h? n. WitSnP y"SrrilXf *• ^i*L°.*'*?'^*'°»".'"«cial towns? 15. What olh^r Wna „„^ r«x vv«ai noted .-' jb". literary institutions ? "' 56 NORTH CAROLINA. NoIhT!"^ r * permanent English settlement was mack in SnwK ^Ye'"V^'''" Albemarle Sound, in 1662 or 1663. mrth and South Carohna wore originally included under one government, but were separated in 1729. SOUTH CAROLINA. 1. South Carolina is favorably situated for agriculture and commerce, and 18 distinguished for the opulence of Its planters, and the refinement and intelligence of its citizens, an/r ; !?'*,«**'*« ^he */«»M exceed the whites in number ; and, in the low and alluvial country, in the laJio of more inan 5 to I. This portion comprising less than one third ot the territory of the state, contains more than half of tno slaves, and only about one fifth of the whites. -„fi ^''^P"nc>'^l rivers are the Pedee', which is navi- gable for large boats 200 miles ; the Santee', which is nav igable for steamboats to Columbia, where it has the name of the Congaree's ond tho Savan'nah, which separates South Carolina from Georgia. * 4. The Meghany Mountains extend through the west- ern part. The most remai'knble summit in South Car- olina IS Table Mountain, which is about 4,800 feet high and presents, on one side, a tremendous rocky precipice above 1,500 feet in height. ^ '^ ^^'i»^» 5. This state has some important works of internal im- provement. The South Carolina RaUroad, extending from Charleston to Hamburg on the Savannah, opposite to Au- gusta, 13 136 miles long. * ^ » ^t= lu au Off i ^^J-^**?,'^' *he seat of government, is pleasantly situ- ated on the Congaree, the main branch of the Santee, near the centre of the state, and is a handsome town. 7. Charleston, much the largest town, is the principal 17. What is related of the history ? ' , SoiTTH Carolina. - 1 What is said of South Carolina ? 2. The inhabitante? 3. Rivers? 4. Mountains? 5. InlernS im! provement? 6. Columbia? 7. Charleston? '«"*'" '™ Sec Map of the U. S. - Ho w is North Carolina bounded ' What capes on the coast ? How are they situated > Where IS Pamlico sound ? Albemarle? What rivers? What are «ru *h«»J!; .co"'"''«s •' Where is Ararat mountain ? Where is Dismal Swamp ? How is Raleigh situated ? Newbern > Ch^?fru^' J^^yTV^l^ i *^^^"*°" ' Wafhingto^ ? Chapej^FlilI? Salem? Salisbury? Charlotte? The Warm 8. 10. i$on College in t was ma(}« in 1662 or 1663. Qcludcd under or agriculture pulence of its of its citizens. ea in number •, raJio of more than one third in half of tno r'hich is navi- which is nav ^as the name ich separates igh the west- 1 South Car- 00 feet hi^h, cky precipice ' internal im* tending from posite to Au- easantly situ- Santee, near n. he principal olina ? 2. The . Internal im* ided P rs ? What are ? Newbcrn ? Washington ? ? The Warm SOUTH CAROLINA, 5% emporium for the commerce, not only of Sou h rnrni!„- hut of a considerable part of North Srol na It is si^^^^ nn/AT' J'*^""^ ^•^""^^ ^y the confluence if CooTer eTa'te'^'ziYveS""' ''' "" ^^"^«"'-» »'-»^- '^rZa' 8. Some of the oth6r principal towns are CamJ^ Vn«/A /?I.r/-'"*^'P"* ^'.!''''"''>' institutions are the CoUere of some time, the seat of^^ rlfoto^T^v^r'l^d ZhlrlZ ton and Camden, also the places naZI i,ta\.Spn^Tin^ CowPens, were rendered famous by warlikeTchfe3e'^ GEORGIA. I. Georgia is one of the largest states in extent of terri 'Zl-^^i^Za.:^"' ""« "-•=-'«»" with r.isst IS. wi?hIin*eZ'o,r half is mostly level alluvial land, covered «7SSr^o:Sr„-.S^^^^^^^^^^^^ '^ Sfe'-rS^t tSnTveS *- r '^f principal rivers are the Savan'nah, Oe-e'ehee JUa. /am«A« (aj-ta-ma-haw'),, f'/.n/, and ChaZoo'Iee ' tvhAn., -.u- u "*'**'' '^ '""°h *he largest river that ia (tfZ^''^'V^^ T'^^ «"•' '« ^'"ne'l hy the two branches Oco'nee and OcmuVgee, which unite 120 miles from the^n ^ille^ aboTson'"' "''1"^ V^" ^*=°"^^ ^'•""^b to M lle'dle: vine, about SOO mnes by the course of the rlver« frnm rh« 7^1' r^^ '^^ Ocmulgee to Macon ; and they also ascend bp ^-^hoochee to Columbus, 43o'miies frU th"/ gulf of RvZ&t "'* ^' 5.-7"°^^ •« South Carolina bounded ' V^^r ," "ii""".'' • <^''"l"lon? Georgetown' Beaufort' 53 GEORGIA. Ik Toccoa Falls nnd Tatlulah Falls. 1 1 na c» apart, are beautiful cascades. The perpendicular descent of the for- mer is 186 feet. 6. Indian Springs, also Madison Springs, 23 miles north- west of Athens, are mineral waters that are considerablv visited. ' 7. Georgia has some important railroads and canals, \r^ \^*ij^al Railroad extends from Savannah to Macon. about 200 miles ; and Monroe Railroad continues the lino from Macon to Forsyth, 25 miles. The Georgia Raitroaa e^Jenda irom Augusta to Athens and Madison. 8. Mii/lbdgeville, a small town near the centre of the state, IS the seat of government. 9. Savan'nah, on the river Savannah, 17 miles from its mouth, IS regularly laid out, and is the chief emporium of the state for foreign commerce. 10. Augvsta, on the Savannah, lias an extensive trade, particularly in cotton, * 11. Ma' con and Colum'bus have, within a few years, be- come places of importance, and are flourishing commercial towns. o »» 12. The principal literary institutions are Franklin Col- Z^^',,** respectably endowed seminarv, at Athens: and &nlP^ ^^^^^^^^% recently founded at Midway. 13. Ihe first English settlement in Georgia was com- menced at Savannah, in 1733, by General Oglethorpe, to- gether with 160 persons. , FLORIDA 1. Florida, the southen, vost portion of the United States consists mostly of a large peninsula, resembling, in its liei/ eral aspect, the low country of the Southern States : and 5, FallaorcMcades? 0. Mineral waters? 7. Railroads ? 8, Mil- ledgeville? 9 Savannah ? 10. Augusta? II. Macon and Co urnbus? 12. Literary institutions ? 13. What is related oi the settlement ? Florida. — 1. What is said of Florida ? Se.e Map of the U. S. — How is Georgia bounded ' What islands on the coast? What river separates it from South Carolina ? What one from Alabama ? What rivers in the w««, • ® M^li "/"'-n ^"•**'^ "^f '^^ •' Where is Okefonoke Swamp? How 18 MiUedgevilIe situated ? Savannah? Augusta? Macon? Lolumbus ? Athens ? Madison ? Forsyth ? Darien ? Toe- coa Falls ? Indian Springs ? What towns on or near the coast ? What ones in the north part ? In Uie central part > HI c» nnart. are scent or the for- . 3S miles north- re considerably ida and canalt. innh to Mncon, ntinucH the lino eorgia Haitroaa le ccntro of tho miles from its f emporium of jxtensive trade, I few years, be- ing commercial ! Franklin Col- ; Athens 3 and [Vfidway. rgia was com- )glethorj»e, to- United States, iug, in its geu n States : and ilroads ? 8. Mil- 1 1 . Macon and What is related rLORIDA OU s it from South lat riveM in the ifonoke Swamp ? ;usta ? Macon ? Darien ? Toe- on or near the he central part ' ^ir^ ""^ l!!° .""'^'"'^ '? «'*''' *° ""e more than about 200 feet above tho level of the sea. »n?i* mn't ^T'""* P"'-' 'i^ i''** ^'''""''•y •" «nn*Jy and poor, indmuch ot ir particularly in the south, is mnr«hy ; ye iY«Ti ^^u''^ *"i:^''^ *''"''** interspersed throughout, cio- clally m tho northern part. o " > "j'"- 3. Florida is distinguished for its trees and plants. The Itveoak, valuable for ship timber, is found in grJat porfe^- lion ; end the magnoha, with its large milk-while floivcrs adds to tho beauty of the forests. noivcrs, «u^*«r^llSj5""?*® ""'' *'''' "'*® '^^"P^'^ t« c^""". rice, sugar indigo, cHive«, oranges, and other tropical fruits. fJ:., I P"»cipal rivers are the Appalachico'la and S/ /oto, botf, navigable. The latter haf a sluggi.h current, and IS navigable about 200 miles. t-urreni, i. J; ^'^'^''^"^s'sEE, a new and flourishing town, is the «eat of government. * «„!* rf?"'u''''''L *«""erly the capital of West Florida, has 8. St Auguatinf, formerly the capital of East Florida United te."* "'"''^°"' ""^ " ***^ '^'^^^^ ^«-» i" '^« ioLfl'l'^rv'/^'''',^ ^'- ''*"'^*'' '^'^ "«^ commercial towns ; and Key West, on a small island, is a nlace of some commercial importance. * * B./At^!?''''*''.'^®* conquered by the Spaniards in 1539. and St. Augustine was founded by them /n 1564. In 1763 the country was divided into East and West Florida • and in 1821, It was ceded by Spain to the United States ' ' ^' ^""'^^^ ^'^n^^hle growth? 4. Productions? 5. Rivers? 02 MISSISSIPPI. 9. Some of the other most considerable lovyiis are ijotum* huSt Clinton, Manchester, and Port Gibson. 10. The principal literary institutions are Jefferson VoUege at Washington, and Oakland College at Oakland. 11. The first settlement of whites was made at Natchez bv the French about the year 1716 ; and, in 1729, the French colony was massacred by the Natchez Indians. 12. But few American settlements were made till near the end of the last century. A territorial government was established in 1800 ; and, in 1817, Mi.ssissippi was erected into a state. LOUISIANA. 1. Loliiftia'na is remarkable for embracine the Delta of the great river Mississippi ; and by means of this river and its tributaries, it possesses great commercial advantages, although its long line of seacoast affords no good harbor. 2. It is qpe of the most level states in the Union, consist* iDg chiefly of an immense plain, divided, with respect to its surface, into sea-marsh, which is overflowed by high tides, alluvial lands, liable to inundation by the overflowing of the rivers, prairies, pine forests, and hickory and oak lands ; and, in the northwest part, there is a portion that is hilly. 8. The southern part Consists of marshes or low prairie Hand destitute of trees, but covered with reeds or coarse cnrass, and intersected by numerous bays, lakes, and rivers. Nothing can be more dreary than the prospect of the im- mense waste, which is afforded from a ship's mast, in sail" jpg up from the mouth of the Mississippi, to New Orleans. 4. The Delta of the Mississippi, which is elevated only about 10 feet above the gulf of Mexico, comprises about one fourth of the state, and is annually inundated by the spring ioods. 9, What is said of other towns ? 10. What is related of the history .' slate .' Literary institutions .' 11. 12. When eructed into a Louisiana. — 1. For what is Louisiana remarkable? 2. What is said of its surface ? 3. The southern part ? 4. The Delta ? See Map of the U. S. — How ia Mississippi bounded ? What riv- ers in it flow into the Mississippi ? What ones into the gulf of Mexico ? How is Jackson situated ? Natchez ? Vioks- hmg? Columbus ? What towns on or near the Mississipni ? TT isrzz viitrr? \Tti 2. can iiTtrx LOUISIANA. 63 vyiis ure uotum* 5. A considerable part of the state consists of prairies, come of them of great extent, particularly the Opelou'sas pranie, which is computed to contain more than 6.000 square miles. €. Louisiana possesses a great variety of soil ; much of the country is barren or not susceptibJe of culUvation : and much of It IS of extraordinary fertility. 7. The Staple productions are cotton, sugar, and lice : and calHe are raised m great numbers in some parts, particular- ly on the Opelousas prairie. ^\rF^^*^. ^""*' Principal rivers are the Mississip'm, Red Riv- er, Washita', and Sabine'. 9. The principal lakes are Borgne (bom), Pontcharirdhi (pon-shar-train'), Maurepas, (maw'-re-pa), Mermen'tau, and i^alcastu (^cal-ca-soo), which are properiy bays or inJets of the sea, m the south ; and Bisleneau (bis-te-no'), a beauti- ful lake in the north. 10. New Orleans, the capital and only large town, ia eituated on the Mississippi, 105 mile? by its course from Its entrance into the gulf of Mexico. It possesses unrivalled commercial advantages, having a river navigation above it, by means of the Mississippi and its tributaries, far more ex- tensive than any other city on the globe ; and ne other city gives employment to so many steamboats. It is the empo- m"™? "^* °"*y °^ Louis'ana, but of the great valley of the Mississippi, and has a greater amount of exports than any other city in America. 11. Some of the other most considerable towns are BcUm liotige (ba'tn-roozh), Alexandria, and MUchUoches (nak-e-to'- cnez^. 12. The principal literary institutions are Lottmana Co?- tege at Jackson, and Jefferson College at St. James. IS. In 1673, the Mississip})i was discovered by Mctrquitk and Johct, two French missionaries 9 in 1682, the country S. What is said of its prairies ? 6 Soil ? 7. Productions ? 8. Rivers? 9. Laiies ? 10. New Orleans.? II. What other .towns.' 12. What literary institutions.? 13. What is .relat- ed of the history ? See Map of the U. S. — How is Louisiana bounded ? What por- tion lies east of the Mississippi ? What river forms the wes- tern boundary? What are tlie course and termination of Red River ? What other rivers in Louisiana ? What lakes in the southeast? In the southwest? In the north? How ii New Orleans situated? Baton Rouge ? Jackson? Madi- son ville ? Opelousas? What towns on the Mississippi? On Red River ? On the Washita ? ' 64 LOUISIANA. was explored by La Salle, and named Louisiana, in honor of Louis XIV.; in 1699, a French settlement was begun at Iberville; and in 1717, JVew Orleans was founded. 14. In 1803, the extensive country of Louisiana, com {)rising aH the territory now belonging to the United States, ying west of the Mississippi, was purchased of France for the sum of $ 15,000,000, and in 1812, the State of Louisiana was admitted into the Union. ARKANSAS. 1. This nbw state is one of the largest and least settled in the Union, and it has no large towns. 3. The surface in the eastern part, for about 100 miles west of the Mississippi, is low and level, and much of it subject to inundation ; in the middle, uneven and hilly ; and in the western part, hilly and mountainous. The Ozark' Mountains traverse the northwestern corner. 8. The greater part is covered with forests, and some of it is heavy-timb;.i'ed ; but there is considerable prairie land. 4. The country is well watered b^ numerous rivers and streams, and much of the soil, especially that on the water- courses, is fertile. 5. The principal agricultural productions are cotton, com, and cattle ; the mineral productions are iron, lead, coal, and salt, 6. The principal rivers are the Mississippi, which forms the eastern boundary ; Arkansas (ar-kan-saw'), which is navigable far beyond the limits of the state ; IVhite River, which is navigable for steamboats to Batesville, about 800 miles ; St. Francis, a large navigable river ; and WashUd'. *■ 7. The Hot Springs, near the sources of the Washita, consisting of as many as 70 fountains, are much visited by invalids. The temperature of the water is from 100° to 150", but not strongly impregnated by any mineral sub- stance. 8. Little Rock, situated on the Arkansas, 300 miles from i. What is said of the purchase, &c. ? Arkansas. — 1. What is said of Arkansas ? 2. Surface .? 3. For- ests and prairie.'' 4. Soil.' 5. Productions? 6. Rivers' 7. Hot Springs? 8. Little Rock ? See Map of the U. S. — How is Arkansas bounded ? What river on the east ? What one on the southwest .' Wliat other riveni flow through it ? How is Little Rock situated ? BatesvilLu » ARKANSAS. 65 its mouth by the river, is the largest town, and the seat of government ; and it has considerable trade. 9. Arkansas was erected into a territorial government in 1819, and into a state in 1836. least settled in irfaco ? 3. For» 8 ? 6. Rivers? WESTERN STATES. Taking Buffaloes. 1. The western division of the Union comprises the states of Ten'nessee, Kentuck'y, OMo^ Mich'igan, Indian'a (in- je-an'na), Illinois' (il-le-noy'), and Mistdu'ri, together with the IViscon'sin, I'owa, Western^ and Or'e-gon territories. 2. The Mississippi Valley which comprises all these states and territories, except Oregon, is a term applied to the vast country which is watered by the Mississippi and its numerous tributary rivers, and which extends from the Alleghany mountains on the east, to the Rocky mountains on the west. This valley surpasses in extent all other val-. leys on the globe, that of the Amazon (and perhaps also tiiat of the La Plata) excepted. 9. When erected into a state ? Western States. — 1. What does the western division com ; .ise ? 2. What is said of the MiaiisRJnni Valley ? 66 WESTERN STATES. 8. The great river MUainaippiy which gives name io thftf ▼alley, is about a half a mile in width, and very deep. It k the narrowest river on the globe, in proportion to the mass of water which it cdrneSr the extent of country which it drains, and the commercial facilities which its waters afford. This river, together with its tributary streams, is supposed to furnish more than 20,000 miles of steamboat navigation, 4. The largest tributaries on the western side, are the J\Ii$80uri, Arkansas, and Red River ; on the eastern side, the Ohio and Tennessee. 5. The surface of this valley is diversified, but there are no considerable mountains. In some parts it is hilly ; a good deal of it is undulating ; but the most of it may be regarded as a vast plain. ft^ Though this country has barren tracts, yet the soil of a'great portion of it is of uncommon fertility j and, on the timbered lands, the foi^^ n trees are often of great size. 7. The elimate is various ; in the south warm, and in north cold. The winters are more changeable, and the quantity of snow less, than in the same parallels in the countr7«.hordering on the Atlantic. Some parts are un- healthy, particularly the inundated lands on the rivers, and the wet prairies. 8. A remarkable feature of this country consists in its cxtensiVeprainV*, which are tracts of land entirely desti- tute of tFl»s, and generally covered with weeds and grasp, and are oiiiftmented, at certain seasons, with a profusion of the most beautiful flowers. 9. The prairies are generally very level, and are divided into wet and dry j but the dry or upland prairies form much the greater part. Those wbjch are wet and marshy commonly border on water courses. These natural mead- ows generally are of great fertility, and are covered with the most luxuriant vegetation. 10. The prairies are found, to some extent, in the state of Ohio J as we proceed to the westward, the proportion which they bear to the timbered land increases j and, after we proceed two or three hundred miles to the west of the Mississippi, they are found to occupy almost the whde ex- lent of country, except the margins of the rivers, 111 The prairies to the west of the Mississippi affbid 3. What is said of the Missi- S. What is said of the surface . 8r What is said of the prairies f 9. What varieties? 10, Vaerfl Me they found ? 11. What animals abound ^ :-»ppi? 4. What are the tribut^nes ? ot' the valley ? G. Soil ? 7. CI : : i'- ? li'ii WESTERN STATES. 67 ies ; and, after pasture to immense numbers of buffaloes, or more properly, hitons ; also elk, deer, and other wild animals. Herds of Aufialoes are here seen, that are supposed to contam moro than 10,000. 13. This animal is the chief object of hunting among the Indians ; and its flesh is the principal article of food both to the savages and the white hunters. The Indians oAen attack the buffaloes on horseback, and kill them by piercing them with arrows or balls ; and sometimes they decoy the animals, and precipitate them down a precipice. 13. There are found throughout the western country, with greater or less frequency, tumuli or mounds, some of them of immense size. There is no histonr or tradition that throws any light upon their orign ; and it is impossible to ascertain when, by whom, or for what purpose they were formed. They are commonly found on the most fertile lands, in plains and near large streams. They are mere erections of earth, and indicate little art, yet great labor, in their construction. In some instances, trees several hundred years old, are seen growing out of them. 14. Some of the most important productions of the West- ern States are wheat, Indian com, kemp, and cattle ; and in the southern parts, cotton and tobacco. 15. The most numerous denominations of Christians are Jitethodiats, Bapti$t8, and Preabyteriana ; but there are few fettled ministers in these states except in the towns ; and Ihe greater part of the religious instruction is given by itin- erant ^eachers. % 16. The three largest towns are Cincinnati, LouiaviUe, and St. Louis. TENNESSEE. 1. Tennessee is an interior state, situated remote from the sea, and it suffers inconvenience, particularly the east- ern part, on account of the distance from market ; but it has a pleasant and healthy climate. 3. It is of an oblong form, and the Cumberland Moun- tains, a range of the AUeghanies, extend through it in an oblique direction, dividing it into East and West Tennessee. 3. East Tennessee is traversed by various ridges of the Alleghany mountains, and is an elevated country, abound- 12. What is said of hunting the buffalo ? or mounds? 14. Productions? tions ? 16. Towns ? 13. What is said of tumuli 15. Religious denomina* TxifRKSSEE.— 1. divided ? 3. What is said of Tennessee? 2. How is it What is said of East Tennessee ? 7 6B TENNESSEE Mg in grand and imposing scenery, such as is formed bt precipitous declivities of mountains, fine cascades, prctor* estjue valleys, with clear and beautiful streams Much off it IS broken and unproductive, but the valley» are verv fertile. ^ 4. The swfitcv of the part of West Tennessee, that is situated^ to wards the Mississippi, is levol or undulating ; the part further east, called Middle Tennessee, is hilly ; a great part of the soit is very fertile, 5. The state is well watered by nmnerous wnaH streams, «nd has three large rivers, the Mississippi, Tennessee, and Cumberland, which are of great advantage in facilitating commercial intercourse. 6. The Tennessee is the largest tributary of the Ohio, and is navigable, at some seasons, for stean)boats to Flor- ence in Alabama j and the Cumberland is navigable for steamboats to Nashville and also to Carthage. 7. There are various interesting natural curiosities, some of which are the Whirl or Suck where the Tennessee J u*^^ 5'*'®"Sh the Cumberland mountains j channels form- ed by rivers through solid limestone to the depth of SOO or 400 feel; beautiful cascades, remarkable caves, petrifac- tions of trees, and organic remains, 8. Iron ore abounds, and large quantities of iron are roan- nfactured ; other mineral productions are goldy coal, salt, marble, and gypsum. 9. Agriculture forms the chief employment of the inhab- itants, aiw the principal productions are Indian com, eot-- ton, wheat, tobacco, hemp, and cattle. 10. Nashville, the seat of government, pleasantly situ- ated on the Cumberland, is a well built and flourishing town, much the largest in the state ; and it carried on an extensive commerce with New Orleans. U.KnoxviUe, on the Holston, is the principal town in East Tennessee, and has considerable trade and manufaG» tures. %M^^:^ ®°?'® ®^ *^® ^^^^^ ™^* considerable towns are Mur'freesborough, formerly the capital ; Memphis^ a new commercial town on the Mississippi ; Columbia and Frank- tin, 13. The principal literary institutions are the Univer- sity of Nashville at Nashville, Jackson College near Cq- 4. What is said of West Tennessee ? 5. Rivers ? 6. The Tennes- see and Cumberland ? 7. Natural curiosities ? 8. Minerals > 9. ProducUons of agriculture ? 10. Nashville ? It. Knox- vule ? 18. What other towns .' 13. Literary insUtutions ? TENNESSEE. te?'"*' ^"A' ^^'^'^f.^w ,^ollege at KnoxviHe, OreenttilU College at Greeneville, Washington College in Washinir- ^rM r "u^ ^o«<^tf«/«a Theological Seminary 14. The firet permanent settletnent was mad« in East Zll^T"^: '" '^^® "'■ "^^ ? '» ^"^^"^^ Tennessee was erected into a separate territorial government, and in 1796, KENTUCKY. 1. KentucTty Is more centrally situated than any otlrer etate in the Umon, with respect to the territory that is now 4settie(i< 2. The Ohio and Mississippi form almost one half of its boundary; the Great Sandy River separates it from Vir- gmia i and it is traversed by the Tennessee and Cumber- land. 1 he principal rivers wholly within the state are the KentueTey, Ltckmg, Salt, and Vreen rivers. i„„Ki r *11?^ ^'I^*"' ^^i^'""^ g'^^s name to the state, is nav- Jgablefor boats IMmfles; and it flows, throuffh a consid- erable part of its course, in n deej) chasm cut in soKd Hme- fitone, jte perpendicular hanlts being, in some places, 300 Feet high. Similar channels have been formed by some of the other rivers. ^ ^ 4. The surface is gi-eatly diversified ; the southeast part iS mountainous ; t4ie conntry bordering on the Ohio, hilly : the central and southwest parts, moderately uneven or un- tlulating, wiOi considerable Jevel tracts. 5. Though there are large tracts that are sterile, vet a S«tl 'l'"?°H '%''-^f^ fertile; and the district of country watered by the Licking, Kentucky, and Salt rivers, some- times criUed the gmden of Kentucky, in the central part of 14. What is related of tl»e history ? Kentcckv. — 1. What is said of the sltualkn of Kentucky ? 1 Sf/*'" 'rT'' ^- ^^^^ '« "^^ «*■ Kentucky riverf 4. Surface of the state ? 5. Soil? SeeJI^p ^ AeU. S. - How k Tennessee bounded ? Ky what mountains ,s it intersected ? What river forms the west- em boundary ? What is the course and termination of the f ln» - (5 u'^M • -^''^ Cumberland ? What other rivers ? How IS Nashville situated ? Knoxvilte? Memphis? Murfree.- T.nnf ■ ,^Sr^^^ • . ':''''"^"" ^ ^J'«t towns on th^ „,. l^ennessee ? The Cumberland ? What town* east of the Cumberland mountains ? What ones i« the central part of the state P Harrodaburg and the KENTUCKY. which Lexington is situated, is one of the naost delightful and fertile tracts in the United States. 6. The level and undulatin;; vN lie upon an immense bed of limestone> generally iU)imh e> ii et below the surface ; and in dry seasons the ^"rcutyn iig liable to fail, the in- habitants, in 8om« districts^ are subjected to inconvenience for want of water. Beautiful marble and iron ore are abundant ; also itUt $pring8, nitrous earth in caves, and conl in son:>6 places. 8. Mineral waters are found in various places those of ave liic u>octt cele- Olympian Spring! brated. 9. In the southwest part of the state there are several caves of extraordinary dimensions. One of them is called the Mammoth Cav€y which has heretofore been represent- ed to be 10, 15, and even 20 miles in length ; but recent examinations have reduced the extent to 3| miles, which is indeed a considerable distance for an underground excur sion. It comprises various apartments, and in some parts are found columns of brilliant spnr 60 feet high. 10. The exports go chiefly to New Orleans, and the most important articles are hemp, tobacco, and toheat. 11. The manufactures are considerable, more so than those of any other of the Western States, except Ohio. 12. This state has engaged very largely in works of in ternal improvement, as railroads, turnpike-roads y canals, and improvement of river navigation. 13. pRANKPORT, the seat of government, is a small town, situated in a deep valley on the Kentucky river, 60 miles above its entrance into the Ohio. 14. Louisville, situated at the falls or rapids of the Ohio, is a large and flourishing town, much the most populous and commercial in the state, and one of the greatest ports for steamboats in Atn rico. 15. Lexington, delightfully situated in a beautiful and fer- tile country, is handsomely built, and has extensive manu- factures and considerable trade. 16. MaysviUe, on the Ohio, is next to Louisville in com- mercial importance ; Covington and Newport on the same river opposite to Cincinnati, are among tht) other flourish- ing towns. On what does it lie ? 7. What minerals ? 8. Mineral watera ? 9. Caves? 10. Exports? 11. Manufaotuies ? 12. Internal i.nprovement? 13. What is said of Frankfort? 14. Liouia ville ? 15. Lexington ? 16. What otlxer towns > KENTUCKY. ft inost delightfal idant ; also tatt 17. The principal literary institutions are Tranavtvania Unwerstty at Lexington ; St. Joseph^s ColUge at Bards- town ; ( entre College at Danville ; Augusta CoUere at Augusta ; Cumberland College at Princeton : and Bmcon College at Georgetown. ,^l!' }*^^r??^ permanent settlement wa<» commenced in 1775, by Colonel Daniel Boone, on Kentucky river at Boonesborough ; and Lexington was founded near the same ?4nn ^^."^^."CKy formed a part of the state of Virginia till 1790 ; and, m 1792, it was erected into a state. OHIO. 1. Ohio is distinguished for its rapid growth ; for, althoujrh the settlement of it was begun but little more than half a century since, it has already become one of the first states in importance. It has great agricultural resources, and is the most populous of the Western States, and the most considerable for uianufaf tures. 3. It is of a compact tbrm, lying between the river Ohio and lake Erie ; the southern aiwJ much the larger part slop- ing gently towards the river, and the northern part towards the lake. 3. The greater part of it has the aspect of an alluvial country, being mostly level or moderately uneven ; but the eastern and southeastern parts, and some portions of the country bordering on the Ohio, comprising as much as one quarter of the state, are hiily ; yet there are no mountains, m the northern division there are extensive marshy tracts which are the most elevated lands in the state. ' 4. The most of the country was, in its natural state, cov. ered with a dense forest, composed a uost wholly of trees whose leaves fall in the autumn ; but in the interior, towards the sources of the Great and Little Miami, Scioto, and Muskingum, there are extensive prairie lands. ^ 17. What is said of the literary institutions ? 18. What is related of the history ? ^^"°a~}' ^^*' " ^"'^ °^ ^^^^ ■ ' '^» fo''" an menced in 17S3, at Marietta, by General Rufus Putnam, from Massachusetts ; and, in 1803 it was erected into a state. MICHIGAN. 1. Michigan is remarkable for its situation, being bordered by the four g. oat lakes, Superior, Michigan, Huron, and Erie, and also by lake St. CUnr; and, notwithstanding its dis- tance from the ocean, it possesses great advantages for commercial intercourse. 3. It is one of the largest states in the Union in extent, and is composed of two parts ; the larger and by fur the more important part being a peninsula lying between lakes Michigan and Huron ; and the smaller or upper part situ- ated to the northwest, between lakes Michigan and Supe- rior. S. The surface of the Peninsula is mostly level or mod- erately uneven, but a portion of it is hilly ; and the soil is generally very fertile. 4. The surface of the upper part, called Upper Michigan or the Upper Peninsula, is greatly diversified by mountains, hills, valleys, and plains ; and the soil of the greater por- tion is unproductive ; but this part is very little settled. 16. What is related of the history? MicHiQAir. — 1. What is said of the situation of Michigan ?^ 2. Of what two parts is it composed ? 3. What is saM of the Peninsula ? 4. The upper part ? See JIfap of the Middle States. — What part of the boundary of Ohio is formed by the river Ohio ? What bounds it on the north ? What rivers of the slate flow into the Ohio ? What ones flows into lake Erie? How is Columuus situated? Cincinnati? Cleveland? Zanesville? I?ajton? Toledo? Gambier ? Oxford ? What towns are on the Ohio ? Lake Erie? Cuyahoga? The Muskingum ? The Hockhocking? The Scioto? The Li itSb Miami » The Great Mkuni ? Ohio Canal f Tie 74 MICHIGAN. 5. The riven of Michigan are numerous ; most of them small, though some are of considerable size. 6. The country is mostly covered with forests ; but there are many prairies ; most of them of small extent. 7. Michigan has of late had a very rapid growth in pop- ulation and improvement j and, though so new a state, it has already undertaken important works of internal improve- ment, as railroads and canals. 8. Detroit, the capital, and much the largest town, is pleasantly and advantageously situated, regularly laid out and well built, and has an extensive commerce. 9. Monroe is a flourishing town in the southeast part. ^nn Arbour, Adrian, Kalamazoo!, and Grand Rapids are some of the thriving towns. 10. MxchUimackinac, or Mackinac (mak-e-naw'), on an is- land in the strait of the same name, between lakes Huron and Michigan, is a small town, long noted for the Indian trade. 11. This state possesses a very liberal provision for the support of schools, in lands appropriated to this object by the general government. -,??•. '^*»e literary institutions founded in this state are the Michigan University at Ann Arbour, a well endowed semi- nary ; and Marshall College at Marshall. J8- Detroit was settled by the French about the year 1670. In 1806, Michigan was erected into a territorial gov- erniasnt ; and, in 1336, into a state. Whatia said of the rivers? 6. The natural condition of the country? 7. Its progress? 8. Detroit? 9. What other towns? 10. Michilimackinac ? 11. Provision icr the sup. port of schools? 12. Literary institutions? 13. What is re- lated of the history ? See Map of the U. S. and Middle States. — How in Michigan bounded ? What lakes border upon it ? Into what two parts IS It divided ? Where is Saginaw bay ? Green bay ? St. Clair's lake? What rivers flow into lake Michigan ? Into lake Erie? Lake Huron? What ravers in the upper part of Michigan ? Where are St. Mary's Falls ? How is Detroit situated? Michilimackinac? Marshall? Grand Rapids' Monroe? Ann Arbour? Saginaw? Adrian? most of them sts : but there INDIANA. 75 INDIANA. .. Indiana has great agricultural resources, is rapidly ad- vancing in population, wealth, and improvement, and has numerous thriving villages, but no large towns. 2. It Is generally a level country, more so than Ohio, consisting chiefly of vast plains, though the southern coun- ties bordering on the Ohio, and some other portions, par- ticularly towards the north, are hilly ; but there are no mountains. 8. In fertility of soil, it is esteemed superior to Ohio : Sy. f"'"® '^"^^ abound in it much more than in Ohio or Michigan, but less than in Illinois. The prairies are foynd mostly in the western and northern parts ; some of them are of great extent ; but timbered and prairie lands are here more happily balanced than in the country farther west. \ The Ohio forms its southern boundary. The Wd'- bash and its tributaries are the most important rivers wilhin Su ^^'li®' '^"^ afford important facilities for transportation. 1 he Wabash is navigable 470 miles ; and White River, its largest tributary, is navigable for steamboats to Indian- apolis. 5. Indiana, by an act in 1835, commenced an important system of iniernal improvement, which embraces 840 miles of canals, 90 miles of railroads, and 385 miles of Macad- amized turnpike roads ; and in 1838, about 400 miles of these improvements were ekher finished or in progress. 6. Indianai'olis, the seat of government, is pleasantly situated on White River, where it is intersected by the National Road, and has considerable trade. 7. r-'n-cennes', on the Wabash, is noted as the oldest town ; and Madison and New Mbany on the Ohio, and Indiana. — 1. What is naid of Indiana ? 2. Surface.' 3, Soil and prairies .' 4. Rivers .? 5. Internal improvement? 6. In» dianapolis ? 7. What other towns ? See Map of the U. S. — How is Indiana bounded.? What lake does it border upon .? What separates it from Ohio .> What river separates the southern part from Illinois .' What arc the tributaries of the Wabash .? What rivers in the north ? How IS Indianapolis situated ? New Albany ? Vincennes .' Madi son I Michigan City .? Crawfordsville .' Bloomineton' What towns on the Ohio .' On the Wabash ? n INDIANA. Michigan City on lake Michigan, are some of the largest and most nourishing commercial towns- 8. The principal literary institutions are Indiana College at Bloomington ; South Hanover College at South Hanover j and Wabash College at Crawfordsville. 9. Vincennes, which was settled about the heginning of the last century by French emigrants from Canada, long remained a solitary village ; and few settlements were made by citizens of the United States till the end of the last century. In 1801, Indiana was erected into a terri- torial government ; and, in 1816, into a state. ILLINOIS. K Illinois, with reapect to territory, is one of the largest, most level, and most fertile states in the Union ; it is also one of the most thriving, and seems destined to become one of the most populous and powerful. %. It has a greater quantity of fertile land capable of cul- tivation than any other state, and therefore possesses great agrl'cuir-ura'i resources; it has also great advantages of coioTneroJiil intercourse by means of rivers and lakes. 3. !t is more level than Indiana, its general aspect being th'4t of i. vast plain ; yet there are some portions in the north ar*i south that are hilly. 4. It jj dii'tinguished for its vast and fertile prairies, wh^cJ are apposed to comprise about two thirds of the whole country. They are divided into wet and dry, the inclination in many parts being too little to carry off the water that falls in rain. They are found in too great a pro portion to the timbered land, are too level, and too large for' convenience ; so that in this country of exuberant fer tility, and, at some seasons, of exquisite beauty, the inhab- itants are incommoded by the want of timber, fuel, good water, and often by the want of health. 5. Illinois has exceedingly rieh lead mines in the north, valuable salt-springs in the south, coal in various parts, also iron ore, copper, and gypsum. 6. The Mississippi, Ohio, and Wabash form about two thirds of the boundary. The principal rivers within the state are the Illinois (il-le-noy'), Kaskas'kia, and Rock River. 7. The Illinois is a beautiful river, navi'^able at all sea sons for steamboats from the Mississippi to Ottawa. 8, What literary institutions ? 9. What is related of the history ? Illinois. — I. face ? 4 What ia said of Iliino" ? ? Tralries ' 5. Minerals .' 2. Its resources ? 3. Sur- C. Rivers? 7 The IIU- ILLINOIS. 7T 8. A system of internal improvement by the construcUon of railroads and canals, and tho improvement of river navig^Son was.establ^hed by an act of the legislature in 1837. ^ ' J. The Illinois and Michigan Canal, a very important work ex ending from Ot awa on the Illinois to Chicago, abo^t 96 miles, and connecting the steamboat navigation^f the Jl^ nois and Mississippi with the lake, was begun in 1836 JO. bPRiNGFiELD, a flourishing town, situated in a 'very fer- tile country, in the central part of the state, is the selt of government. ' ' "' J I. Chicd'go, a new town at the south end of lake Michi- gan, ,s a very flourishing town, the largest in the statf and has an extensive commerce. ' ®"" J2. Mon, advantageously situated on the MississiDoi 2 miles above the mouth of the Missouri, is a flourishing town and has considerable commerce. ^ ' n ]h ^^'"^ of the other most considerable towns are Gale'na. PeoL "'"''' Jacksonville, quincij, Rushvi^lT^d nf wJ^*" '^n"'''Poi! ''^f^'*y instituti-onsare Illinois College rnt^^TA^'^ «A«r//.#6V/.g-^ at Alton ; McKendreean t^La%t£'Tl' ' r.t^^'^^onough Codge at Macomb? thlvrlt u 7P'"''«*V^'^ ^«"»tiy in 1683, and, soon after, the French made a settlement at Kaskaskia. viry few cit- Tm IX''' if,^' ^'^^^^ «^"»^^- '"^^ county bXe lauo. in 1809, Illinois was erected into a territorial irov- erninent ; and, in 1818, into a state. ^ MISSOURI. of^'h^mn"!?" '' r^ ""^^^^ ^"^'3^'^ «*«*«« ^» extent, and one of the most western ; yet with r espect to the whole terri- 15. Wia't A^:^l^^L^ "^'^'^'^ '^'''^- •' Missouri. - 1. What ie said of the situation of Missouri f riven See Map of the U.S.- How i. Illinois bounded ? v>hat rivers form a great part of the boundary? What Thro. Jh h l*"^ '^^^ • °" ^''^^ ^"^^ /'» bounds it on the west. Some of thp th,nn;,h -'"iTm"!"* ?•" *°'"° portions, particularly towards ««o/a=;p„r.Vo„tvP/r7fc«il"/ ""' '"'"" ""'' "■" 6. Some of the principal towns are M^nisniv tho c«o* ^^ 10. What is related of the 9. What Is said of literary institutions history ? \^-!SC0Ns,N.-l Whatis said of Wisconsin? 2. Settlements > 3. Rivers ? 4. Surface and soil ? 5. ProductionsTrTTw,!? ? VfhAf£ ^- J'-tH^'"^ i« Wisconsin bounded? ^^''^ S.!f..*l°^? •t,.*^?^'^^'- "Pon ? What river forms the western -- — „ ., uuiuci ufiuiir rvnai boundary ? What rivers flow into u'jjssippi ? What J ■ ...•>., .o^io uuw into i,',;:'. 1':, <. 16. Mexico has but few good harbors ; some of the be.si and most frequented are Pt'ra Criaf and TampVco on the gulf of Mexico, and Acapul'co and San Bias on the Pacific ocean. Vera Cruz is the port through which most of the commerce between Mexico and Europe has been carried on. 17. Lesfi than one quarter of the inhabitants of Mexico are whites ; more than a third consist of subdued Indians, and about as many of mixed races. The only religion tolerat- ed is the Catholic. 12. What is said of the Pyramid of Cholula? 13. Mexico.? 14. Puebla, &c. ? 15. What other towns, and for what noted ? 16. What is said of the harbors? 17. Inhabitants.? See Map of Korth America. — How is Mexico bounded .? How is California situated .? Yucatan .' The gulf of Mexico .? Gulf of California .? Gulf of Tehuan'lepec .? Campeachy bay ? What rivers flow into the gulf of Mexico .? What ones into the gulf of California .? What ones into the Pacific ocean .? How is Orizaba mountain situated ? What moun- tains extend north .? In what part of Mexico are most of the frincipal towns .? How is the city of Mexico situated ? 'uebla .? Zacatecas ? Vera Cruz .? Acapulco .? Tampico ? Santa Fe .? San Bias .? Guadalaxara .? Cholula .? Durango .'' Ctnaloa .? Guazaca (gwa-ha'ca) P What towns in the nei^h borhood of Mexico .' MEXICO. 18 In 1521, the Spaniard:) under Cortez subdued Mexico, which was, at that time, under the government of the em- (peror Montezuma ; and, in 1B21, the Mexicans declared •themselves independent of Spain. GUATEMALA, or CENTRAL AMERICA. 1. Guatema'la consists of a lon^ isthmus, forming the :SOUthcrnmost part of North America, and lying between IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-3) t/i & 1.0 I.I 11.25 La 121 12.5 |5o '*^~ Mi^H ■^ IM 12.2 ! -^ IIIIIM •lUU IIIIIM 1.4 11.6 V] v: A%^^^ >> M '^ Photographic Sciences Corporation 23 WEST MAIN STREET WEBSTER, N.Y. MS80 (716) 872-4503 V \ \ '9> V ^ cS\ ''h WEST INDIES. WEST INDIES, I. The West Indies consist of a long chain of islands, Iving between North and South America, and extending from the const of Florida to the mouth of the Orinoco ; the Bahama Islands being the most northern, and Trinidad and Margarita the most southern. TAB^x.AR View OP THE PuiNciPAi. West India Islands. Name. Belonging to Sq.M. \amas. Pop. Chief Towni. Ba) Bahama, ^ Providence, V G. Britain, 5,500 19,000 Nassau. Abaco, &c. ^ ■ Greai Antilles. 1 HavU, Cuba, Independ'i, 28,000 935,000 Port Republican. SpaiTif 50,000 704,000 Havannah. Porto Rico, do. 4,000 324, (KM) St. Juan. Jamaica, 0. Brilain, 6,400 350,000 ' Kingston. Caribbean Isli inds. Martinique, France, 370 120,000 St Pierre. Guadaloupe, do. 675 120,000 Basse Terre. Mariegalanle, Barbadoes, do. 90 12,000 Basse Terre. G. Britain, J66 103,000 Bridgetown. Trinidad, do. 1,700 45,000 Port of Spain. Antigua, do. 93 a5,ooo St. John's. Gremtda, do. 110 28,000 St. George. St. Vincent, do. 130 27,000 Kingston. St. Christopher's, do. 70 25,000 Basse Terre. jDominica, do. 29 19,000 Roseau. St. Lucia, do. 225 18,000 Carenage. Tobago, do. 140 15,000 Scarborough. Nevis, do. 20 11,000 Cliarlestown. Montserrat, do. 78 8,000 Plymouth. Tortcda, do. 90 7,000 Road Harbor. Anguilla, do. 30 3,000 Santa Cruz, Denmark, 100 34,000 Christianstadt. St. Thomas, do. 40 11,000 St. John's, do. St. Eustat^a, Holland, 22 12,000 The Bay. Curaqoa, do. 600 12,000 Williamstadt. St. Martin, do. 90 6,000 St. Bartholomew, Siccden, 60 8,000 Gustavia. Margarita, Venezuela, 350 15,000 Ascension. Wk9t Indies. — 1. What is said of the West Indies ? Irinoco ; the Dd Trinidad )iA Islands. hief Towns. WEST INDIES. g7 mai Indies, because he sunnoLSS,'^*''* ""'"^'^ ^y ^'^ »he India, in thi souTeast of ffi ^^ """"^ connected with naLr^''thySw;J!^' t^hTS SS7^ ^s"e- «^ "»-«n.e of .he rnS" oSetble T,he°"c.ribt.'"?r''"'- cently, most of !hem slive. • bu, }k2^^' "'"! "T' ''" «" 800.000 have l^TeJSi'&S'"'"''^"""""''^ <"" connUulions. a'heTe are but' tJ^ i™'* ""j' '" "''"'■•™ "• "^t'ui^ii^i'^r/f'v wLr.!.'^ wi!^»p.ofw.nd. The AiuilW > Whf.l. „f .i."'S"'?° ""= B«l>«n>M bcloni ? 88 WEST INDIES. 10. The exports are very valuable, and consist of s^dTy rum^ coffee, indigo, cottony tobacco, and various other tropical productiona. 11. Cuba, the largest and most important of the West India islands, has a fertile soil, and among its productions are tobacco, esteemed the best in America, also sugar and coffee. i2. Havan'nak or Havan'a, the capital of Cuba, is the largest and most commercial city in the West Indies, and is celebrated for its admirable harbor. 13. Havti was formerly called Hispanio'la and St, Domin'- go, and was divided between Fruiico and Spain. It is a very fertile island, and next to Cuba in size. Here the first European colony in America was established by Co- lumbus ; and here also the first independent state formed by African slaves, has been founded. 14. The principal towns of Hayti are Port Republican, Cape Hap'txen, and St. Domingo. 15. Kingston, in Jamaica, is the largest and most com- mercial town in the British inlands ; as is St. Pierre (peer), in Martinique, of the French islands. 10. What is said of its exports ? 11. Cuba? 12. Havannabi* 13 Hayti? 14. What are the principal towns? 15. What are the principal towns of the English and French islands? See Map of jYorth .America. — Where are the Bahama islands? The Caribbee islands? Cuba? Jamaica? Hayti or St. Domingo ? Porto Rico ? Trinidad ? Guadaloupe ? Bar- badoes? Martinique? How is liavannah situated ? Kings- ton ? Cape Haytien ? Port au Prince ' What other to- .'nfl Oil Ilayti ? What ones ou Cuba ? SOUTH AMERICA. SOUTH AMERICA. Chimhorazo. 1. South Americn may be rpgnrdcd as a vast peninsula ; and it is a highly favored part of the globe, compared with the other great divisions, as il respects the salubrity of its chmate, the fertility of its soil, and the value of its natural productions. 2. But little has been done to turn to good account its vast natural resources, as it is very thinly peopled, and the most of it uncultivated ; and there is, in all parts, a great want of works of internal improvement, such as roads, bridges, and canals. 8. The western part consists chiefly of elevated table land, crowned by chains of majestic mountains ; to the east of this high land, there is an expanse of country, two or three times as broad, composed of marshy and sandy plains ; and still further east, there is another elevated re- gion extending nearly to the Atlantic coast, but not so high as that in the west. South America. — 1. What is said of South America? 2. What is its state of improvement ? 3. Whit is said of the surface ? 90 SOUTH AMERICA. 4. The most striking natural features of South America consist in its mottntaim and river». It differs from the north- ern part of the continent, in being but little indented with inland seas and gulfs, and in having few large lakes. 6. The ^ndes are an immense chain of mountains run- nmg throughout South America, at a distance var^'ing from. 60 to 160 miles from the western const ; and they have been seen at sea at the distance of 180 miles from the shore. They are composed, in great part, of porphyry,, and abound in precious metals. 6. They are the most elevated mountains on this conti- nent, and have a considerable number of summits that are volcanic^ and a great many that are always covered with snow. They abound in natural wonders, such as stupendous f>recipices, impetuous torrents, picturesque cataracts, and rightful chasms. The torrents and chasms are often cross- ed by rope bridges. 7. The highest summits have an aspect of unrivalled sub- limitv, their elevation carrying them above the region of the clouds ; and below their snowy tops the storm is seen to burst J and the exploring traveller hears the thunder roll, and sees the liehtnii^ dart beneath his feet. 8. Between the different ridges there are extensive plains ® jTml 'u*'''y ^"'^ beauty, well cultivated and populous. 9. The three great riven of South America are the JSm'- azoHt La PUl'tft, and Orino'eo. These rivers, with their tributaries, water most of South America. ^ 10. The Amazon, called also the Mar'anon and Orella'na, 18 the largest river in the world ; and some of its tributaries are equal in length and size to the largest rivers in Europe. It IS upwards of 4,000 miles long, and 180 miles wide at its mouth ; and the tide flows up more than 500 itiiles. It is navigable, to the junction of the Ucay'a-le with the Tuncu- ra'gua, for vessels of 400 tons. U. The La Plata, together with the Parana', its princi- pal branch, is about 3,000 miles long, and 80 miles wide at Buenos Ayres, 200 miles above its entrance into the ocean ; ,«"mL"**^*^*'''® throughout the greater part of its course. 12. The Ortnoeo, which is much inferior to the other two, IS about 1,800 miles long, and navigable 700. A water communication is formed between this river and the Amazon by the Caasiquid'ri and the Negro* 4. What are the most striking features? 6. What is said of the Andes? 6. What is said of their elevation, &c. ? 7. What of the highest summits? 8. What is found between the different ridges ? 9. What ore the thne great rivers ? 10. What is said of the Anuwon ? II. The La Plata ? 12. Th» Orinoco? SOUTH AMERICA. 01 .Jp^?t.7*®jCi''®P""*''P«' Wanda are Ter'ra del Fui'ro tbeFMk'tandUland,, andthe island of ChUo'e. ^ ' 14. Ihe ehmate in the south is cold ; in other parts on the lo^y plains ,t is hot, and in many pl'aces unheafthv • In the elevated plains, it is salubrious and delightful? free C^ great heat in summer and from severe cold^in winter? 15. Many parts of South America are extremelv subiect to earth^kes, ana for the sake of greater 8Sitvth« houses, in these parts, are common l/ buUtwhh only' oSe some ofThL^fiTr^^l^ ^f^^'H^^Js in valuable productions ; some ot^ those for which it is most celebrated are leold Mill barkf ' "*''''"'*^' diamonds, and cinchZVr &"« the7e tip l«5n,f • ^i;^ * ^'^^^ """^"^ °^ Wrds. Among larffes birH^U h ^^^.^""'J^ remarkable, and is reputed thf largest bird that has the faculty of flying in the air It« wings, when extended, measure from 12 to ?6 feet -^nd? ^? »^ ***« \«'f!>» of more than 20,000 feet ' " r«i«- : inhalants of South America consist of vkrioua races, as xohtte; ctvUized or subdued Indians ne^oL^^. hzoes, mulatloes, samboes, and .•n4mS /«X«/ ' The aXTSf'thrinH-'"*' of thewfites and IndTans; the samooes, ot the Indians and neirroes Th«» nrhit^J --^ h.' ?!,.'"«!" ^V™!!'"'' '» America that were colonized .L^l Spaniards, the white inhabitants are divided iMo X"'?""' ' 'u^" *"'• "•ose born in Spain, who Ire oaniS int«io7f:ri,"tet",;.iS"' '"■""' ^''"«'""» '"'"'"■• «it:^°arKjarser £ 'aifrr ^^'^^ H.C.. have esublished riruWrcanVrr™ "f eof^^^^^^^ The onlfri" '?"'='' "J' P-'""=«' contention Tnd dfsorier is' mJJ — ? • ^^- . ^^"^^ " the climate ? ' 17 wk!I " "*J J respecting earthquakes ? 16. Productions > 9 Hn^' "^ Ik'^ respecting birds ? 18. Inhabitaite ? ' Z^^fiV^'^! '" ?P*"«»» America divided ? 20. Where . Sc^XTo-ftiStm-jL^^^ 9 od SOUTH AMERICA. 23. South America comprises the following countries, namely, New Grenada, Venexui'la, Equator, and Ouia'na (ge-a'na), in the north ; BrazW, in the east ; the United Provxneet of La Plata, Paraguay, and Uruguay, in the ■outheast; Patago'nia, in the south 5 and Chi'li (che'le), Boliv'tUi and Peru j in the west. COLOMBIA. 1, The republic of Colombia, which comprised all the northwestern part of South America, was formed^ in 1819, by the union of New Grenada and Venezuela (yen-e- zwa'la), which had previously been provinces of Spain. 2. This extensive republic was, for several years, under the government of Simon Boti'var, the celebrated South American general. S. Since 1831, it has been divided into three republics, New Grenada, Venezuela, and Equator. 22. What countries does it comprise ? Colombia. — 1. What is said of Colombia? 2. By whom was it governed ? 3. What republics have been formed from it ? See Map of South Afneriea. — What ocean lies on the east of South America ? What ocean on the west ? What sea on the north ? What is the most northern cape of South America? What the most eastern ? Southern ? Western ? What island lies at the south extremity of South America ? What island at the northeast of Terra del Fuego ? What strait separates Terra del Fuego from Patagonia ? Where is the island of Chiloe ? Masafuero and Juan Fernandez ? What islands on the north of Venezuela ? What mountains ex- tend the whole length of South America, towards the west side ? Where does the Rio de La Plata empty f What aie its principal branches ? What countries does South America inclide ? In What country do the Paraguay, Parana, and Uruguay rise ? Where does the Amazon empty ? What are some of its principal branches ? Where does the Orinoco empty ? The Magdalena ? What country lies in the north of South America ? What one in the south? What countries in the west? In the east? What countries lie chiefly between the equator and the tropic of Capricorn ? What countries lie south of the tropic of Capri- corn ? What north of the equator ? How is New Grenada bounded ? Venezuela ? Equator ? How English, Dutch, and French Guiana ? Brazil? Peru? Bolivia? The United Provinces ? Paraguay ? Uruguay ? Chili ? Patagonia ? NEW GRENADA. 93 NEW GRENADA. J. The republic of New Grenada consists of what was formerly the Spanish viceroyalty of the same name, and comprises the northwest part of South America, embracing the isthmus of Panama' or Darien. 2. The face of the country is greatly diversified by low and ehBvated plams and stupendous mountains, 8. Theprincipal river is the Magdale'na, which is navi- gable to Honda, 700 miles. 4. The cataract of Tequendamd', on the river Bogota' 15 miles from the city of Bogota, is one of the most extraordi- nary in the world. The water rushes down a perpendicu- R*'*^k "* ^-^^ bounds, from the height of 574 feet. 5. The climate on the coast and low plains is very hot, and m many parts unhealthy j on the elevated plains, mild throughout the year. i , m 6. Much of the soil is fertile, producing grain, cotton, cocooy coffee, sugar, cinchona, and various fruits. 7. The mountains are rich in gold and silver ; and have also mines orplattna, copper, teed, and emeralds, «5i ^X^'^u' ^- ^^"7^ ^^ ""^ Bogota', the capital, Is a well built city, situated on one of the elevated fertile plains of the country and is 8,700 feet above the level of the sen. V. ropayan' is a handsome town in the interior; and Larlhage'na, Panama', and Buenaventu'ra are some of the principal seaports. VENEZUELA. 1. The republic of Venezuela comprises the country Which was formerly a Spanish province, known by the '^ftn*® of the Captain-generalship of Caraccas. 2. The coun try is watered by the great river Orino'eo Q wr ^^^^^?\ "Zh^^ "']•** *'°«'» New Grenada consist ? A %^ f *^? ^Vit, °^ ^''® ^'"""^y ■ 3. The Mngdalena ? 4. The cataract of Tequendama ? 5. Climate ? 6. Soil and ^ ,„, productions? 7. Minejals? 8. Boffota? 9. What other towns ? ^ Venezuela.- I. What does Venezuela comprise ? »• By what is it watered ? ^ See Map of South America. — How is New Grenada bounded? Wow is the bay of Panama situated ? The gulf of Darfen ? What is the course of the Magdalena ? How is Santa Fe de Bvota situated ? Panama ? Carthagena ? Buenaventura ? Pq. payan? Porto Bello? Pamplona? Honda? il VENEZUELA. and its branches ; and it includes the large lake of Mara- eaff'bo. 8. Some portion of the country is mountainous ; but the general character of it is that of u plain of immense extent. 4. The climate is hot, and the productions such as belong to a tropical region. Some of the principal are cocooy reck- oned the best in the world, cotton, sugary coffee, atd tobac- co i also cattle, horses, and mules. 5. Carac'cas, the capital, is a considerable city, but has sufiered much by earthquakes. La Ouag'ra, its port, is 7 miles distant. .' . 6. Some of the other principal towns are Maracag'hot Valen'cia, Cumana', and St. Thomas. EQUATOR. Cotopaxi, 3. What is said of the surface ? 4. Climate and productions ' 5. Capital ? 6. What other towns ? See Map of South America. — How is Venezuela bounded ? By what river is it watered ? What are some of the tributaries of the Orinoco ? How is lake Maracaybo situated ? Carac- cas ? La Gu&yra ? Cumana ? Maracaybo ? Valencia ? St. Thomas .? Varinas ? What towns on the coast .' What one iii the interior ^ EQUATOR, 95 1. This nowrcptiblic, which comprises the country which was once known by the name of the Spanish Presidency of Quito, is intersected by the equator, and derives its present name from its situation. 2. It includes the most celebrated summits of the Andes, among which are Chimbora'zo and Cotopax'i ; and, though aituated in the middle of the torrid zone, many of its moun- tains are always covered with snow, and its elevated plains enjoy a mild climate throughout the year. 3. Chimbora'zo, a little more than 4 miles high, was as- cended by Humboldt to the height of 19,300 feet, supposed to be a greater elevation than was ever before attained by man. This mountain has heretofore been considered the highest mountain in America, but some summits further south have been found to be more elevated. 4. Cotopaxi, the most tremendous volcano in the world, rises in a regular and beautiful cone. It sometimes sends up Its burning entrails nearly 8,000 feet above its summit ; and Its roarings are said to have been heard at Honda, 600 miles distant. 6. Quito (ke'to), the capital, is remarkable for its great elevation, being situated on the skirt of the volcanic moun- tain Pinchincha, 9,600 feet above the level of the sea. It is one of the largest cities in South America, and has many magnificent edifices. ' 6. Chtag'aquil (gwl'a-keel), is the pr-.icipal port; and Ctttffifa (kweu'sa) and Riobam'ba are considerable towns in the iflterior. GUIANA. I. The name of Guia'na (ghe-a'na) was formerly applied to a large country extending from the Orinoco on the north, to the Amazon on the south j but Spanish Ouiana now forms a part of Venezuela, and Portuguese Guiana a part of Brazil. The rest of the country belongs to the English. Dutch, and French, EilDATOR. — 1. What does Equator comprise, and by what is it in- tersected ? 2. What is said of the country ? 3. Chixnborazo? A. Colopaxi ? 5. Quito ? 6. What other towns ? Guiana. — 1. What is said of Guiana? See Map of Sorith America. — How is Equator bounded ? Un which side of the equator does most of it lie ? What rivers rise from lU mountains ? How are Chimborazo and Cotopaxi situated . Quito? Guayaquil? Cuen(ja? What towns on the coast ? What ones in the interior ? Q# ti GUIANA. 8. The aurface i» gciieraiiy very level ; the climate hoi anil unhealthy ; the aoil very fertile. S. The productions are Himilar to thone of the West In- dies, and couHirit chieHy of augar, coffee, cotton, cocoa, tnaize, and indigo. 4. Enolirii GruiANA contains three small colonies, name- ly, Eaaequt'bo, Demard'ra, and BerbUe'. The principal town is ata'broek. 5. Dutch Guiana, is also called Surinam', from the prin- cipal river by which it ia watered. The capital is Paha- mar'ibo, which is a very pleasant town, situated on the Surinam. 6. French Guiana is also called Caff-enne', and is noted for the production of Cayenne pepper. Cag-enne'-. the chief town, is situated on an island. PERU. Silver Mines. 2. What of the surface, climate, and soil? 3. Productions? 4. What is said of English Guiana ? 5. Dutch Guiana? 6. French Guiana ? Set Map of South America. — How is English Guiana situated ? Essequibo ? Deinarara ? Berbice ? Stabroek ? How is Dutch Guiana situated ? What river intersects it ? How is Paramaribo situated? How is French Guiana situated <* Cayenne ? PERU. 91 climate ■ boi 1. Peru, before it8 conquest by the Spaniards, was the seat ol tlio celebrated empire of the Incas, famous for its civilization, and for its abundance of the precious metals • but the most valuable silver mines have been detached from the country, which now retains the name of Peru. 2. The country lying between the Andes and the Pacific ocean, is called Low Peru, and consists chiefly of sandr deserts and jilains, having no vegetation except on the bor- o ®i* I n ^®™ ' '*"'* "^^^^ ***" •' *"»« '»"'« o"" no rain. d. High Peru, which lies to the east of Low Peru, ia composed of lofty mountains, interspersed with ferUle val- leys and plains. 4. Peru, like other countries in South America, is very thinlv peopled, and suffers for want of roads, bridges, and canals ; and goods are transported on the backs of mulea and lamas. 5. Some of the most noted productions are goU, aUver, mercury, and cinchona or Jesuits bark. 6. Lima (le'ma), the capital, 7 miles from CaUiifo, ita port, was formerly a city of great opulence and splendor ; but It 18 now much reduced. 7. Cuxfeo, formerly the seat of the empire of the Incaa, is still a large town, and contains monuments of its former splendor. na situated? BOLIVIA. I. This country, which once formed a part of Peru and afterwards a part of Buenos Ayres, was, in 1836, formed ^"^T^^«H'd"''*,°*! ^^LV *• What is said of Low Pe ro? 3. High Peru? 4. What of the condiUon of the conn try? 5. NotedproducUong? 6. What is said of Lima ? 7 Cuaco? b. What other towns ? ^°"^^t- T ^' What is said of the formation of the republic of ISolivia ? ' See Map of South America. — How is Peru bounded ? W ers rise in it ? What mountains are there ? How What riv- •t ^ j^'A' "•"" •"""■•MiiuB ttrei uierer now is Lihia situated? Cuzco? Arequipa? Callao? Guainanga? Guan- caVehca? Caxamarca? Ayacucho? What towns on the coast south of Lima ? What ones north ? 98 BOLIVIA. into an independent republic, and named Bolivia, in honor of General Bolivar. 2. It is mostly an elevated and mountainous country, containing stupendous summits of the Andes, some of which, according to recent measurements, are higher than Chimborazo. • , , . 3. Bolivia contains rich silver mines, the most celelirated of which are those of Potusi, which were formerly the most productive mines in America. 4. Some of the principal towns are La Pla'ta or Chc- duiSA'CA (chd-ke-sa'ka), the capital ; Potost', famous for its silver mines and great elevation ; La Paz and Cochabam'ba, large towns ; and Cobi'ja, the only port. BRAZIL. Diamond JVashing. 1. Brazil is one of the largest empires in the world in ex 8. What of tlie country ? 3. Mines ? 4. Towns ? Brazii.. — 1. What does Brazil comprise? See Map of South America. — How is Bolivia bounded ? What rivers rise in it ? Where is lake Titicaca ? What part of Bolivia borders on the ocean ? How is Chuquisaca situated ? PotoRi. ? Gochabamba ? I^a Paz ? Cohija ? Charc^S ? Oro pesa? BRAZIL. 99 ! world in ex tent of territory, comprising the eastern and central parti of South America ; but the greater portion of it ia unin- habited except by Indians. 2. It has a great variety of surface, soil, and climate ; comprising mountainous regions and plains of vast extent, some of them barren, and others very fertile j and its natu- ral resources ar^ great. 3. It has an abundance of valuable productions, as cotUm, augar^ cqffct^ grain, tobacco^ and/ruits ; also ^W and diamond*. Great numbers ofcaUle are raised, and the forests abound in valuable timber. 4. Some of the great rivers are the Amazon, Madei'ra, Topa'ioa^ Xin'gu, JSL Franda'co, Paraguay', and Parana. 5. Ri'o Janei'ro, the capital, has an excellent harbor, and is the most populous and commercial city in South America. 6. SL Sal'vador or Bah'ut, and Pemamhtifco, are large sea- port towns, and have an extensive commerce. 7. Cuya'ba, Villa Ri'ca, and Villa Boa, in the interior, are noted for gold mines ; T^u'co, for the most celebrated dia- mond mines in America. UNITED PROVINCES 1. This country once formed the Spanish Viceroyalty (f Rio de la Plata. In 1816 it was declared independent, and assumed the name of the United Provinces of South ,^erica, in 1825, the United Provinces of La Plata, and, in 1826, the *^g€ntine Eipublic; it is also often called Buenos Ayrts (bwa'nos-aL'e-rez)^ from the name of the chief city. 2. It is watered by the great river La Plata and its bran- ches, the two principal of which are the Paraguajf and Paran&\ 2. What is said of the eountTy? 3. Produotions? 4. Riven? 5. Rio Janeiro? 6. What other towns? United Provinces. — l. By what name has this conatry been known ? 8. By what is it watered? 8ce Map of South .America. — How is Brazil bounded ? On which side of the equator is the most of it ? What part is in the Southern temperate tone ? What are the course and termi- nation of the Amazon ? What rivers flow into the Amazon on Ihe north side ? What ones on the sooth side ? VVhat riv- ers in the south part of Brazil? What rivers of Brazil flow into the Atlantic ? How is Rio Janeiro situated ? St. Salva. dor? Pernambtico? Maranham? Para? Tejuco? Villa Boa? V;i1~ o; — s r* u_ M ■i»n--4^ .1 "* . .• M f tjtti xijta: ■v^uyuuar Triiai luwns On IIIC COOBl Jionn 01 St. Salvador ? What ones south ' m UNITED PROVINCES. 8. The northern and western parts are n.ountainous ; but the country is mostly a plain, and a great portion of it is formed of the immense basin or valley of the La Plata, and much of the portion bordering on the river is liable to in- undation. 4» In the southern parts are found immense Pampas or plainst which are more than 1000 miles long and 500 broad. They resemble the prairies of North America, and are destitute of trees, and covered with high grass, which af- fords pasture to vast numbers of cattle and wild horses. 5. The climate is various but generally healthy ; much of the »oU very fertile, but little cultivated; and the country abounds in catUe^ horsesy and mtt/etfj and in mines of goldf silver, coppery and lead. 6. Buenos Atrgs, the capital, and much the largest city, is the outlet of almost all the commerce of the country, but the navigation to it is difficult. It derives its name from the salubrity of its climate. 7. Some of the other principal towns are St. Juan, Men' dotOs and Cordova. PARAGUAY AND URUGUAY. 1. These are two small republics formed within a few years from territories which formerly belonged to the Unit- ed Provinces. 2. Paraguay, which lies between the rivers Paraguay and Parana, is generally a very level and fertile country, abounding in various productions ; but famous especially for the small plant called mal'te or Paraguay tea, which is used very extensively in South America, as the tea of Chi- na is with us. 3. What is said of the surface of the country ? 4. Pampas ? 5. Climate, soil, and productions? 6. Buenos Ayrea? 7 What other towns ? Paraguay and Urugoat. — 1. Of what are these republics form* ed ? 2. What is said of Paraguay ? See Map of South America. — How are the United Provinces bounded? What are the two principal branches of the La Plata? Where do they unite? What rivers flow into the Parana ? What rivers southwest of the La Plata ? What is the course of the Uruguay ? Where are the Pampas ? How is the country of Paraguay bounded ? Uruguay ? How is Buenos Ayres situated ? Cordova ? St. Juan ? Mendoza ? Assumption ? Monte Video ? Maldonado ? What towns on the west towards Chili " What towns in the north ? PARA (QUAY AND URUGUAY. 101 S. Assumption, the capital of Paroguny, 18 a considerable aTcs "" "''^*' Paraguay, 1200 miles above Buenos 4. Uruguat, formerly called Banda Oriental, is a fertile and healthy country, situated between the river Uruiruav and the Atlantic ocean. "6w«jr fhS^^r* Video the capital of Uruguay, is situated on the La Plata, and has the best harbor on the river, and considerable commerce. * CHILI. 1. Chili (chele) is a long and comparatively narrow country, lying chiefly betvjreen the Andes and the Pacific ocean. 2. Its general aspect is that of an inclined plane, risinir gradually from the Pacific ocean to the ^ndesy which extend along the eastern side, presenting many elevated summits, some of which are volcanoes. 8. The countrjr is watered by numerous small rivers, which desqend, with rapid currents, from the mountains to tbe ocean. 4. The climate is generally very healthy and pleasant: though in the northern part, in the country borderinir on the coast, ram seldom or never falls. 6. Much of the soil is very fertile, and the country abofinds in vegetable productions and in cattle, and has also rich nitnes, 6. The Araucanians, a celebrated tribe of independent Indians, possess a large tract of country in the southern part of Chill. J' The most considerable island is that of Chilo'e.— Ju- an Feman'dez, a desert island off the coast of Chili, is fa- mous for the lonely residence of Mexander Selkirk, a Scotch sailor ; a circumstance which gave rise to the celebrated ro- mance of Robinson Crusoe. 8. Santia'go or St. Ja'go, the capital of Chili, is situated on a beautiful plain, aboyt 90 miles from Valparaiso, and Its houses are built of unburnt bricks. 9. Some of the other principal towns are Valparaiso^ II .' Mendoza ? 3. What is said of AssumpUon? 4, What is said of Urueuav ? 5. Monte Video ? ^ ' Chili. -- What is said of Chili ? 2. What is said of the aspect of the country ? 3. What is said of the rivers? 4. Clira^? \Wh;t^lSertowns^^'^^'"'^^^'- '•^*'*"^'" 8. Santiago? 102 CHILI. the most frequented port, Concepttortf Valdivia, and Comthm ho. PATAGONIA. 1. Patagonia, a large country, coiTi prising the southern parts of South America, is cold, uncultivated, and of dreary aspect, the western part being mountainous, and the east ern having extensive plains. 2. It is entirely in the possession of native Indians, who are represented as of large stature, abounding in horses, and being excellent horsemen. 8. Tt/ra dd Fue'go, separated from Patagonia by the straits o£ Magellan, is a large dreary island, having its moun tains always covered with snow. See Map of South .imtriea. — How is Chili bounded ? In what zone 18 it? How is the island of Chiloe situated ? Joan Fer nandez? The Arancanians ? Santiago? Valparaiso? Con- ception? Coaoimbo? Valdivia? What towns north of Santiago ? What ones south ? Pataooiiia. — 1 . What is said of PatagoDia? 3. Terra del Fuego ? 3. Inbabitonts? See Map of South America. —How is Patagonia bounded ? What -ulfs on the west side ? What bays on the east ? How is erra del Fueeo situated ? The Falkland Islands ? Wheie I the strait ofMagellan ? What rivers in Patagonia ' guT ^ TBI EUROPE. Inhabitants? 1. £urope, though much the smallest of the four quarters of the globe, b far the most important and powerful ; and it governs a great part of the others. 3. It lies almost wholly within the northern temperate zone, and is distinguished for the excellence of its climate, its useful productions, its commercial enterprise, its mili- tary power, and its civilization, science, and literature. 3. £urope contains the following countries, namely, Lap-' land, Norwayy Sweden, and Russia, in the north ; Oreat Britain, France, Netherlands (Holland and Belgium), Den- mark, Poland, Prussia, Germany, Austria, Hungary, and Switzerland, in the middle ; Portugcd, Spain, Italy, Tur- key, and Greece, in the south. 4. The political divisions of Europe are the three empirds oi Russia, Austria, and l^urkey ; the 16 kingdoms of Swe- den, Denmark, Holland, Belgium, Great Britain, Prussia, Hanover, Saxony, Bavaria, Wurtemberg, France, Spmn, Portugal, Sardinia, Two Sicilies, and Greece s and 4| other states, mostly very small, republics, duchies, princi palities, &c. , 8. The five most powerful states of Europe, called the Great Powers, are Russia, Great Britain, France, Austria, and Prussia. The nations most distinguished in science and literature, are the British, French, and Germans. 6. The established or prevailing religion of all Europe, with the exception of Turkey, is Christianity. The Prot- estant religion prevails in the north ; and the Roman 0>th- olie in the south. The Greek Church is the religion of Russia, Greece, and of the Christian inhabitants of Tur key. The Turks are Mahometans. Jews, are found in almost all parts, but especially in Poland. 7. The six principal ranges of mountains are the Ahs, the Pyr'enees, the Ap'ennines, the Carpa'thian, DofrejUld, and UrcfiUan mountains. 9,. For what is it distin- contain ir Europe. — 1. What is eaid of Europe guished? 3. What countries o< 4. What are the political divisions ? 5. Which are the most powerful states, and which nations are moat distinguished for literature ? 6. What is the religion of Europe? 7. What mountains ? 10. 04 EUROPE. 8. The Mpa, which separate France, Switzerland, and Germany, from Italy, are the most elevated range of moun tains in Europe, and have many summits which are always corered with snow j and the elevated valleys abound in magnificent glaciers. The two highest summits are Mont Blanc and Mont Rosd. 9. The Pyrenees divide France from Spain ; the Men- ntnea extend through Italy ; the Carpathian Mountains lie on the north and east of Hungary ; the Dofrefield or Dof- rmeMourUams are between Norway and Sweden ; and the Ural%an Mountains are in Russia, between Europe and Asia. *^ 10. The four celebrated volcanoes m Europe, are EVna, m Sicdy ; Vesu'vius, near the city of Naples ; Strom'boli, on one of the Lip'ari islands, and HecHa, in Iceland. Ih The seveft nrrost noted capes are North Cape, the Na»e, Gape Clear, Cape Finisterre', Cape Or'tegal, Cape St. Vxn'eenty and Ctme Matt^fntn'. 12. Some of the most important islands are Oteat Brit- am^ Ire'land, and Ice'land, in the Atlantic; Sic'ily, Sar- din'ia, Cor'sica, and Can'dia, in the Mediterranean. 13. Europe is much indented by seas and gulfs, which afford great' facilities for commerce. The principal seas are the Medtterra'nean, ^rchipel'ago, Mar'mara, Black Azof, North, BAl'tic, and White Beat 14. The Mediterranean, which is 2,000 miles long, is the largest and most celebrated sea in the wor/d, and is suc- rounded by countries that have always been famous in his- tory. The eastern coasts of it are styled the Levant'. 16. The three largest gulfs are those of Ven'ice, Fin'- land, and Both'nia ; and the only large bay is that of Bts'eay. 16. The most considerable lakes are Lado'ga, One'ga, and PeVpus, m Russia ; Wen'ner and Wet'ter, in Sweden : t^'^'m*"^ ^°^''*''*^^» in Switzerland and on its borders. 17. The three most important rivers are th« Foi'c-a. Don'ube, &nd Rhine. ® « ii ^M® K^^Sa, the largest river in Europe, is upwards of ^wu miles m length. It has its whole course in Russia, and MOWS into the Caspian sea, by several mouths. It is navi- gable to Tver, and is connected with the Neva by a canal, tnus tornung a communication between the Caspian and 10 Wh„» ^"li °^^'® ^'P'/ ,?• iy**^'^ •'^ thfr other raountainB? 14 wS»!? •/ r^u*"??'^. "• ^*P«^' 12. Islands? 13. Sea»? What ig mid of the Mediterranean ? 15. What are the irulft > 16; Lakes ? 17. Rivets ? W. What is said of the Yol^ ? EUROPE. 105 pe, are Et'na, I ; Strom' boli, moray Black, Baltic aeos ; and also with the northern Dw inn, forminir a communication with the Arctic ocean. * 19. The Danube, which, though not so lonar as the Volira. hns a greater volume of water, rises in the neighborhood ot lake Constance, and flows into the Black sea. It has a rapid current, and is of but little importance with respect to foreign commerce. ^oi^c^,!, w 20. The Rhine, though much smaller than the Danube. IS superior to it in sublime scenery, and in its importance sea, 111 Holland, and is navigable to the Falls of Schaffhaw- *en, m S*vitzerland Great quantities of timber are con- 19. Wiiat is said of the Danu1»e ? 20. The Rhine ? -^ ofEurope^^ What countTies lie in the north of Europe ? What ones HI UiesouUi? In the east? In Uie west? w1f«»" '''' ?entral paria ? What islanda are west of Europe ? What ones m the Baltic ? In the Mediterranean ? What fleas lie ,n and about Europe ? Where is the gulf of Both- TJ ?'•! 8:"f«f Finland ? The gulf of Riga ? The .rnlf • BajTBiLJ?" ^"'^«f '''"-^^^ T'« Arcfipelago? ffi Where are the StraitB of Gibraltar? The British Channel?^ St. u/i. 9«?rg*^« Channel? Tlie Skager Rack ? Cattegat? f?^F^?P^-, The Naze ?;cape Clear? CapllVIatapan? _„. V»P® F'nisterre ? Cape St. Vincent ? *- f * What "vers flow into the White Sea ? What ones into the Baltic .» Into the North Sea? Into the British Channel ? Into the Bay of Biscay? Into the Mediterranean? Into the Black wru *®* .u *°.^^® '^^ "^ A^^*"' '"^" t'>e Caspian sea ? talSp Th^'ff f Jm Py'^r"-', 3:?« Carpathian moun- tains ? 1 he Dofrefield mountains ? The Uralian mountains » How IS Russia bounded? Sweden? Norway? England " Den mark? Prussia? Austrian Dominions? Holland"? Bel- ffiey?^Tr::c??' ^""'- ^^"" ' P-^ugal ?' Italy f '^'*^Va3?i/r'^^r' '^^°"'^?"• Which way from Paris to Madrid? To Rome? To Vienna? To St. Petersburg: JM LAPLAND. LAPLAND. The Reindeer. 1. Lapland, a cold and dreary country, comprising most of that part of Europe which lies in the frigid zone, belongs partly to Norway, partly to Sweden, and j>artly to Russia. 3. It is very thinly peopled, for though it is about three fourths as large as France, it contaius only about 60,000 inhabitants ; and it has no towns larger than small villages. S. The Laplanders are of low stature and swarthy com- plexion, rude and ignorant. The reindeer is their most valuable possession, which supplies them with food and clothing ; and by means of which they make rapid jour neys, drawn in sledges. Lapland. — 1. What is said of Lapland ? 9. How extensive is it, and how is it peopled ? the Laplanders and the reindeer ? 3. What is said of NORWAY. lOT NORWAY. The MaeUtronx, 1. Norway, a long and proportionally narrow country, irery thinly inhabited, and extending irom the Naze to North Cape, derives its name, which signifies Northern FTay, or Country to the North, from its northern situation. 2. It IS, next to Switzerland, the most mountainous coun- try in Europe, abounding in sublime and picturesque scene- ry ; and its long lino of seacoast presents, in many parts, a rugjred and grand aspect of elevated rocks. 3' The principal range of mountains are the Dofrefield or Dofrine Mountains, which extend between Norway and Sweden, and have many summits always covered with snow : the highest is SneehaVla. 4. The rivers, which are numerous, are so rapid as fre- quently to partake of the nature of torrents, and abound in cataracts. The largest is the Glomme. 5. The climate is severe j the soil, particularly in the north, barren ; but in the south it affords good pasture. 6. The forests abound in pine, fir, and ash, and timber is the principal article of export. The mines, fisheries, and cattle are the other principal sources of wealth and subsist ence. Norway. — 1. What Is gaid of Norway ? 2. Surface ? 3. Moun- tains? i. Rivers? 10* 5. Climate and soil ? 6. ProductionB ' NORWAY. 7. The MdeValrdm, on the const of Norway, is a cele- brated and formidable whirlpool, which is so violent as sometimes to draw in and swallow up ships and whales that come near it. 8. The Norwegians are a frugal people, robust and healthy, accustomed to a plain, and otten to a coarse and •canty fare. 9. CuRiSTiAiriA, the capital, is noted for its trade in deal timber. Bergen and Drontheim (dron'tim), the other prin- cipal towns, nave considerable commerce. 10. Norway, once an independent kingdom, was annex- ed to Denmark in 1897, and to Sweden in 1814. SWEDEN. 1. Sweden consists of three parts, Gothland in the south, Sweden Proper in the middle,' and Norland in the north. Norland comprises more than half the territory, but only about one tenth of the population. 3. Sweden is encompassed on the west and north by high mountains : but it is generally a very level country, and one of the least fertile and least populous in Europe. 8. The greater part of the country is covered with for- estSt which abound in pine, spruce, and fir ; and timber is one of the chief articles of export. 4. The most striking feature in the appearance of the country consists in its numerous and extensive lakes, which are sheets of pure, transparent water, abounding in fish. Some of the largest are lakes Wen'nert WeVter^ and Jlfa'/ar. 5. The rivers are numerous, but mostly small. The DiM is the largest. The Lu'lea has a cataract which is 400 feet in height, and one eighth of a mile in width ; and it is one of the greatest in Europe. 7. What is said of the Maelstrom ? 8. The Norwegians ? 9. Towns? 10. What is said of the history ? SwxDxir. — 1. Of what three parts does Sweden consist ? B. What is said of the country ? 3. By what is it mostly covered ( A. What is said of its lakes ? 5. Rivers ? Ste Map of Europe. — How is Norway bounded ? What capes on the north and south end of Norway ? What sea separates it from Denmark ? What islands on the north- west coast? Where is the Maelstrom? The Dofirefield mountains ? How is Christiana situated ? Bergen ? Dron- theim ? Roraas ? What towns south of Bergen ? SWEDEN. vas annex- ? 9. Towns? 109 Ja ThJ' *"'"""* i\ severe. The winter is lonir and verv .SenSl' "'"' '^^^customecT to a plain diit and C nhf; i?^*"'?''*'' *^® *'°P'*»'' '« «» commercial city, remark- abeforite picturesque situation on several island/ R^Si- budt partly on piles, near the junctiorof liie Ma/ar with the Baltic. ItCas one of the 'finest royal palacl' i„ E^- .ni": ^<*'''«»*«'*«*j,8 noted as the second town in ponulation RUSSIA. • V J*»« empire of Russia (rush'e-a or ru'she-a^ whirh includes the most of the north' of Europe, a^d aU t^e noJth of Asia, 18 the most extensive empire on the aiohp „^3^o more than twice as large as all ESrope , but t^he Xtil part of It IS ver^ thinly inhabited. ' prmtipal 2. The Jstattc part is far the larger in extent • but thA fuoTC" P'''/' K 'K"''''^ Pop^ulois 'though this i! much less populous than the middle an d South of Europi a U7U.4 :_ __!j TT 77 ' ■ — 6. What is said of its climate ? Stockholm? Finland ? ,- „- ''• Exports? 10. What other towns? 11. 8. Swedes? 9 What is said of ''"'uVdoVrtlr/ar*^^''"""'"^"^- ^"^^""^-^ 2- What ** ^aKv!^^^^^'^^' -How is Sweden bounded ? What islands S Bot?„u^*^ ""wl^? f ?"* •. What rivers flow k^tolhe gulf Wh!* 4u ^o^tenburg? Carlscrona? Upsal? Fahlun? i^^LX'p ^^^^^^^^'^^^^^ "O't^ than Stoam? Wlit 110 RUSSIA. ' 8. European Rusnia, formerly called MiWeovy, compri8 M almost one half of the territory of Europe, but less tnau a quarter of the population. It is generally a level country, and the greater part of it m covered with forests. 4. The principal mountains are the Uralian chain, which forms the ooundary between Europe and Asia, and is about 1,400 miles in length. 5. RuRRia is watered by some of the largest rivers of Eu- rope. 'J je principal ones are the Vol'ga or tfol'ga^ Don, Dniia'ter (nees'ter), Dnii'per (ne'per), Dwi'na, One'ga, J^torihern Dwi'na^ and Petcho'ra. 6. The largest lakes are those of Lado'ga, One'ga, and Pei'ptis or Tchud^koe. — Ladoga \a 140 miles long, and 75 broad, and is the largest lake in Europe. 7. The climate in the southern part is temperate ; in the middle and northern, extremely cold. 8. The soil in the southern part is generally fertile ; but in advancing north, it becomes less so. ^gnctUtwe is in a backward state. 9. Russia is distinguished for its extensive inland naviga- tion. By means of rivers and canals, communications are opened both from the Baltic sea and Arctic ocean to the Black and Caspian seas. 10. Some or the principal exports are hemp, Jlax, iron, timber, tallow, grain, and leather. The Russian leather is esteemed the best in Europe. 11. St. Pe'tersburo, the metropolis of Russia, was founded by Peter the Great, in 1703 ; and it is situated at the east end of the gulf of Finland. It has an extensive commerce, is regularly laid out, and is the most magnifi- cently built city m Europe. 12. Moscow, the ancient capital, is situated in the central part of European Russia, and exhibits a singular contrast of splendid edifices and miserable hovels. It is famous for its great conflagration, at the time of the invasion of the country by Bonaparte, when nearly three fourths of it were burnt. 18. The principal seapo'U are St. Petersb'"''^', Pi'i-^n, Odes'sa, and Archdn'gtl. Odessa is noted for ♦* ' > ..• ^f grain j Archangel, for being the most northerly considerable town in Europe ; C on'siadt, on an island, in the gulf of Finland, for being tlie chief station of the Russian navy. 3. What is said of European Russia ? 4. What are the principal A %;.T3tains? 5. Rivers? 6. Lakes? 7. What is said of the Animate? 8. Soil ? 9. Inland navigation ? 10. Exports? .' . W . .at of St. Petersburg ? 18. Moscow ? 3. Whai are the prinwiptil ports ? RUSSIA. HI 14. Tufla is famous for hardware : jVov'rorod for its for I iitn;?^^ ' r- / ^"^ t""'."* ^'"' '""-merly Iho capiuil of ltge"par°J.f^Sry" ''''''"«""" """ '''» <=•""•' -^ « . '?i •'^"''' """^ .^"''of »rB nolcd for Lnttlos betweon Pe- ter the Great and Charles Xll. ; Smofc™*' und&Zi'Z trr.iJ^'f/^Jt''""^'"" ■'■"""yoper'a.ion. 1„ .ho 17. This empire contains people of different reliirionii and languages. But the Rwi^iaJ, properly so called %o GrTek^chE ""Th"'"' •*" a Sci;i;onfc n/ti^n.^and Jf^the of ?ho "[mi- ^^"^y """^ '■*»^"«' and brave j but are one of the most illiterate nations in Europe. A great raajo?hy of them are in a state of miserable servitude ttni we bought and sold with the land which they cult"vat;. ^ n r«;iu ^osaclu, inhabiting the frontiers of Russia, are X^u'"^ r°P'!.' """ «'"g"'ar character and habite" and they have been distinguished in the Russian wars The Zr^u v'^v'^'^" ^f '^^"^ «»•« «»y»«J nonCoZL from their inhabiting on the river Don. * «t«t„ ^\^*»? beginning of the last century, Russia was in a nations. The foundation of its greatness was laid by Pda 14. ^i'JJ; f '^ °r'^"^"' Novgorod, &c. ? 15. What places are noted for mihtoiy events? 16. What is said of'^Cher.on if iSssiaf * ^*«'^*'^^«- 1^- What noUce of the history and SeeM,^ of Europe. - How is Russia in Europe ooundcd? 3 I'e on the south of it.^ What ones on the west north.? Where are the principallakes .» How "Ladoga lake situated? What rivers of Russia flow into ihfwt •?''*■, \»t« "'e Caspian ? Into the Baltic? Into Uie White sea ? Into the Arctic ocean ? How is St. Peters- burff sauated? Moscow? Riga? Archangel .* S Wifna? Kiev? Odessa? Tcherkosk ? Tula ? PoltavJ ;^ Smolensk ? Borodino ? "*«»*» . towns are on the gulf of Finland ? The gulf of Riga ? The Black sea? The sea of Azof ? The Volga? & Vonf The Dnieper ? The Dnieeler ? Wha- 119 RUSSIA. the Great ; it has been further enlarged and improved b^ Cathanne II and Mexander; and it has now th^ most formi- dable land army in Europe. POLAND. 1. Poland was formerly one of the largest kingdoms in Europe ; and the country, with regard to surface, ia one of the most level ; consisting chiefly of a vast plain, in many parts marshy. 2. In 1795, this country was divided between Russia, Austria, and Prussia ; an' Aol'Hem, Z«/««< and ^"n"^'"!"!' Baltic, the largest of which are n.os.lUurnSifCo'i,/"'" ?,""" ^"=-. - one of the n>a„y .nallatrea'; ,Taife"s',rd it " "''^'' "'''»' "•" th»„gML°'rntphe:e'.-s{i""? '^TT '? <■- '"» '»"""''= > is fertile. "^ ' * " considerable proportion of it theBllto toThf fifd^^'fifrmi^f';" '"'"«'■'•■ ^«'=»''» '''»"• Baltic to the NoJui seaT"? " ."»™""'nKation from the draught. ' ""'' ""'""'* ''esseU of 9 feet on'.-hfr.jtra'st^^ftrff'o'^rV";'^"'"^''"''-'''' bor and an extens ve co,„m.r ° ^T'.""''- <•■« a good har- great establishmenis of Z kingdom " "■«»»«""•«" '"« it:-., ^'"^uriace. o. Sou and dima«i> ? o. v;opeuhagen ? ~ " What of the sit- J Tl « ~ 114 DENMARK. 6. M'tonoy in Holstein, on the Elbe, near Hamburg, is noted as the second town in Denmark, in population and commerce ; Ehineuy, a seaport on the north end of the is- land of Zealand, as the place where all vessels passing into and out of the Baltic, pay toll or duty, as a compen8.ation to the king of Denmark for the light-houses on the coast. ICELAKD. 1. Iceland, a large island, belonging to Denmark, rcceiv ed its name from the ice with which it abounds. It is cele- brated for its natural wonders, and, with regard to soil and climate, it is one of the least favored countries on the globe. 2. It is composed, in great part, of masses of volcanic mountains : its surface is in the highest degree rugged ; the soU mostly barren ; and no considerable trees are to be seen, but only stunted birches, willows, and other shrubs. It is very thinly inhabited, and has few villages, and no consid- erable town. , . , 1 5. Mount Hec'la, one of the most celebrated volcanoes on the globe, is subject to the most dreadful eruptions, thougb its summit is always covered with snow ; and it w said to have thrown matter to the distance of more than 100 miles. 4 The Geg'sers, or Hot Springs, are reckoned among the greatest wonders of the world. They throw into the air lets of boiling water to the height of 100 or 200 feet, ac- companied with a noise like that of a cannon, and a trem- bling of the adjacent ground. Stones are also thrown up much higher than the water. 6. What is said of Altona and Elsineur ? IcELAKD. - 1. What is said of Iceland ? 2^ What of the surfaM and soil? 3. What is said of Mount Hecla ? 4. The Gey- sers ? See Map of Europe. — How is Iceland situated? On what part of It is Hecl^' Reikiavik ? Where are the Faroe Islands? Bv what waters is Denmark surrounded? How is Copenhagen ^situated? Elsineur? {Sec Map VIII.) meU Tonmngen? Altona? i GREAT BRITAIN 115 O'REAT BRITAIN, or THE BRITISH ISLES. London. ,i f s 1. The United Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland comprises the two large islands of Great Bntain and Ire- land, together with many small ones, which are advanta- geously situated in the Atlantic ocean, to the west of the continent of Europe. 2. The proper or legal name of thfs kingdom is the United Kingdom of Great Bntain and Ireland; yet it is very common- ly styled the Bntxsh Empire, or simply Great Bntain, from the name of the principal island ; and England, from the most important division of the island. .u^'r?'**'^ kingdom, with regard to population, ranks amona the iliuropean states as only the 4th» and with regard to extent of territory, as only the 7th ; yet it surpasses all other empires on the globe, in respect to manufactures, com- raerce, naval strength, and in the extent and importance of ^ts foreign possessions. 4 Besides the islands above mentioned, Great Britain possesses the fortress of Gibral'tar and the islands of MiU'ta Grbat Britain - 1. What is said of the kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland ? 8. What of the name ? 3. What of sts raukaiui importance ? 4. VvUal of its foreign possessions ? 116 GREAT BRITAIN. and HtVigoland, in Europe ; and has very extensive pos- sessions in America, Asia, and Africa. Among other pos- sessions in Asia, is the rich and populous country of iJ!^- dostan. 5. The island of Great Britain, the most important island on the globe, the largest in Europe, and the largest that was known to the ancients, is divided into England^ Wales, and ScoUand,^ . ENGLAND. St. PatU'a Church. 1. England, which comprises the largest, most fertile, and most populous part of the island of Great Britain, rs separated from Scotland by the river Tweed, the Cheviot Hills, and Solway Frith ; and it is divided into 40 counties. 5. What of the island of Great Britain and its divisions ^ England. — 1. What is said of England ? See Map of the British Isles. — How is Scotland situated with regard to England ? Wales ? Ireland ? Where are the Hebrides or Western Islands ? The Orkneys ? The Shetland Islands ? What channel and sea separate England from Ireland ? What islands are in the Irish Sea? Where is the English channel. British channel ? The Straits of Dover ' Solway Frith f ENGLAND. 117 mo« than 3.M? feefhfir 1,2? A.W™'"" ^T,""''^- "^ , ; , ."® *"C8t important rivers are thp T'A/y^.^- /* ^ Ur are picturesque lakes in the norTh of Engi.°3^ ^"•«"- . S. England is celebrated for its extensivl nml' „,„ ■> n,os/ Jther cornS'e7ne sa^ri a^udr °™ '°'^ "■°" '» and sTu.l^n^K'Tu'I^i.fThi'''' •■f."'''"'''-'^' '" *« n,iddle and ntS":oii,"r!^?fe'' '^ '"• » ■"f'-'^ '"P^ved ,h..e ; .ion. '^ceppZ;7^^}ZTn^^ «<""' -"-«' are ,^t »r,s.;zr;rer''''"'™' -^ »^-■"'"' la . •.pr=',C^^:Z,S^'-. valuable, particu- 11. JLiighuid IS famous for manufactures Tho =,;.- • 12. Eaueation among the higher nnH mwirii^ «i much attended to ; but with rn^«rf? ^T,u ^ *^l*^^®^ " was much neglected tirsinn/n *« ^^e lower classes it schools and scCohnldh^slttTon""^"" °' '""^«^ o ^?akV!fp'*l*^ wu^^'"'^?''®- 3- Mountaina? 4. Rivers and 7 So 1 > ft^i'' •" 'f^ °^ '"'^"^ navigation ? 6 CHmatll '• oou.'' 8. Agriculture ? 9. Prodiicliona ? in m i 118 ENGLAND. 13. England has but four univeraities, thoso of Oxford and Cambridge, tho most richly endowed in Europe, and those of London nnd Durham recently established. 14. Tho government is a limited monarchy, the supreme power bemj,' vested in a king and parliuinont. 15. The Parliament is composed of two houses, namely a House of l>ords, consisting of hereditary peers, or nobiU ity of five different ranks, namely, duken, marquises, earls, viscounts, and barons ; and a House of Commons, compos- ed ot 653 representatives, elected by the people. 16. The established religion is that of the church of r^" ,' ^'^'^^ ^^^^ *^® archbishops, those of Canterbury and Ifork, and 25 bishops ; but Dissenters are numerous *^7^"fl^H"^ ^^i^^y ^^ independents, Presbyterians, Baptists, Methodists, Roman Catholics, Unitarians, and Quakers. 17. London, the metropolis of tho British empire, is sit- uated on the Thames, 60 miles fr&m its mouth, and is the most populous city in Eu-opc, and the most opulent and confiimercial one on the globe. It is not greatly distinguish ed for splendid edifices. The two most remarkable are St. Paul's Cathedral and JFestminster Mbey. 18. The three ;?oWs which rank next to London in com- merce, are Liv'erpool, largely concerned in the American trade, and noted for its docks ; Bris'tol, formerly the second ^^7 i?®,. i""^ commercial town, nnd noted for its hot wells ; IOC '^^ ^""^^^ ^^ ^''^ Baltic, and the whale fishery. l^-Some of the smaller commercial ports are New'castle, Sun'derland, Whtfby, and JVhiteha'ven, noted for the coal wr ^ K^f"*ouUi, for packets to Spain, Portugal, and tho West Indies ; Hover, for packets to France ; Yar'mouth, for the herrmg fishery. 20. Ports'mouth, Plym'outh, and Chat'ham are distin- guished as tho chief navul stations. 21. Some of the principal manufacturing towns are Man'- Chester, famous for cotton goods ; Bir'mingham, for hard- ware ; Leeds, Wakefield, Ex'eter, and Nor'wich (nor'rij), for woollen goods ; Sheffield, for cutlery ; Kid'derminster, tor carpets ; NoVtxngham and Leicester (les'ter), for stock- ings ;tov> entry for watches and ribands ; Gloucester ( •io. Wiiatnoticeofthe history of England? See Map of the British 7.Zc;». _ What ia the southwest extremity What ifth."^''"^ ''' '''^,- nJ^^^* «'"^" •^''^"'^^ "« n^ar it? ^ What « the course of tbe Thames ? Where is the Wash ' The Wl, '^""It"^ What rivers flow into the Humber? Where are the Tees and Tyne ? The Mersey and Dee > What rivers flow into Bristol Channel ? How 18 London situated ? Canterbury? Portsmouth? Plymouth? Exeter.' Bristol? Bath? Oxford? Cambridge 'Oreenl wich ? Norwich ? Leicester ? Yarmouth ? Birmingham ' Kidderminster? Liverpool? Manchester? York?ffii ^^^^r&^I ^^.^r^^^-^^ NewcasS^? b™ ■ ° «,";""l°'' '¥ '"""s »» the south coast ? On the east > ''^yf^'^fC^ H-r'^""'''''*"" ""J'-""^" ' Swan. o * n» 120 ENGLAND. Wales. 27. Wules, u mountainous country, abounding in pictur- esque scenery, has a less fertile soil than that of England, and IS not so well cultivated. Its mineral productions are abundant, particularly iron. 28. The two largest towns are Mer'thyr Tyd'vtl, noted for iron works j and Swdn'sey, for commerce and sea bathing. SCOTLAND. FingaVs Cave. 1. Scotland, a country consisting of two parts, the High- lands and Lowlands, lies to the north of England, and is much more mountainous, and far less fertile and populous ; and it has a much colder climate. 2. The Highlands, which comprise the northern and the larger, but much the less fertile and populous part, consist mostly of barren and dreary mountains, with some tolerably fertile valleys. 3. The Lowlands comprehend the country which lies south and east of the Grampian mountains. This division 27. What is said of VVales ? 28. What towns ? Scotland. — 1. What is said of Scotland .' 9. What is said of the Highlands .' 3. The Lowlands ' SCOTLAND. 121 as agreeably diversified with hills nnd plains : and the east- ern portion rivaUEndand in fertility and cultivation? ,««;« J„ ^'•°"»/"«" Mountains are the most considerable range in Scotland, and the summit of Ben Ne'vis is the highest m Great Britain. 5. The western coast of Scotland is much indented bv inlets, and the country abounds in fine lakes, calleS focA,^ Loch Lo'mond, the largest, is 30 miles long, and is one of the most beautiful lakes in Europe. Loch KaVeHne ■which 18 bordered by the mountains cilled the Tros'ach^'\l famous for bein^ the scene of Scott's « Lady of the Lak^." y>/% o^'^ principul rivers are the Fwth, Toy, Tweed. fXth'nf^lT '";^^''• .T\^ '''''' abound wit-l ,aK and the inlets and bays with herring. \' I***'^^®.P""^'ll'^' «'*"«''» ore the Caledonian Canal The island ^'^'^^ ^''"'''' "^^*^ ^^ ^*^*«^ "'^«^«^"^« 8. The islands belonging to Scotland are numerous, com- ZT^u n^?^ '''"'^^'■' °^ ^'^^ He6'rirf^5 or Western Isl- o*'^^S^ 0''A'?^y». and the Shet'land Islands, fj'h ' u '^'*'"*^ "^ ^°''*''' "'"^ "f 'he Hebrides, is famous S/«Sr"^ ^fr ^'T' ^f l«^'-"i»S in the middle iges ; and rSt/'fuT'-i^' ^'e^^ k'.''?"^' '' remarkable for'' Fingal^s ZZL^? ^^'^7,''^ 7^'''^ "'•^ ^"•••"^'^ l^y perpendicular SralcIiriosTty" ^"'"'"^ ' ^^ "- regarded Is a great ♦i.i®' "^^^ ^"°^^^ ^"^° extensive manufactures, of which Ivon ''"Por^ant are coWongoorfa, /incn, woo//en,, and 11. There are four universities, those of Edinburgh, P^^IfT'/'l'^"''u^'"'*' ^"'* -^^errfeen. Parish schools Sre established throughout most of the country. .J.'- ., established religion is Preshyterianism, which fo?me? "^ ^ ""' ^^^ c«'«brated Scotch re" «ol?; ^^^,^'^0^'^^ are enterprising, industrious, and tem- E!«! ' ^l!' 'i^^M^ ,""' ^™°"S the best educated in Eu- rope. — The iJeg-A/a«rfcr« are a brave, hardy, warlike race, living generally in miserable cottages, and enjoying but few ofthe comforts of life; though thdr condition and habi I have been of late much improved. 14. Ed'inbuhgh, the capital of Scotland, has a command- ' 4. What Is said of mountains ? 5. Lakes? 6. Rivers? 7. Ca- nals? 8. Islands? 9. lona and Staffa ? 10. Manufactures? 11 . Universities ? 12. Religion ? 13. The Scotch and the Highlanders ? 14. Edinburcrh > ^ .-iSia™.^..'. 122 SCOTLAND. ing nnd picturesque situation, near the Frith of Forth, nnd is surrounded on all sides, except the north, by lofty hills. It is one of the best built nnd inust elegant cities in Great Britain, the chief scat of the law courts of Scotland, and one of the most celebrated scuts of learnnig in Europe. 15. Glas'gow, on the Clyde, the largest city in Scotland, and the first with regard to commerce and manufactures, is noted particularly for cotton goods. Pais'ley, Perth, and Dunferm'line, for cotton and linen manufactures ; Kilmar'- nock, for carpets ; Car' r on, for iron- works. 16. The princijjal ports are Gree'nock and Port Glasgow, on the Clyde ; Lcilli, the port of Edinburgh ; Aberdeen', Dundee', and Montrose', on the eastern coast ; and Inver- ness', the metropolis of the Highlands. 17. Fal'kirk is noted for cattle fairs ; Melrose' and Kel'so for ruins of tine abbeys ; Gretna Green, for the marriages of fugitive lovers from England ; Ban'nockburn, for a great victory over the English ; CuUo'den Moor, near Inverness, for the final overthrow of the English Pretender. 18. The crowns of England and Scotland were united in 1603. IRELAND. 1. Ireland is a pleasant, fertile, and populous island forming a striking contrast to Scotland, being mostly level, ©Immoderately uneven, and having few mountains ; and these are chiefly in the northern and western parts. 2. It is divided into four provinces ; Ul'ster, in the north, JLcinsler in the east, Mun'ster, in the south, and Con'naught, in the west : and it is subdivided into 32 counties. 15. What is said of Glasgow and othor manufacturing towns? 16. What are the principal ports ? 17. What other places are men tioned, and for what noted ? 18. When were the crowns of England and Scotland united ? Ireland. — 1. What is said of Ireland .' 2. How is it divided ' See Map of the British Isles. — Which side of Scotland is moat indented by inlets ? What friths are there on the eastern onast ? On the western .'' What islands north of Scotland ? What ones west ? Where are lona and StafFa ? Where the Caledonian Canal ? Where does the Clyde empty ? What rivers flow into the North t Sea on the east ? How is Edinburgh situated ? Glasgow ' Greenock? Paisley and Kilmarnock ? Leith and Falkirk * Dundee ? Perth ? Montrose ? Aberdeen ? Inverness : What towns are near the borders of Encrlaud ? lUELAI^D. 198 3 The u'cstem const is much indentdd l.v inlets • nnl nn- TAe Gianl's Causewaj. 3. What is said of inlets and botrs' 4 Rivora n^^ i i - - The Giant's Causeway ? G.^ClJuiate ' 7 Wh.f ' :. ^*: agriculture? 8. rroductions? 7. What is said of 134 IRELAND. articles of food for the great mnss of tho people. Orata and aUoJlax are important productions. 9. The principal manufacture is linen ; and the chief ei- porla are linen and provisions. 10. Tho established religion is the same as that of Eng- land ; but more than three fourths of the people are Roman Catholics. 11. Ireland has but one tenivcrsity, that of Dublin ; and a Catholic college at Mnynooth . Education among the lowci classes is laniontably neglected. 12. The Irish are ingenious and courageous ; ardent in all their affections ; but less industrious, frugal, and tern- Derate, than the Scotch. The great mass of the people live in miserable cabins, constructed of mud walls, and are sunk in ignorance and poverty to a degree rarely witnessed in a civilized country. 13. Duu'r.iN, the caf)ital of Ireland, which is finely situ- ated near tho head of a very beautiful bay, ranks as the secotid among the British cities, is one of the most beau- tiful in Europe, and contains niaivy magnificent edifices. 14. Gorki the second city in population, has an excellent harbor, and is the groat emporium of the south of Ireland, as Beyitat' is of the north. 15. Some of the other principal towns are lAm'erick, ffa'ter/ord, Drog'heda, and Londonder'ry ; also Armagh (ar- ina')> noted as the first archbishopric ; Kitdure', for horse- iiices ; Bal'inastde' , for cattle fairs. 16. Ireland was conquered by England, in 1172, and its union with England was carried into eflfect in 1801.. What is said of mnnufactures and exports ' 10. Religion? 11. Education? 12. The Irish? 13. Dublin? 14. Cork and Belfast? 15. What other towns? 10. When was Ireland conquered by, and when united with, England? Set Map of the British Isles. — What cape is on the south of Ire- land ? What bays on the west ? Where is Valentia island? What is the course of the Shannon ? What are some of the other rivers? What lakes? Where is the Giant's Causeway? How is Dublin situated ? Cork ? Waterford ? Limerick ? Killarney ? Galway ? Belfast ? Londonderry ? Armagh ? Kildare ? Kinsale ? What towns on the east coast, north of Dubhn ' What ones south ? HOLLAND. 125 HOLLAND. jyeck-Shuit, 1. Hollaml, or the Seven United Provinces, and Belgium r5fo j^?^''"/'* '■ i"^' '", ^^^^'' »ho people of Bdgium sepa- rated themselves from Hollan.J, and establinhed a seDarkJe tS7sTn; o^N ,'J"f ''^ "^iJ^l"^'' however/retS'h ; hlln^S r? ^^ Ne herlands. The term JVetherlqnds has ia^n«r^7^ "J"''''.'^. **^ '^"^ ^''^' ^Netherlands, to ^o/! tonrf and Belgium umted, and now to the Kingdom of Hol- land, or the Jatettan JVetherlands. ^ ^ ..rfl'n?''"!"^ -^ *^® """".^ '^''^' country in Europe, the gen- or mil. Much of it is lower than the surface of the sea at high water, resembling a large nmrsh that has been drained weail! ^"J'P"^^'* *** **^^« <>nce formed the bed of tbe diL'^^^ country is protected from being overflowed hv sea amf ThT^' ^^ earth, which shut out fhe waters of tK sea and the rivers, and which have been formed and are Icept in repair with great labor and expense. The dikes 2 K •' "* -"i*^ r °[ """?"*'» Netherlands, and Belgium ? 'i What IS said of the surface of Holland ? 3. How is U ntot^ot ed, and what is said of the dikea? *' P'°*®*'*' 126 HOLLAND. are furnished with sluices, so that the country can Le laid under water on the approach of an enemy. 4. Some })arts of the country are sandy and barred, and others marshy ; but much of the soil is very fertile, and the country is noted for its rich pasture, and for its excellent butter and cheese. 5. The climate is often unhealthy, and the air damp and chilling. 6. 1 he three principal rivers of this country and Bel- gium, are the Hhine, Meuse (muze), and Scheldt (shelt). 7. Canals are numerous, and serve the same purpose as roads in other countries. The common mode ot travelling is alon^ a canal in a covered boat, called a treck-shuity drawn by horses. 8. Tbe inhabitants, styled Dutch, have been long noted for commerce, and are distinguished for gravity of man- ners, industry, the neatness and elegance of their cities and towns, and the general cleanliness of their habits. They are ^nerally well educated, and mostly of the Reformed religion. 9. ^ Am'sterdam, in North Holland, much the largest city in the kingdom, and one of the most commercial in Europe, is situated among marshes, on an arm of the Zuy- derZee, and the foundation of its buildings is formed by piles driven into the ground. It is a rich and elegantly built city, and the royal palace, formerly the stadthouse, is one of the noblest structures in the world. iCl The Hague, the residence of the royal court, is noted for its elegance. Rotterdam, on the Meuse, the second com- mercial city, is noted for the birth and statue of Erasmus. II. Leaden » 5. Brus'sels, the capital, and one of the most elegant cities in Europe, contains a royal palace, and is famous for the manufacture of lace, camlets, and carpets. 6. Ant'werp, on the Scheldt, is noted for commerce : CrA«n/, for manufactures, and a treaty of peace between the United States end England ; Liege, for iron-works and hre-arms ; Lduvdtn', for its university : Mech'lin (mek'lin), for lace, and as the first archbishopric : Spa, for mineral waters. ' ^ > 7. No part of Europe, of the same extent, has been the scene of more numerous and important warlike operations, withm a few centuries past, than Belgium. Some of the places which have been rendered memorable by battles or sieges, are Ostend', Oude'narde (ood'nard), Ypres, (e'pr), roumay', Fontenoy', Ramillies (ram-e-leez'), and Wdherloo. GERMANY. 1. Germany is a large country situated in the central part ot JJiUrope, extending from the Baltic on the north to the Bbloicm. — 1. What 18 said of Belgium? 2. Soil and produc- tions ? 3. The inhabitants ? 4. For what is the countrv distinguished? 5. What is said of Brussels ? 6. What other towns, and for what noted ? 7. What places are memorable for battles ? Germart. — 1. What is said of Germany ? See Map JVo. VIII. — How is Belgium bounded ? How is Brus> sels situated ? Antwerp? Ghent? Liege? Spa' WHat towns in the west ? In the south ? In the east ? 13 128 GERMANY. fulf of Venice on the south. It is somewhat hirger than 'ranee, and contains a greater number of inhabitants, who belong to various political states. 2. Before the French revolution Germany was an em- pire, divided into 9 circles, namely, Up'per Sax'onyy Lov}'- er Sax'ony, and Westpha'lia, in the north ; Up'per Rhine, Loto'er Rhine, and Franco'nia, in the middle ; Swa'bia, Bava'ria, and ^ua'tria, in the south. Bohe'mia, Moravia, and Sile'tia, which were not included in the 9 circles, form- ed also a part of the German empire. 3. The empire of Germany was also subdivided among upwards of 300 sovereign princes, each independent in his own territory but subject to the emperor as head, who was chosen by 9 electors ; but this division has been discontinu- ed, and Germany is no longer an empire. 4. The country of Germany now comprises about one third of the empire of Austria ; the greater part of the kingdom of Prussia ; Hol'stein and Lau'enburg, belonging to the kingdom of Denmark ; Lux'emburg, belonging to Holland ; the kingdoms of Bava'ria, Sax'ony, Han'over, and Wur'temberg, together with the 36 smaller states, and the 4 free cities. 5. The states are all united under the Germanic Confed- eration, whose affairs are intrusted to a Federative Diet, which meets at Frankfort on the Mayne. 6. Germany is divided into two parts by the difference of the surface. Low Germany, formmg the northern division, is mostly level ; High Germany, the middle and southern parts, which are greatly diversified with ranges of moun- tains, hills, and plains. 7. The southern part is traversed bjr ranges of the Mps ; and the middle, by the Sudetic Mountains and other smaller ranges. 8. The 6 largest rivers are the Dan'ube, Rhine, Elbe, O'der, We'ser, and Mayne. 9. The largest lake in Germany is the beautiful lake of Coiintance, which lies on the borders of Switzerland. 10. The climate is rather cold in the north, but mild in the south 'f and the air salubrious, except in the marshy parts. 2. How was it divided before the French revolution ? 3. How was it subdivided and governed? 4. What does it now comprise ? 5. How are these states united ? 6. How is Germany divided by surface ? 7. What mountains ? 8. Rivers? 9. Lakes? 10. Climate' GERMANY. {•4\f 11. Much of the country has a fertile soil; thougn sandy plains, barren heaths, and marshes abound in the north : and in the south large portions are rugged and mountain- ous. 12. The Protestant religion prevails in the north of Ger- many, and the Catholic in the south. The Catholics com- prise rather more than half of the population. 13. Germany, particularly the northern part, is distin- guished tor literature and science ; and in no other country IS authorship so extensively made a business for life. 14. Germany contains 24 universities, some of which have a high reputation, and are resorted to by students from other countries. Some of the most distinguished are those of Got'tingen, Berlin', Hal'le, Leip'sic, Jem, and Vienna, r ' j 15. The principal states in the north of Germany, are Fruasia, Hanover, Mecklenburg, and Oldenburg; in the middle, Saxony, Hesse-Cassel, Hesse-Darmstadt, Nassau, and Saxe- Weimar ; in the south, Austria, Bavaria, fVur- temberg, and Baden. PRUSSIA. 1. Prussia (prush'e-a or pru'she-a), formerly a small state, but now a powerful kingdom, consists chiefly of two parts, entirely separated from each other, the larger one lying in the northeast of Germany, and the smaller one in the west. 2. The kingdom is divided into 10 provinces. The two provinces of East Prussia and West Prussia comprise Prussia Proper ; the province of Posen is formed of the 11. What is said of the soil? 12. Religion? 13. Literature? 14. Universities ? 15. What are the principal states ? Prussia— 1. What is said of Prussia.' 2. What of the differ- ent divisions ? See Map JVb. VIIL — Note. Germany includes the countries rep resented on this Map, tohich lie to the east of Holland. Belirium, France, and Switzerland. What part of Germany, is embraced by Prussia ? How is the king dom of Hanover situated ? Holstein ." Mecklenburg ? OI. denburg.' Hesse-Cassel .' Hesse- Darmstadt f Nassau ? What part of Germany is included in the Austrian dominions .'* How is Saxony bounded ? Bavaria ? Wurtemberg > Uaden ? What rivers are there in the north of Germany ? in the south i Where is the Mayne ? 130 PRUSSIA. Prussian part of^ Poland ; the other seven provinces are all included within the liiniti) of the late German Empire. The western part of the kingdom includes the three prov- inces of Westphalia, Cteves-Berg, and Lower Rhine ; the eastern part, the other seven. Provinces. Chief Towns. East Prussia, Kunigsbcrg. West Prussia, Dantzic. Brandenburg, Berlin. Pomerania, Stettin. Poscn, Posen. Provinces. Silesia, Saxony, Westphalia, Clevcs-Berg, Chief Towns. Breslau. Magdeburg. Munster. Cologne. Lower Rhine, Aix-la-Chapelle. 3. The Prussian territories are generally very level, abounding in small lakes, marshes, and rivers of a slow current. 4. The principal mountains are the Rie'sgngebirg, a part of the SuaeVic chain, which separates Silesia from Bohe- mia and Moravia. 5. The country is well supplied with navigable rivers ; the principal of which are the Nie'men, Vts'tula, O'der, and Elbe, m the eastern part, and the Rhine, in the western. 6. The soil is in some parts good, and highly cultivated ; but not generally fertile, being often sandy atfd covered with heath. 7. The most remarkable mineral production is amber, which is found in large quantities on the shores of the Baltic. 8. Prusii'ia is rather an agricultural than a trading or manufacturing country ; yet it has considerable commerce, and some districts are uuich employed in manufactures, particularly Silesia and Westphalia, which are noted for their linens. 9. Nearly two thirds of the inhabitants are Protestants, and one third Catholics ; but all religions are tolerated and on an equal footing. 10. There are flourishing universities at Berlin', Hal'le, Kon'igsberg, Bres'lau, and Bonn. The Prussian govern- ment is distinguished for patronizing learning, and the king- dom is one of the best educated in Europe. 11. Berlin', the capital of the kingdom, is situated in a level and sandy district, on the river Spree, and is the sec- ond city in Germany in population, and one of the most regular and beautiful in Europe. 3* What of the surface ? 4. Mountains ? 5. What of the rivers r 6. SoilP 7. Mineral production ? 8. Agriculture and trade? 9. Religion ? 10. Universities and education ? 11. Berlin PRUSSIA. Berlin. 13i 12. The three principal commercial ports are Kon'igs- berg, formerly the capital of Prussia ; Dant'zie. famous for he export of gram ; and Stei'tin, which is the chief port lor the commerce of Berlin. Other ports are £/W, otral'sund, and Mem' el. ® 13. Some of the principal trading towns in the interior are Bres'lau, the capital of Silesia, the second city in popu- lation, and famous for its fairs and manufactures ; FVank'^ jort, on the Oder, also noted for its fairs : Mag'deburg, on the Elbe, for its strong fortifications ; Cologne fko-lon') on the Khine, for trade, Cologne water, and the invention of gunpowder. 14. Aix-la-Chapelle' (ais'-la-sha-pel') is famous for har 12. What is said of the commercial ports? towns in the interior ? 13. What trading See Map of Europe. — On what sea does Prussia border ? What rivers flow through Prussia into the Baltic ? Through what corner of Prussia does the Niemen flow ? How is Koniffi- berg situated? Dantzic ? Elbing? Tilsit ? Memel ? Eylau? [See Map JVb. VIII] How is the island of Usedom situated f What branches of the Elbe are in Prussia ? Of the Oder ? Of the Rhine? How is Berlin situated ? Breslan? Posen ? Magdeburg? Halle? Potsdam ? What towns in Prussia are on the Elbe ? The --•.•!; .1 lie Tisiuia: xiicivisiner me cauic odft.'' «0W' is Aix-Ia-Chapelle situated ? CobrentzP Treves? Munster' 12* 132 PRUSSIA. ing been the residence of Charlemagne, for treaties of peace, and for its wnrnri baths ; Mun'ster, for a treaty call ed the Peace of Westphalia j Pots'dam, for its splendid edifices and the palace of Sans Souci ; Hal'le, for its uni- versity and salt-works ; Wittenberg, for the cornmence- ment of the Reformation by Luther ; Thorn, as the birth- place of Copernicus ; Lut'zen, for a battle in which Gusta- vus Adolphus was killed ; Kun'nersdorf, for the defeat of Frederick the Great ; Ey'lau, for a battle between the French and Russians ; Til'sit, for a treaty between France and Prussia. 15. Prussia, first erected into a kingdom in 1701, was much distinguished in the history of Europe in the last century, during the reign of Frederick the Great ; and it has gradually acquired a great accession of territory. HANOVER. 1 . The kingdom of Hanover lies in the northwest part of Germanv, comprising a part of the late circles of Lower baxony and Westphalia ; and ii encloses the free city of iiremen, and almost surrounds the grand duchv of Olden burg. '' 2« The country is advantageously situated, and well wa- tered by the Elbe, Weser, Lelne, and Ems ; but the soil of most of it is sandy and poor. 8. Hanover consists chiefly of an immense plain, with gentle undulations, except a tract in the south, which is traversed by the Hartz mountains. 4 The Hartz Mountains abound in mines of silver, cop- per, lead, iron, &c. They are covered with forests, and are remarkable for their picturesque scenery. Brocken the most celebrated summit, is much visited by travellers on account of its curiosities. 14. What other towns, and for what noted ? 15. What notice of the history of Prussia ? _ Hanover. — 1. What is the situation of Hanover ? 2. What is said of the country.? 3. What is the surface > 4. What IS said of the Hartz mountains .' See Map No. F///. — What river bounds Hanover on vhe north east .' What rivers water the country .? What small country is nearly surrounded by it .' How is the city of Hanover situated ? Gottingen .? Emden .? Luneburg ' Osnoburg? HANOVER. 133 .13 university ; Em'dm, for being .he princiS i^™'/"/ ^ SAXONY. 1. Saxony, situated ia the central nart of fi,.rmnn„ j comprising a portion of the late circle of TTnnl?^^' °"*' the smallest kingdom in Europe °*^Upper Saxony, ,s Free Cities. 5. What towns are there, and for wJiat noted > Saxony. — 1. '"" 3. What is said 4. Dresdei-. what noted ? ^'"''ciUer/^''"" ^- ^^'"' '' '^''^ °^ *^« "«"«e Towns and Free uic mere, ana lor wJiat noted ? d^f *h"%*^ w'/T'? \"^ «^*^"t of Saxony ? tf 'yj: ^hat of the Erzgebirg mouL sn? o. Leipsic? C. What oth'er towns, and mountains ? d for SecJifap M. Vl/r. ~WhB.l river crosses Saxony? Bv wh«t i- it separated fmm Rnimrr,;^ 3 «_. . "^""^ , "7 '""" " Lfinain 3 F.^Vu' — ':,'"\'„"l"' ' *^"^^ ''^ i/resden tiituated ^ l^ipaic. Freyberg' Meissen' Bautzen and Herrnhut ' 134 FREE CITIES. with IVank'fort on the Mayne, are now me four Free Citiet of Germany. 2. Ham'burg, on the Elbe, about 70 miles from its mouth, is noted as the first commercial city in Germany. Lubeek', for having once been the head of the Hanse Towns ; Brem'- en, for commerce ; and Frankfort on the Maijne, for trade and fairs, and for being the seat of the Germanic Diet. SMALL GERMAN STATES. Tabular View of the Small German States. State. Baden, Hesse-Darmstadt, Mecklenburg-Schwe- rin, Mecklenburg-Strelitz, Oldenburg, Saze- Weimar- Eise- nach, Hesse-Caasel, Nassau, Brunswick, Saze-Coburg-Gotha, Saxe-Meiningen-IIild burghausen, Saxe-Altenburg, Anhalt-Dessau, Anhalt-Bernburg, Anhalt-Cothen, Lippe-Detmold, Scnwartzburg-Rudol- Btadt, Schwartzburg-Sonders- hausen, Waldeck, Reuss, Younger Line, Reuss, Elder Line, Hohenzollern-Sigmar- ingen, HohenzoUern-Hechin- Schauenburff-Lipp«, Hesse-Homburg, Lichtbnstein, I Hamburg, Frankfort, Bremen, Lubeck, Title. G. Duchy, do. do. do. do. do. Electorate. Duchy, do. do. do. do. do. do. do. Principal, do. do. do. do. do. do. do. do. do. do. Free City, do. do. do. Pop. Sq. M. 1,240,000 765,000 472,000 85,000 260,000 243,000 699,000 372,000 250,000 132,000 146,000 114,000 67,000 45,000 36,000 79,000 64,000 54,000 56,000 69,000 30,000 42,000 21,000 26,000 24,000 6,000 153,000 56,000 58,000 46,000 5,933 3,744 4,746 765 2,622 1,418 4,228 2,183 1,520 1,036 884 496 360 339 318 43' 466 487 459 688 148 429 95 195 106 53 133 90 75 116 Capital. Carlsruhe. Darmstadt. Schwerin. Strelitz. Oldenburg. Weimar. Cassel. Wisbaden. Brunswick. Gotha. rjeiningen. Altenburg. Dessau. Bernburg. Cothen. Detmold. Rudolsladt. Sondershausen Corbach. Lobenstein. Greitz. Sigmaringen Hechingen. Buckeburg. Homburg. Vad'tttz. 9. What is said of Hamburg, Lubeck, Bremen, and Frankfort? SMALL GERMAN STATES. 13S 1. Th« religion of the principalities of Hohenz, the capital or Baden, a handsome town, famous for its -inff built in the form of an ojien fan, the streets proceed, ug as radii from the palace as the centre ; Man'h^im, noted as a beautiful town ; Hei'delberg, for its university and the ruins ot a magnificent castle ; Con'stance, for the council which condemned John Huss and Jerome of Prague. 5. Mentz, in Hesse-Darmstadt, is an ancient town, fa •nous for the invenUon of prinUng and its strong fortifica- ind"Unf'r^"? in.Saxe-Weimar.as a seat of learning, the French and Prussians ; Wisbaden and Seltzer, in Nas- sau, for mineral waters ; Bruns'wick, the capital of the ouchyofBrunswick, for fairs. * WURTEMBERG. i. Wurtemberg, a small kingdom, situated in the south west part of Ger many, comprising a part of the late circle Small German States. — 1. What is said of the religion of ttiesestateaf 2. Government? 3. The grand-dulhy of Baden ? 4. Towns ? 5. What towns of other states aw mentioned r WoRTEMBERc. — 1. What IS said of Wurtemberg ? See Map JVb. FIH. — How is Baden situated ? What rivers and mountains? How is Mecklenburg situated? Holstein ? Oldenburg? Hesse-Cassel ? Hesse-Darmstadt? Nassau? How is Hamburg situated ? Lubeck ? Schwerin ? Rostock ? btrehtr? Bremen? Brunswick? Weimar? Jena? Gotha? Meinmgen? Rudolstadt? Hildburghausen? Sondershau- tir" I. J , ■■?.• , ^''^^^- Frankfort? Marburg? Hanau ? Wisbaden? Seltzer? Hockhcim ? Giesen? Darmstadt? Manheim? Worms? Mentz ? Carlsruhe ? Heidelbere ? Freyburg? Rosladt? Baden? 136 WURTEMBERG. of Swabia, ia watered by the head branches of the Danube and by the Neckar ; and the southern parts are traversed by the Black Forest and the Swabian Alpt. 2. The surface of the country is agreeably diversified; and it is one of the most fertile, populous, and best culti- vated parts of Germany. S. The principal towns are Stott'gard, the capital ; Vim, noted for its strong fortifications ; Tu'bingen, lor its university. 4. Near the south of Wurtemberg are the small states of Uohenxol'lem-Hechingen and Hohenzol'lern-Sigmaringen. BAVARIA. 1. Bavaria, a kingdom of considerable size and impor- tance, is situated towards the southwest part of Germany, and is composed of most of the late circles of Bavaria and Franconia. 2. A small portion of the kingdom, entirely separated from the rest, lies on the west side of the Rhine, and ia composed of a part of the late Palatinate of the Rhine. 8. Bavaria is separated from Tyrol on the south, and from Bohemia on the northeast, by rugged mountains ; but the most of the country is nearly level or moderately un- even, and the soil generally fertile. 4. The country is watered by the Dan'ube and its branches, the Inn, User (e'ser), IVleVy Lech (lek), and Mayne. 5. Mu'nich (moo'nik), the capital, situated on the Iser, is one of the handsomest cities in Europe, and is distin- guished for its university and a celebrated museum cf an- tiquities and other curiosities. 6. Jlugs'burg, one of the principal trading towns in the inkerior of Germany, is remarkable for being the place •whL.e the Lutheran Confession of Faith was presented :o S , What is said of the surface and soil ? 3. What are the principal towns ? 4. What small states are near the south of Wur- temberg ? Baviria. — 1. What is said of Bavaria ? 2. What portion is separated from the rest? 3. What is said of the surface and ■oil ? 4. Rivers ? 5. What is said of Munich ? 6. Augs- burg and Nuremberg ? See Map JVb. VIII. -^On what lake does Wurtemberg borders* By what rivers is it watered ? How is Stuttgard situated' Ulm? Tubingen? Hechingen? Sigmaringen? BAVARIA. 13T Charles V. in 1530 ; Nu'remberg, for trade and for manu- factures, particularly of toys, and also of watches which were first invented here. 7. liat'ubon is noted for having long been the place of the meeting of the Diet of the German empire ; Patiou' for a Religious Peace, in the time of the Reformation : bptre, for the Protest of the Protestants j Deux-Pontt (du- pong'), for its editions of the classics ; Blen'heim, Det'lin i*n, Hohenliti'deni and Eck'muhl, for battles. AUSTRIA. Vienna. 1. Austria was erected into an empire in 1804, and Is composed of various states or countries situated towards the south of Europe. 7. What other towns, and for what noted ? Austria. — 1. What is said of Austria ? See Map JVb. VIII. — What part of Bavaria is intersected by the w/u ^*""he ? What rivers in Bavaria flow into the Danube ? What part is crossed by the Mayne ? What lake is there in the southeast? How is Munich situated .' Augoburg? Pas- sau.' Nuremberg.? Ratisbon.? Wurtzburg? What towns are on or near the Danube ? What ones to the south ? Whs^t ones to the north ? I9S AUSTRIA. 3. Tho Archdukes of Austria were, during several eentur- >ei, Buccessively elected emperors of Germany ; but in l^Q\ Francis II. assumed the title of Hereditary Kmperor of Aus- tria ; and in 1806, he resigned his title ot Emperor of Ger- many, and the German empire was dissolved. 8. The Austrian Dominions comprise about one third part of Germany ; the kingdom of l/ungary ; Transylvania, J)almaiia, Sclavonia, and Croatia ; a part of Poland styled Galieia; and the Lombarda- Venetian kingdom, in the north- east of Italy. 4. The inhabitants of the empire consist chiefly of four races or nations, namely, Germans, Sdavonians, Hungarians or Magarians, and Italians. 5. The government is an hereditary monarchy, nearly ab- solute ; except in Hungary and Transylvania, where the power of the emperor is limited by constitutional provis- ions. 6. The established religion is the Roman Catholic, but all others are tolerated ; and in Hungary and Transylvania the members of the Protestant and Greek churches are numer- ous. 7. The principal rivers are the Danube, Drave, Save, Theis (tis), Po, and M'ige. 8. In the Italian territories are fonnd the fine lakes of Maggiore (ma-jo'ra), Como, Ise'o, and Garda ; and in Car- niola is the remarkable lake of Cirknitz, which has subter- ranean cavities, through which its waters, at certain seasons, disappear, and again flow in. 9. The state of agriculture in the Italian territory is high- ly improved j in the German territories, indifferent j in the other parts, very backward. Austrian German Territories. . 10. The Austrian Dominions in Germany consist of the Archduchy of Aus'tria, Stir'ia, Tyrol', and the Illyrian prov- inces of Carin'thia and Carnio'la (all included in the late circle of Austria), together with Bohemia and Mora'via. 11. The surface is diversified, but much of it is mountain- ous. Ranges of the Alps traverse the southern parts. Bohemia consists of a valley encompassed by mountains. 2. What is said of the archdukes of Austria and of Francis II. ? 3. What do the Austrian dominions comprise? 4. Of what races do the inhabitants consist ? 5. What is the government ? 6 Religion? 7. Rivers? 8. Lakes? 9. Agriculture? 10. What do the Austrian dorainions in Germany comprise ? 11. What is said of the surface ? AUaTIlIA. 12. Tho soil of a groat portion is fertile, nnrticularly of tho arcliiluchy of Austria, Bohemia, and Moravia ; but much of tho other parts is mountainous and unproductive. 13. Vien'na, the motropulis of Austria*, and the largest city in Germany, is situated on tho Danube, in a spacious valley, and is subject to inundation. It is the centre of the trade of Austria, and is a gay and splendid city, with beau- tiful environs. 14. Lintz, on the Danube, is noted for woollen manufac- tures ; Salzfburg, for its situation among mountains, and for hardware ; Hahein, for sult-vvorks ; Wa^ram, a village near Vienna, for a battle between tho French and the Austrians. 15. Gratz^ the capital of Stiria, has considerable manu- factures-; Tri-este'y m Illyria, is the principal commercial port in the Austrian Dominions ; and Id'ria has the most celebrated quicksilver mines in the world. 16. In Tyrol are Ins'pruck, the capital; 2Vc»t/, noted for a famous council ; Bolzd'nOf for its fairs. 17. In Bohemia are Prague, much the largest town, and having considerable trade and manufactures ; Ta'bor, noted for having been the chief place of tho Hussites ; Carls'bad and Top'litz, for mineral waters. 13. In Moravia are Brunn, the capital ; Ol'mutz, noted for the imprisonment of Lafayette ; Aus'terlUz^ for a great victory of Bonaparte. HUNOAHT. 19. Hungary, a large country, entitled a kingdom, fornui almost a third part or the empire of Austria, and is famous for grain, cattle, wine, and mines of gold, silver, copper, lead, iron, and opal. 20. The Carpathian Mountains extend along on the north- east border ; but the surface of the country is generally level or moderately uneven ; and much of the soil is fertile. 21. Bv'da, the capital, situated on the Danube, is noted for its hot-baths ; Pestf opposite to Buda, as the largest and most commercial town ; Pre^burg for having been the for- mer capital ; Debret'zin and Zeg'edin, for trade and manu- factures ; Schem'nitz and Krem'nitz, for gold and silver mines ; JVew'sohl, for copper mines ; Tokayf, for wine. 12. What is said of the soil and agriculture? 13. Vienna? 14. Lintz, Salzburg, &c. ? 15. V^hat is said of Gratz, Trieste, andldria.? 16. What towns in Tyrol .? 17. Bohemia? 18. Moravia ? 19. What is said of Hungary ? 20. What of its surface? 21. Buda and other towns? 13 ' 1 140 AUSTRIA; TRANSYtVANIA. 22. This country which lies on the east of Hungary,. » called Transylvania, which signifies beyond the woods^ be- cause it lies to the east of a woodv tract of country in Hunganr ; and it has a diversified surface and a fertile soil 23. The principal towns are Her'manstadL the capital. Ciau'senburg, and Cron'stadL G&hlCIA. S4. Galicia, which lies to the northeast ofthe Carpathian mountains, formerly constituted a part of Poland, and con- "^^^ ^^® principal seats of Italian literature, or ?;> iwl?*''-^'. «""»*«^ "ear the head of the gulf of Venice, ?I«I i !u '^'^"'^s, seems, at a distance, to float on the sur- wl M^r'^^^T* '^^^' ^^"^^« instead of streets: and rllTr'. I }^^ gondolas instead of coaches. It was once the rff? n tK ^ ^^ e,b'*^^«d republic, ami the most commercial am 2S. S6. 28. nnhithr?'" '^T:^^ ^^^ !.hV^™ai"s of its great ancient nphitheatre; Pad'ua and Pavia, for their universities j ^townsp'^'oi w??"-^^^'r-.5^- ^^'^^ "« the principal VfhlTnLl^:^ \'^^ '"'^ of Galicia? 25. What towns? What does Austrian Italy comnrse ? 27 What is saiH nf it? What is said of Milan? 29. Venice? 30. What other tow ns, and for what noted' AUS-nilA. 141 ram» SWITZERLAND. The Glaciers. rl'. ^„^'*^^^J?"^ •« ^*»e most mountainous country In Eu- rope, abounding, mot^ than a nj. oti»er, in grand and ^cfu?I SwiTi^RLANjj. - 1. What is said of SwitzerJand ? See Mnpg Eurcpt. ~ What river flows thrcnigh the central nart ot the Austrian dom n ons ? Whnt iifor^ «« • . P. Danube with™ tF«3se ^oiionsT "Ue^a^The'^C Jn^ Ihian mountains? »»"t!re are tne Carpa- ^'''VfeS:^'""^'^' Buda and Pest? Lember. and lJrody> Adr^empty? What rivers in tlie con "al\nnd nonhorpart l^.e Adifo"""H""'"""v' ' ■ '^'^'?^ *«^^"« ^'^ «" the Danube ' liie Adigo? How is Venice situated? Milan' BrPflrJ«> — 1 ^ , , , , , i ^ £ J 142 SWITZERLAND. esque scenery, such as is composed of stupendous moon tains, valleys, glaciers, precipices, cataracts, and lakes * and on account of these, it is much visited by travellers. 2. It is traversed by ranges of the Alpsy which lie chiefly to the south and east. Some of the principal summits in Switzerland are Cervine Jungfrau, SimploHj St. Bernard, and iSIf. Gothard; and close upon its bordera are the elevated summits of Mont Blanc and Mont Rosa. 8. Mont Blanc, in Savoy, on the borders of Switzerland, is the highest mountain in Europe, and receives its name, which signifies JVhite Mountain, from the inr.mense mantle of glaring white snow, with which its summit and sides are always covered. 4. On the north side of Mont Blanc is the celebrated vale of Chamuu'ni (sha-moq'ne), which is greatly admired for the beauty and grandeur of its scenery. 6. Mount Simplon, between Switzerland and Piedmont, is famous for the magnificent road made over it by Bona- parte, the most elevated point of which is more than 6,000 feet high. 6. I^tween the two principal summits of Mount St. Ber- nard, is one of the principal passages from Switzerland to Italy J and at the height of 8,033 feet, the most elevated Eoint in the passage, there is a Benedictine monastery and ospital, which is the highest inhabited spot in Europe. 7. The Glaciers, which abound in the elevated hollows, between the peaks of the high mountains, are fields or lakes of glittering ice and snow j extending, in some instances, 15 or 20 miles in length, and often presenting the most fan tastic forms. 8. Avalanches are immense masses of snow and ice, ■which occasionally detach themselves from the glaciers, and are precipitated down the mountains, as sheets of snow down the roof of a house. 9. The Rhine and the Rhone, two of the largest rivers of Europe, and also the Inn, a head branch of the Danube, rise in the mountains of Switzerland. The ^ar (ar) is the largest river that has its whole course within the country. 10. Cataracts are very numerous, and small streams are often precipitated from a great height. About 40 miles to the southeast of Berne, is the famous cascade of the Stauh- hack, which is nearly 1,000 feet perpendicular. 2. What mountains ? 3. What is said of Mont Blanc ? 4. What is said of Chamouni ? 5. Simplon ? 6. St. Bernard 7. The Gl iciers ? 8. Avalanches ? 9. Rivers ? 10. Cat- aracta? SWITZiiRLAND. 143 n^o'^'nTt'd ttfcfL^fc^^^ ^on« the travellers. The river "lerp ffi . u "'"^^ ^'""^'^ ^Y of about 50 feet "'''^' ''^^^long from a height teemed the most E ifi Mce in ^^,.f "^^%^^h'«'' i« cs- others are the lakes oe%M^^^^^ fnuTn\ ^^^'"/ °^ '''*' and Zu'nch (zu'rik). ^"'^i^'^'^^^^ (nu-sha-teJ'), i.u-ccme', 18. The climate of Switzprlm/l la j^«„i.u • the elevated parts. '^'^"'^^'''^"^ '« healthy, but severe in 14. The jot7 is not ffenerallv fpifiln „nj ^ u /. . country is rucraed and sfprjL . i .,^! ' , "^^^^ of the cultivated wiFhlrert ca,^ • k" /''^ pnxiuctive parts are the principal iouCofrbsisf^fee'""''"'" ^' ^^"'^ ^--« divided; but the PrS Ita f^ ll^ ^/-o^e^fanf, and 6 are thanhalf of tht\vh:r;o";u^^^ " ^^'^ ^-' -re issp;,ii;i„^fh\"jl;nfonrss'hn'? ''"™:^" ' ^"" ^••-«'' ItZn in the.canZrwIJ^rb'ordttnV;^^^^^^^^ «"'» ^^- re^'blEr^Tt-ct^trCe^^^^^ «^^^. ''".e spective constitutions some nP wK ' 7'"^ **'^"' ••«- rnost of them oTSc Bur thl '"'^ which embraces not only 26 acotfmtM, that are constituted on a plan similar to the universities of other countries, but also all other institutions 6. What is said of its rivers? 6. Surface? 7. Mountains? 8. SnT'^9V°^' 10. Productions? 11. Mineral produc- of Sucatfonf'''^'^ • l^. Manufactures ? 14. Sei^nariea 146 FRANCE. for imparting education, down to tlie lowest schools ; and at the head of the whole is the *' Minister of PubUc Instruc< tion." 15. The French have always, since the revival of modern literature, ranked amonj? the most literary nations of Eu- rope ; and they excel in the belles leltres, mathematics, astronomy, and chemistry. The education of the lower classes has heretofore been much neglected, but is now mjre attended to. 16. The French language, which is derived from the Latin, is one of the most polished of the modern languages ; and it is more used than any other in European courts. 17. The government of France is a limited monarchy, and the constitution resembles that of Great Britain. The legislature is composed of the king ; of a chamber of peers, formerly hereditary, but now nominated for life by the king ; and of a chamber of deputies elected by the people. 18. All religions are tolerated in France, and are on an qqual footing ; but the great mass of the people are Roman Catholics. ly. Paris, the capital, situated on the Seine, in the northern part of the kingS°^'^'*^ (con-yak'), for brandy. iJ riu^^'f (tooi'o?^') '"S noted tor having been the cap- rif ^""l?^ ' •^''''5:';iO'*(«v'in-yon), for having been tfe residence of the pope ; Montpel'lier, for its salubrity and its mediciU school ; Ntsmcs (neemz), for its amphitheitre and other Roman antiqmties; Aix, for its trade in oil ; Beau- catre (bo-kare'), for its fairs. ' nn?!;. /"'?/*• (^/-^alz) is noted for its magnificent royal palace ; lon'tainebhau (fon'ten-blo), for it? royal castle and forest ; Poefier*, also the villages of Ag'incourt and Crecy (cres'se), for battles between the French and Eng- Kh'. r""' % (a-yat'cho), the capital of Corsica, as t& birthplace of Bonaparte. 24. What places are noted for fortifications, &c. ? S5* SJJ*'*^'f ^^'^ ^°'"^°^^'^« "^h^r towns noted for manufactures ? 8G. Whal 18 said of Toulouse, Avignon, «&c. ? 87. Versailles, B^on- tuinebleau, &c. ? See Map JVo. VIII. — How is France bounded ' On what waters does France border ? What part of its boundary is formed by the Rhine ? What is the course of the Rhone. and where does it empty ? The Seine ? The Loire .? The Garonne ? The A-dour' ? What mountains separate JVance from Spain ? What ranges of mountains are there in France, and where situated ? How IS Pans situated ? Lyons? Marseilles? Bordeaux? Nantes? Rouen? Havre-de-Giace ? Lille? Strasburg? Metz » Orleans ? Toulouse ? Rheims ? Amiens ? What towns are on the Straits of Dover and English Channel ? What ones on the bay of Biscay ? The Mediterranean ? The Rhone ? The Garonne ? The Loire ? The Seine ? The Rhine? TheMcselle? * n 148 FRANCE. % 29. The French devolution, the greatest political convul Bion of modern times, eomincnced in 1789 ; and in 1793, Louis XVI. was beheaded. 29. Bonaparte was crowned emperor in 1804, and in 1815 his power was overthrown at the battle of IVaterloo, and Louis XVHL was placed on the throne. 80. In 1830, a new revolution took place in France, hy which Charles X. and his family were excluded from the throne, and Louis Philippe was iieclared King of the Fr.ncb ond a freer system of government was established. SPAIN. Bull-Fight. 1. Spain comprises the most of & large peninsula, which is situated in the southwest ' « Ite wintirs are cold ' """' '" ""> <''<""""1 Parts £. Europe ; aKrl'Sr^.W oa;Sr "" """ resotL"; S°i1'SAf r"' """"-Tea. natural road, ; Md alrimdl »1, f ,"""' "'^ ™''"'' ""J good part of tLrc™'n,rrmo?rd&,.;'L'^r"°"''^^'' " ">« and commercial acrivky ''"""S'"»'"='' «"• manufacturing edVA'"ir'cd"/ea;ra" nr-'rl^ "■^l''' '^»' »»'«™- ^n^ L'^Slt ""^ ^'™ *-Ss&f ^tr'^'ei-: crn;r.i^i^?„7cpiEt:'' ^■"''*"' •-' '^^^^ S«^-ngM^ritZZf amusement of the Spaniards ia great numbeS ofZi^TJ a"""\ ^"I'''^'' '" "te-ded '-y •Keatrea aXrIatd^rfh1■;t;;aTlown^" '"" ""P'"^ '■ "'6"w.rd^'p''V''s r°"i"V".f- ■•• Monuerr..? 5. River. ' toy •• IS. What i, llSS;i.."._^!'.""»,?"<' of >." hi*-. 150 SPAIN. 13 Madrid', the capital of Spain, is situated on a branch of the Tagus, near the centre of the kingdom, and is the most elevated capital in Europe, being about 2,000 feet above the level of the sea. 14. The two most considerable commercial ports are Bareelo'na, in the northeast, which exports wine, brandy, and the manufactures of Catalonia ; and Ca'diz, in the southwest, which is the centre of the American trade. 15. The other principal ports are MaVaga and Jll'icant, noted for wines and fruits ; Carthaee'na, for its good har- bor ; Bilbo'a or Bilbd'o, for wool and irf the kingdom of Sardima, finely situated on the Po, is noted as a Beau- tiful city ;^lexan'drxa, as a strong town ; nnd near it is Maren'go, famous for a great victory of Bonaparte. lb. Genoa, the capital of the province of Genoa, and formerly the capita of a celebrated rei»ublic, and o'ic of e^^,\t^VTlT'''''t'''''''^ in the world, is built on the Ac^ clivity of a hill, and is remarkable for its sp lendid edifices, 8. What is sold of the climate? 0. Soil ? 10. Productions? 11. i-^ w^'i^""' • . ^H- ^^'"'^ ""'^ ^''« divisions or states ? 16. What does the kingdom of Sardinia comprise? 14. What ia said of these several parts ? 15. Turin &c. ? IG. Genoa » 164 ITALY. and for the magnificent view which it presents on approach ing iu Parma, Modena, and Lucca. 17. The duchies of Parmn, Mo'dena, and Lucca, com- prise Bmall but highly cultivated and populous districts. 18. Parma gives name to the famous Barmesan cheese , and Carra'ra, which belongs to Modena, is famous for its fine marble. Tuscany. 19. The grand-duchy of Tuscany has a finely diversified Burfitce, and its soil is generally fertile, and highly culti- vated 20. Flor'ence, the capital, situated in a delightful vale, on the Arno, and one of the most beautiful cities in Europe, is distinguished for the fine arts, and has one of the most eminent academies of i)aiiiting in the world. 21. Leghorn', is noted as the most commercial town in It- aly ; Pi'aa, for its former commercial importance and ita leaning tower. States op the Church. St. Peter's Church. 22. The States of the Church comprise a considerable country in the central part of Italy, which is under the gov- J 7. What is said of Parma, Modena, and Lucca? 18. Parma and Carrara? 19. What is said of Tuscany? 90. Florence? 21. Leghorn and Pisa? 23. What is said of the S'Mos of tfaeClmrch? ITALY 155 eriinient or the Pope, who is invested with absolute power ill these States, both temporal and spiritual. 23. Rome, the capital, and the residence of the Pope, is situated on the Tiber, 15 miles from its mouth. It was, for a long time the most powerful, populous, and magnificent city in the world ; an« n« wwi%. vi ifxviuuTiu atiu TT aiiaCn iia.' 158 TURKEY IN EUROPE. Mosque of St. Sophia. <■ ■ ■■■•fum» i i >ii i ■ ■■■ ■! ■■■ ■ ■ ■ ■ •tmnnmbi iwiiyiT? QQQQQQQQQ north of the Danube, are not under the immediate govern- ment of the Turkish sultan, but are governed by hospodars, ■who are of the Greek Church, and tributary to the sultan. 5. Th3 northern provinces are mostly level or moderate- ly uneven ; the southern are mountainous. 6. The Balkan Mountains, anciently called Hcnmus and Wiod'o-pe are the principal range in 'Turkey, and extend from the gulf of Venice to the Black sea. 7. The Danube is much the largest river. Some of the •other most considerable rivers are the Pruth, Mari^za. ana DA'no. 8. The climate is generally excellent, though unhealthy in some parts ; and the soil of a great portion of the coun- try is fertile, but miserably cultivated. 9. Some of the most important productions ure wheat, maize, rice, cotton, silk, wine, and fruits. 10. About one third of the inhabitants of this country are Turks, who are Mahometans. The rest are coreiposed of various nations, but are mostly Christians of the Greek Church. They are in an oppressed condition, and in a backward state, as it regards education and the arts of civ- ilized life. &. What is said of the face of the country ? 6. Mountains ? 7. Rivers ? 8. Climate ' 9. Productions f 10. Inhabitants ? TURKEY liN EUROPE. 150 11. The Turks, who are a Tartar nation, originally from Asia, and one of the most illiterate in Europe, took posses- sion of Constantinople, and put an end to the Eastern or Greek Empire, in 1453. 12. The Turkish government is one of the most despotic in the world. The emperor, who is styled sultan or grand seignior, is the sole fountain of office and honor, and abso lute master of the lives and property of his subjects 13. The i)rime minister, who is next to the sultan in power, IS styled the grand vizier ; the governors of the provinces, pachas ; and the court of the sultan is called the Forte or the SuOlirne Porte, from the gate of the j)alace. 14. Turkish cities, by means of the domes and minarets of the moscjues, often make a splendid appearance at a dis- tance ; but, on entering them, one commonly finds them to be meanly built, and the streets narrow and dirty. 15. CoNSTANTiNo'pLE, the metropolis of the Turkish empire, situated on the west side of the Bos'phorus, be- tween the Black sea and the sea of Mar'mora, has one of the most advantageous situations and one of the finest har- bors in the world, and it presents a magnificent view at a distance ; but, on entering it, like other Turkish cities, it disappoints expectation. Some of the most remarkable objects in the city are the seraglio, which inclutles a vast assemblage of palaces, inhabited by the sultan and his court ; and the mosque of St. Sophia. 16. Adriano'ple, on the Merizza, is noted as the second eity in rank ; SalonVca, the cajjitai of Macedonia, for com- merce ; Joan'nina or Yan'ina, the capital of Albania, as the residence of the late Ali Pacha (a-le' pa-shaw') ; Gallip'oli, on the strait of the Dardanelles', as the residence of the Capudan' Pa§ha', the Turkish chief admiral. 17. Bucharest'., a large, but meanly built city, is noted as 11. What is said of the Turks.' 12. Government.' 13. What are flie prime minister and court utyled .' said of Turkish cities.? 15. Constantinople.' Adrianople, Salonica, Joannina, and Galiipoli.' 17 What other towns, and for what noted ? 14. What is 16. What of Hee Map of Europe. — What seas and gulf border dh Turkoy .' Where is the sea of Marmora .' Where the Dardanelles? What part of Turkey is crossed by the Danube .' Where docs the Pruth empty.' TheMarizza.' The Drino P How is Constantinople situated .' Adrianople.' Salonica' Jcan- nina.' Sophia.' Jassy .' Bucharest.' Belgrade? What towns on the Danube .' On the Black sea .' IGO TURKEY IN EUROPE. the capital of Wnllachia ; Sophi'a, for its hot-baths ; Bet- grade', Viddln', Nicnp'oti, Brd'hilow, Silis'lria, and i'Atiw*- la, fur their fortifications and military importance. GREECE. 1. The kingdom of Greece consists of what was anciently stvled Greece Proper^ comprising Attica, Bccotia, Megaris, Pnocis, Doris, Locris, jEtolia, and Acarnania ; Peloponne'' tU8 or More'a ; the island of Eubcea or Ne'gropont ; and the cluster of islands anciently called the CycUades, which lie east of the Peloponnesus. 2. The general aspect of this small but celebrated coun- try is rugged and mountainous ; but it abounds in beuuti ful scenery ; and the climate is excellent, and much of the soil fertile. 3. li iias many considerable mountains, which are inter esting for their classical associations ; and its little riven, which now appear comparatively insignificant, have been rendered fyjjous by the Greek poets. 4. This country, which was once very populous, and abounded in flourishing cities and magnificent edifices, is now miserably cultivated, and thinly peopled. It contains no large towns, and its villages are composed of miserable cottages or dwellings of only one story, and without chim- neys. 6. The Modern Greeks are a handsome people, active, lively, and courageous ; having generally little education, but a good deal of genius. One of their chief f^mployments is commerce. 6. Ath'ens, the capital, once a splendid city, is now greatly reduced, but is noted for the Farlhenon and other ancient monuments ; Lepan'lo, for a great buttle, in which Cervantes lost his hand ; Missolon'ghi, for its siege and the death of Lord Byron. ■■ ■ ,.. .. . . . — , Grrece. — rl. Of what does Greece consist? 2. What are ita aspect, climate, and soil ? 3. What is said of iti mountains and rivers ? 4. What is \U present condition ? 5. What is said of the modern Greeks ? (5. What of Athens, Le- panto, and Missolonglii ? ike Map of Europe. — How is Greece situated? Morea? The island of Candia ? Negropont' Cerigo? Coifu? Cepha- Ionia? Znnto? Cape Matapan'? Athens? Corinth? Le- pai»to ? Missolonglii ? Navarin ? What -ther towns io tlie More-i / How is Corfu sihui led ? Cerijo? Cephalon/t; Zante? GREECE. 161 7. Some of the principal towns in the Morca are Ar'stos, Trtj>ohzza, Mis'itra, and Patras ; also Nap'oli, noted for Its citadel ; MalvasVa, for Malmsey wine ; Cor'inth, for ita former greatness, and currants, to which it gave name : Navari'no or Nav'arU, for a great naval battle. 8. The Greeks revolted from the Turkish government in 1821 ; in 1333, Olho, the son of the king of Bavaria, was elected king, and a hereditary constitutional monarchy was established. "^ THE IONIAN REPUBLIC. 1. The Ionian Hepublic, or the Republic of the Seven IsU ands, a small republic under the protection of Great Brit- ain, comprises the seven following small islands lying near the west coast of Greece ; namely, Corfu'^ Cephalo'nia. Zan'te, Si. Mau'ra, Ith'aca, and CerVgo. 2. These islands have an uneven surface, with rugged coasts, and a mild climate. Olive oil and currants are°twa of the principal productions. 8. Corfu, on the island of Corfu, is the seat of govern- ment. 7. What towns on the Morea, and for what noted ? 8. What is related of the history ? Ionian Republic— 1. Of what does the Ionian Republic con- sist ' 2. What is said of tlicse islands ? 3. Capital ? ASIA. Caravan. - Asia is remarkable for being the quarter of the world in which the human race were first planted , and for hav- ing oeen the seat of the Assyrian, Babylonian, and Persian empires, and the residence of the Israelites. 2. In this quarter of the globe the Jewish, Chrisiian, and JUahometan religions had their origin, as well as several systems of Paganism, which extensively prevail. 3. Asia includes the following countries, namely, Siberia, in the north ; Tar'lary and Thibet', in the middle ; Tur^ key, Arabia, Persia, Beloochistan' , Afghanistan', Hindostan , Chin-India or Farther India, China, Corea, and Japan, in the south and southeast. 4. The two great ranges of mountains are the Himmd'leh and the AlteL'i mountains. 5. The Altd'i or Altd'ian Mountains are a chain about 5,000 miles in length, extending almost across Asia, on the Asia. — 1. What is said of Asia? 2. What religions had their origin in Asia ? 3. What countries does it include ? 4 What ranges of mountains ? 5. What is said of the Altai moun tains .'' ASIA. 103 borders of Siberia and Tartary, and contain valuable mines of gold, silver, copper, iron, &c. 6. The Himma'leh or Himd'laya Mountains, which sep- arate Hindostan from Thibet and Tartary, extend about 1,400 miles in hingth, and are supposed to be the highest mountains on the globe. The most elevated summits may be seen at the distance of 230 miles. 7. Some of the largest rivers are the O'by, Yenisei (yen- e-se'), and Le'na, in the north ; the Amour (a-moor'), Ho'- ang-Ho', and Ki'ang-Ku', in the east ; the Cambo'dia or Mecon', Irrawad'dy, Brahmapoo'lra, Gan'ges, In'dus, Eu- are the Cas'pian, phra'les, and Ti'gris, in the south. 8. The largest lakes or inland seas d'ral, and Ba'ikal. 9. The soil in the northern and central parts is mostly sterile ; but in the southern parts, with the exception of the sandy deserts in the southwest, it is, for the most part, extremely fertile. 10. The climate embraces every variety ; and it is ex- tremely cold in the north, and hot in the south. The transi- tion from a hot to a cold climate, is very sudden, owing to the great elevation of the central parts, and to the ranges of high mountains. 11. The islands connected with Asia are very numerous and important. Those which lie to the southeast of the continent have been classed in three great divisions, name- ly, the Eastern Archipelago, Jlustra'lia, and Polyne'sia; and thev have also been considered as forming a fifth divis ion of the globe by the name of Ocean'ica. 12 In the early ages, Asia was superior to the othei parts of the ^lobe in military strength ; but, in the time of Alexander the Great, Europe obtained the ascendency, which it has ever since possessed, and Asia has continued comparatively weak. 13. Asia is, however, esteemed the most fruitful and the richest part of the globe, and it contains more inhab- itants than all the other divisions. Yet the central and northern parts, including more than half of the continent, are mostly sterile, and very thinly inhabited. These parts have but little communication with the civilized world, and are, comparatively, but little known. 14. The southern parts and islands furnish to the other 6, Whitt in raia of tho Himmaleh mountains > 7. What rivers ? 8. Likes; 9. Climate? 10. Soil? 11. Islands? 12. Who; in said of the ancient and present condition of Asia ? i3. Wlu o' its rwies and population ' 14. Productions? 15 164 ASIA. portions of thn world a variety of luxuries, i\h spices, tea, coffee, fi'uils, diamonds, and other precious stones. Ot' these parts some of* !h.^ most useful vegetables are rice and the bamboo. 15. Asia i ;).iiii'*'>i 'ly distinguished for certain animals, as the elephant, camel, rhinoceros, and tiger. The elephant is trained to various kinds of service ; and the camel is very important to the Asiatics in performing the most ardu- ous journeys. 16. The foreign commerce of this nuarter of the globe is chiefly carried on by Eun eun .i^uuns and the United State*). The internal trade is conducted mostly by cara- vans, which often consist of many thousands of merchants, and a still greater number of camels. 17. The prevnWing government is despotism ; but in some parts, particularly among the Arabs and other wandering tribes, the patriarchal form is in use. 18. The two prevailing religions are Paganism and Ma- hometanism. 19. Mahometanism is the prevailing religion of Turkey, JLrabia, and Persia ; and it is widely diffused in Tartary, Hindostan, and many of the islands ; but far the greater part of the Asiatics adhere to Paganism, which here exists m various forms, as Bramanism, and Buddhism, inclv.ding the religion of Fo and Shamanism, or the worship of the Grand Lama. 20. Though Christianity had its origin in Asia, yet it is now found here only in a very limited decree, and mostly in a very corrupted form. It exists chiefly under the de- nomination of the Greek and Armenian churches, in the Kussian and Turkish dominions. It has also been intro- duced, to some extent, into the European colonies ; and great exertions have of late been made to extend its bless ings to th( natives by means of missionaries, and the diffu- eion of the Scriptures. 21. The Asiatics, with regard to their manners and cus- toms, differ in many particulars from the Europeans. They arc less active and enterprising ; more effeminate in their character and habits ; more remarkable for a warm im- agination, for a figurative style of writing, and for the use oF hyperbolical language. 22. Instead of the close dress of Europeans, they com 15. What of its animals? 16. Commerce? 17. Government? 18. What of its religion? 19. What is said of the prevalence of each ? 20. What is said respecting Cliriatianily in Asia.'' 81 . What is said of the Asiatics ' 23. What of their dresa ? ASIA. 165 monly wear loose ami flowing garments, and niaicc use of turbans instead of nats. 23. The want of wood for building has obliged the wan- dering and pastoral tribes of Arabia and the central parts of Asia, to lodge in tents, formed of skins or stuffs, which are the nroduce of their herds- 24. Most of the Oriental nations make no use of chaira, but sit cross-legged upon their heels, on the ground or floor ; and, in the houses of the wealthy, on cari)et8 or sofas. 25. In eating, they generally make no use of high tables or oCknives and forks. But their food is jjlaced upon the floor in large vessels, round which the guests sit upon their heels, or recline upon sofas or couches, and feed themselves chiefly by the use of their fingers, which are sometimes assisted by some simple instrument. 26. The condition of women among Mahometans and Pagans, is lar less favorable than among Christian nations. In most Oriental countries, they are very much confined, and are permitted to see little or no company, except their relatives ; nor are hey allowed to go abroad without hav- ing their faces covered. 27. Polygamy is generally permitted among the Asiatic nations. Marriage is not generally founded on the mutual affection of the parties, as women are commonly sold for wives, and are not permitted to exercise any choice of their 23. What is said of the habitations of the pastoral tribes ? S.4. Man- nerof sitting? 25. OF eating? 26. Condition of the wo- men? 27. What is s;.:l respecting marriage? Sec Map of Asia. — What ocean lit s north of Asia ? What seas on the west? On tlie soutli ? On the east ? VVhat three large rivers flow into tlie Arctic ocean ? What are tne three largest in the east of Asia ? What rivers in the south ' Where are the Altai mountains ? The Himmaleli mountains ? What three large islands are crossed by the Equator ? What are some of the ther principal islands to the southeast of Asia ? What - the southernmost point of the continent of Asia? Wha alrait is at the northeast point? What one at the southwest .'' Where is Asia joined to Africa ? Where is Kamtschalka ? Corea ? Nova Zembla? The Japan isl ind« ? What country lies ii, the north of Asia ? What countries in the east In the south ? In the west ? In the central part? How is Siberia, or Russia in Asia bounded ? Independent Tartary ? Chinese Tartary ? Turkey ? Ara- bia ? Persia ? Afghanistan ? Belooehistan ? Tliibet ? Hin- dostan? firman Empire r Malacca? Siam ? Laos? Cam* bodia ;hin r>\. ma: Ton- China' Coreu? IOC ASIA. own. They nre troQtotI rather as the siivos, than as the companions, of their hudband.s. 98. \t funerals f it is now common, among Oriental na< tions, s It was in ancient times, to employ mourniiij^ wo men i'ur the piirfiose of niakin;^ lamentation, and showing vuriuus outward expressions of grief and sorrow. TURKEY IN ASIA. Jerusalem. 1. Turkey In Asia comprehends several fine countric?, which were of great celebrity in ancient history, both sacred and profane, and were the scenes of most of the events recorded in the Scriptures. 2. The principal modern divisions are Nato'lia, Syr'ia, Arme'nia, Kurdistan', Diarbe'kir, and Ir'ak-Jir'aki or Bag'- dad. S. The surface of Natolia, Syria, and Diarbekir, is greatly diversified ; Armenia and Kurdistan are very moun- tainous ; and Irak-Arabi is generally level or moderately uneven. 4. The two great rivers are the Euphra'tes and Ti'gris , the smaller ones are Kizil ermak, Oron'tes, and Mein'der. 23. What is said respecting funerals ? Turkey IN Asia. — I. What is said of Turkey in Asia? 2. Sur - face ? 3. Divisions ? 4. Rivers and lakes ? TURKEY IN ASIA. 167 Lnke Van ia tho hrgest Inke ; but tho Lead Sea, or lake JlavhaUi'ten, is tho most noted. .,r The ffreatest range of mounlaina U that of Tawtu, Mount Lib'anua, in m Syria ; Mount Olym'pua, nouth of the gca of Mnrrnorn ; Mount Ida, near tho Dardanelloa ; Mount Jlr'arat, on the borders of Turkey and Persia. 6. The principal islands arc Cy'prus and Rhodes, which nre tertde, and were anciently very po])ulous : also ScVo, Samos, and Mel'elm. - * * > > 7. The most iini)ortant;>rorfMc/iona of Asiatic Turkey are wheat, barley, cotton, tobacco, silk, wine, olives, and fruits : tho most noted mnniifactures, carpets and leather. 8. NATOMA. — Tho name of Natalia i.s now often npnli- ♦•(Jl to tho whole country which was anciently called Asia Minor, nnd which is a largo peninsula, lying between tho Mediterranean and the Black Sea. 9. Kiutii'jah is the capital of Natolia, but Smyr'na is tho largest town, and is noted for commerce ; TocaV, as the centre of an extensive interior trade; Ango'ra, for goats' hair and shawls ; Bur'sa or Dru'sa, for hot-baths. 10. Stria. — Syria lies between the Mediterranean sea and the river Euphrates, and includes, in the south, the country of Palestine. 11. Mep'po, the largest city of Asiatic Turkey, is noted lor Its maniilacturcg of silk and cotton, and for its com- merce ; Damas'cus, for its great antiquity and for trade and manufactures ; ^n'ttoch, for its ancient greatness : Bal'bee and Palmy'ra, for their magnificent ruins of temples and other edihces ; Acre (a'ker), in the history of the crusadea and of Bonaparte. 12. Jeru'salem, anciently the capital of Palestine or Ju- 5. What ofits mountains ? G. Islands ? 7. Productions' 8. What 18 said of Natolia? O.Towns? 10. Syria? 11 What IS said of Aleppo, Damascus, &c. ? 12. Jerusalem ? See Map M. X. — How is Turkey bounded ? What seas border on it? How is Natolia situated? Armenia? Syria' Kur- distan? Irak-Arabi? How is the island of Cyprus situated ? Rhodes ? Metelin ' What IS the course of tlie Euphrates an;l Tigris ? What river flows into the Black sea ? The Archipelago ? The Mediterranean • How IS Smyrna situated ? Bursa? Kiutajah? Angora? Tocat' Smob? Amasia? Erzerum ? Diarbekir? Aleppo? Mosul? u "»* ^^S*^^^ ■ Bassorah ? Damaijcus ? What towns on the Mediterranean ? On the sea of Marmora ? The Black sea? TheMeinder? TheOrontos? The Euphrates ' Tlw t: — :- 5 J 5* 168 TURKEY IN ASIA. dea, is remarkable chiefly in modern times ns a place of I)ilgrimage for Jews, Christians, and Mahometans. Chris- tian pilgrims resort to it to visit the tomb of our Savior, and Mahometans to visit the famous mosque of Omar. 18. Irak Arabi. — Bag'dad, on the Tigris, once the re- nowned seat of the Mahometan or Saracen caliphs, and one of the most splendid cities in the world, is said to have contained 2,000,000 inhabitants. It is now a considerable city, though greatly reduced. RUSSIA IN ASIA. 1. Russia in Asia is a vast country, including all the north of Asia, and is almost twice as large as all Europe. 2. The most fertile and populous portion is the south- west part, which borders on the Caspian and Black seas, and is watered by the rivers Volga, Don, Ural, and Kur, embracing the countries of Circassia and Georgia, and in- cluding the range of the Caucasian Mountains. 3. drcus'sia and Geor'gia are celebrated particularly for the beauty of their women, who are often made an object of traffic, and are purchased to supply the eastern sera- glios. 4. Aslracan', situated on the Volga, is the largest town in Asiatic Russia, and is distinguished for commerce ; Teflis, the capital of Georgia, for warm-baths ; Bd'fcu, for foun- tains of naptha or pure rock oil, wliich, l)y its inflammabili- ty, exhibits the phenomenon called the everlasting fire. 6. Siberia. — Siberia forms the principal part of Asiatic Russia, and is one of the most forlorn and desolate regions on the globe, having a cold climate, and generally a barren soil. 6. The Uralian Mountains form the western limit, the Mtd'i or Alta'ian Mountains the southern ; and the moun- tainous and dreary peninsula of Kamtschat'ka is in the east- ern part. 7. A characteristic feature of the country consists in its immense steppes, or vast elevated plains, which constitute a great part of its surface, and are often sandy and often marshy, and abound in salt lakes. 13. What is said of Bagdad ? Russia in Asia. — 1. What is said of Russia in Asia ? Si. Whioh is the most fertile and populous iiart ? 3. What is said of Circassia and Georgia ? 4. Astacan, &c. = 5. Siberia C. MountAln^ ? 7, Characte'''»t'"" fi>njiiro ? RUSSIA IN ASIA. 169 8. The three great rivers O'by, YenestH (yen-e-se'), and £rf!na, arc some of the largest in Asia ; but these, as well as the other pnnc il rivers, flow into the Arctic ocean, the shores of which are barred by almost perpetual ice. This country is, therefore, by its situation, excluded from much communication with the improved parts of the world 9. The principal lake is that of Ba'ikal, %vhich is enclosed by rugged mountains, and surrounded by the most pictur- esque and sublime scenery. 10. Tobolsk', the capital, is famous for its fur irade, and as a place of banishment for Russian state prisoners and criminals ; Kiakh'ta, on the borders of Russia and China, is noted as the centre of trade and communication between the two empires, ARABIA. 1. Arabia, a large peninsula, situated in the southwest corner of Asia, and connected with Africa by the isthmus ot Suez, consists chiefly of vast, barren, sahdy deserts, having little water, and no large rive»s or lakes. /»^/i?''^«'*"*^'®"*^ divided Arabia into three parts, namely, drabw. Petm'a or the Stony, in the northwest, paitly rocky and mountainous ; Ara'bia Fe'lix or the Happy, in the south, tnp most fertile part ; ^ra'bia Desei-'ta, or the Desert, in the middle and north, consisting mostly of deserts of sand. S. The modern divisions are 'Heds'jas, Ye'men, Hadra- maul', Oman, Mdsjed, and Lach'sa (lak'sa). 8, What is said of the rivers ? KiakhvA ? 9. What lake ? 10 Tobolsk and Arabia. — 1. What is said of Arabia? 2, What were its ancient divisions? 3. Modern divisions ? See Map of Jisia. — Hovir is Russia in Asia bounded ? What part of It does Siberia form ? What island lies northwest of Siberia? What cape on the north? What strait on the northeast? What seas on the east ? Where is Kamlschat- ka? Lake Baikal? What rivers flow into the Arctic ocean ? What rivers and seas are '" or on the borders of the southwest part of Russia in Asia ? What mountains are on the south of Siberia ? What ones on the west ? What portion of Siberia lies in the frigid zone ? What towns are on the Oby ? The Yenisei ? The Lena ? How ig Kiakhta situated ? Irkoutsk ? Kolivan' ? Tobolsk ? Oren- burg ? Astracan ? See Map J^o. X. — Where are the Caucasian mountalng? How 19 Teflia situated ? Erivan' ? Wiiat towns on the Caspian 8ea= '^ 170 ARABIA. Mecca. A. The general aspect of most of Arabia is that of a vast, Jry, barren desert of sand, interspersed occasionally with o'ases or fertile spots, and intersected by some moun ^nins of moderate elevation. 5. Mounts Si'nai and Ho'reb, which are summits of the same range, are situated between the two north branches of the Red sea, and are memorable for events recorded in the Biblo. 6. The Bahrein' islajids, in the Persian gulf, on the east coast of Arabia, have been long noted for their pearl fish- ery, 7. The climate in the sandy deserts is excessively hot, and subject to a pestiterous wind called the Sa'inid or Si- moom', which often causes suffocation and death. Whole caravans are sometimes buried by moving clouds of sand agitated by wind. 8. Some of the most celebrated productions of Arabia are coffee, dates, gum nrahic, balsam, frankincense, and myrrh. 9. The most noted animals are the horse and the camel The Arabian horses are celeb ated for their swiftness and beauty ; but the most useful animal is the camel, which has 4. What is the asper*. Islands ? 7. Ciii»,. fi. What incnid i\f ito •>.« of te? the country ? 5. 9. Animals Mountains ? 6 AilABIA. 17.J liecii stylca tTie « ship of the desert," nnd can carry 800 or J,000 pounds' weight, nnd travel 6 or S days without water, la lie Jlrabs, wiio boast of their descent from IsJmiael are ot nwddJe stature nnd brown complexion. Thev have a grave and mdanchoiy air. In the middle ages, they were called &flracen5 and were distinguished for Wrninff : but they are now illiterate and barbarous. n^f'fH'' ,f "»*'«« ^rabs of the desert, who are styled Bedomns', Bedoweens, or Bedoutn' JlrabJ, dwell in tents lead a wafldeipg life, and are mucJi addicted to robbery • yet they are distinguisJied fw tJheir hospitality to those who confide in their friends»hip and honor, 12. Tlie Jirahk language is co|mous and expreseive, and ss one of tlie roost extensively diffiased languages in the %vorl(l, bwng spoken Uiroughout a large part of Asia an* iVllMCEU 13. Mec'ca, tlie most celebrated city of Arabia, is situat- ed in a dry barren country, about 40 miles from the Red eea. It IS famous for being the birthplace of Mahomet, and ior being a recort of pUgrims from all parts of the Ma- fionretafl world. 14. Ji^drna is noted for containing the tomb of Maho- met, and 4>rt no, as the most populous town of Arabia. 15. 1 he principal commercial ports aro Mo'cha, famous !L'!i t?^ ■/W^^^^ tie chief town of Oman ; Jid'da, the port of Mecca ; Jam%o, the port of Medina. INDEPENDENT TARTAIIY. 1. Jn^eper^deiit Tartary is an exten&ive country, compris- ing the western part of Central Asia, and extending from Chinese Tartary on the east, to the Caspian sea on the west, and includ ing Gnat Bvkha'ria, Turkestan', and Cha'rasm. 10. What ie said of the Arabs? 11. Bedouin Arabs.' 12. Arabic language.' 13. Mecca.' 14. Medina and Sana ? 15. What are the principal ports .' Inoei-endent Tartary. — 1. What is said of ladependent Tar- tary . See Map J^o. X. — Vlow i8 Arabia bounded.' What seas and ffu fs border on it.' Where is the strait of Babelmandel .» Where tape Rafialgat? The Bahrein islands? The river Aftaa? Where is Arabia Petrtca? Arabia Felix ? Arabia Ucserta? Where is Yemen ? Iladraniaut? Oman? Lach- sa? Ht'dsjas? McMint Sinai? How is Mecca situated? Medina? Muscat? Moclia? Sana? Jidda? Jarabo' lAflat towns on tJie Red sea ' Wli.at nnna nn »i,n =n..«i,».. .♦ ♦ j 173 INDEPENDENT TARTARY. 2. A great part of it consists of immense sleppes or ele- vated sandy deserts j though it contains some very fertile districts. 8. The Caspian sea, which lies on the west, is upwards of 600 miles in length, and the sea or lake of ^ral, 250. They have no communication with the ocean, and their waters are salt. 4. The two principal rivers are the Jihon and the Sir or Sihon. 5. The inhabitants consist of various tribes of Tartars, as the Us'hecks, Kir'ghises, Cal'mucs, Tur'comans, &c. , who are Mahometans, and a great part of whom lead a wander- ing and pastoral life. 6. Bukhd'ria or Bok'ara, styled by the Orientals the Sci- entific, the capital city of Great Bukharia, is noted as a seat of Mahometan learning. 7. Samarcand', a city now almost in ruins, is famous in history, as the capital of the great conqueror Tamerlane or Timur Bee, whose tomb is still to be seen hel'e PERSIA. 1. Persia formerly extended from the river Tigris on the west, to the Indus on the east ; but it is now much reduced in size, as large countries in the eastern part have been separated from it j and considerable disficts in the north- west have been annexed to Russia. 2. It is generally an elevated and mountainous country, having few rivers, and much of it suffers for want of wa- ter. The middle and southern parts are almost entirely dcQtitute of trees. 8. Nearly one third of the country has been computed to consist of deserts, salt lakes, and marshes, and another third of barren mountains. 2. What 13 said of the surface? 3 Seas or lakes? 4. Rivers? 5. Inhabitants ? 6. What is said of Bukharia ? 7. bamar- cand ? Persia. — 1. What is said of the extca* of Persia? 2. What is said of the country ? 3. What proportion of it is cov- ered with deserts and mountains ? See Map JVb. IX. and X. — IIow is Tartary bounded ? What sea lies west rf it? Where is the sya or lake of Aral ? What rivers flow into it ' What mountrjns are between Independent Tartary and Chinese Tartajy? How is Bukharia situated ? 3amarcand' Taab- kund ' Wha*, towns arc on the Silion ' The Sir ? PERSIA. 173 4. Several of the deserts are of grdat extent ; and the Greal Salt J)esert, in the central part, is more than 300 miles in length. 5. The soil of the parts that are well watered is very fertile ; and some of the plains, particularly those of SLi- raz and Ispahan, are celebrated for their beauty and luxuri- ance. The country in the north is also very fertile. 6. The climate in the south is very hot ; in the elevated and northern parts, cold. 7. Some of the \mncipa] productions and exports are corny rice, tobacco, silk, cotton, carpets, pearls, drugs, delicious /ruite and wines, 8. The Persians are reputed the most polite and most learned of the Oriental nations; but are represented as greatly addicted to dissimulation and flattery, and as being exceedingly treacherous and avaricious. 9. The cities of Persia are generally surrounded by a mud wall : the streets very narrow and dirty ; the houses mostly mean, of only one story, and without windows: those of the common people built of mud or clay ; and those of the higher orders of brick. Most of the cities that were once celebrated for their size and splendor, are BOW in a state of decay, 10. Teheran', or Teh-raun, the present capital, has a low situation and mean appearance, and contains no edifice of much importance, except the royal palace. 11. Ispahan', the late capital, and a celebrated city, was formerly one of the largest and most splendid in the east. Though greatly reduced, it has now extensive manufac- tures, and is the centre of the interior trade of Persia. 12. Shiraz' is celebrated for its delicious wine, and for the tomb of the Persian poet Hajiz ; Tah'ris or Tau'ris, for having once been the capital of Persia ; Meschid, for the tomb of the caliph Haroun al Raschid, and as a place of pilgrimage; Yezd, as an emporium of trade; Hamadan, 4. What is said of the Great Salt Desert ? 5. What is said of the soil ? 6. Climate ? 7. Productions and exports ? 8. Per- sians? 9. Cities? 10. Teheran? 11 'ipahan? 12. What other cities, and for what noted ? See Map «Vo. X. — Hfjw I'j i'ersia bounded ? What sea lies on the north of it ? W hat gulfs on the south ? What river« flow iritoi the Catpiac^ sea ? Into the Persian gulf? What lakes, and where Bituated ? Where is the Great Salt Desert .' How is Teheran situated? Ispahan? Shiras? Tabris? Hamadan ? Yezd ? Meschid ? Casbin ? Shustcr ? IVhat towns on the Persian gulf On th« Caspian ceai? 174 PERSIA. for occupying the supposed she of the ancient Ecbafarra j SuUa'nitty as the summer residence of the kin^j Caa^bin and Cashanf, as places of considerable manufactures and trade. IS* The two principal seaports are Bushir&y and Gom- Iroon' ; but a considerable part of the foreign commerce of Persia is carried on through liasso'rah ; the principal com- mercial intercourse with the country^ however, is by cara- vans. AFGHANISTAN or CABULISTAN. I. This is a modern division of Asia^ formed of the east- ern part of Persra, the western part of Hindostany and the soutnern part of Tartary j and it is sometimes called East- ern Persia, or the kingdom of Candahar', or of Ca'bul. 3. It comprises countries which have been known by dif lerent names, and the inhabitants consist of various tribe:} or netionsj^ the pi*incipal of which are Hindoos, Afghans, Parsees, Tariars, and Belooches. S. The surface is greatly diversified by extensive sandy deserts, mountains, fertile valleys, and plains. 4. Ca'bul, the capital of Afghanistan and of a province of the same name, carries on an extensive trade ; but the houses are meanly built of rough stones and clay or unburnt brick. 5. Cashmere, the capital of a country of the same name, is situated in an extensive and delightful valley, which has been styled the Terrestrial Paradise, and is famous for beautiful shawls. 6. La-hord'is noted for being now the capital of the Seiks and for having once been the capital of Hindostan j Can- dahar^, as the former capital of Afghanistan and for trade; Bamian', (styled the Thebes of the East,) for its apartments carved out of a rock, in the side of a mountain j //eraf , cap- 13. What are the principal ports .^ Afghanistan. — 1. What is said of Afghanistan ? S. What is said of the inhabitants ? 3. Surface? 4. Cafthmere ? 6. What other cities, and for what noted i See Map JYo. X. — How is Afghanistan bounded? Beloochistan .' What rivers wuter the eastern part of Affflianistan ? What ones the western part ? What ones m Beloochistan ? Where is the great desert ? How is Cabul situated ? Candahar ' Cashmere ? Lahore ? Moultan' ? Pesha wur ? Bamian ? H^at? B«lk? Kelat? AFGHANISTAN. 175 ital of a Stat 3, and styled the City of Roses, for commerce; Balk, for having anciently been the capital of the Fersiaa empire. BfiLOOCHISTAN. 7. Beloochistan' lies to the south of Afghanistan, with which it is connected, and of which it is oflen considered as forming a part. 8. The surface is diversified by mountains, plainS| and ex tensive sandy deserts. — The chief town is Kelatf, HINDOSTAN. Banian Tree. 1. Hindosian\ or Hindoos'tan, comprises, in its most exten- sive sense, all the country south of the Hinimalch moun- tains, and east of the river Indus ; and it consists, in great part, of a large peninsula, having the bay of Bengal' on the cast, and the Arabian sea on the west. 2. It consists of four great divisions ; 1st, J^orlhem Hm- dostan, which comprises Cash'mere and Lahore' on the west, Beloochistaw. — 7. What is said of Bcloochistan ? 8. What is its surface and chief town ? HiKDosTAy. — 1. What are the extent and limits of Hindostan ? 2. Of what four divisions does it consist :■ IS 176 IIINDOSTAN. and Bootan' and Mmvi' on tho east, with the intenneiTiato provinces; 2dly, Hindoatmx Propa-y which extends as far ■outh as the river Nerbuddah on the west side, and nearly to the town of Bala-sore' on the oast ; Sdly, the Dedcan, em- bracing the country between the Nerbaddnh and the Kist- na J 4thly, Southern Hindostan or the Peninsula, inciudiiiif the part south of the Kistna. 3. These limits embrace a number of independent states which are governed by Hindoo chiefs ; but the most of the countnr is ni the possession of the British. 4. Hindostan is esteemed the richest and most beautifuj country of Asia, and is, next to China, the most populous. It contains many large cities, and abounds in various im- portant productions. 5. It is separated from Thibet on tho north, by the Hini- ma'leh Mountains ; and mountainous ranges, called Eastern and Western Ghauts, extend on both sides of the peninsu- la, towards the south. 6. The three great rivers are the Gan'ges, Brahmapoo'tra, mid In'dus, Other considerable rivers are the Cauve'n/ JRst'na, Godav'ery, JVerbud'dah, Set'ledge, and the branches of the Ganges 7. The Ganges, the largest river of Hindostan, and one of the largest in Asia, rises in the Himmaleh mountains, and, after a course of more than 2,000 miles, flows into the bay of Bengal by many mouths. The Delta of the river, or the country bordering on its mouths subject to inundation, is about 220 miles long, and 200 broad. * S. The Brahmapoo'tra, or Burrampoo'ter, rises near the source of the Ganges, flows on the other side of the moun- tains, and is about as long as the Ganges. These rivers, after having separated from each other to the distance of 1,200 miles, unite iheir waters, and flow together into the bay of Bengal. 9. The In'dus is the great river of the western part of India, and it is from this river that the name of India is de- rived. 10. The surface in the northern part bordering on the Mimmaleh Cham, is mountainous ; but the rest of the coun- try, with the exception of the mountainous ranges towards the south, 18 generally very level, or moderately uneven : and the «^ of a great proportion exceedingly fertile. 3. What IS theirpohtical condition ? 4. What is said of Hindos- tan ? 5^ What mountains ? 6. Rivers ? 7. What is said or the Ganges? a. Brahmapootra? 9. Indus? 10. Sur lace r IIINDOSTAN. 177 11. Tho climate in the northern pnrts is temperate ; but, iu the middle and southern, heat predominates, and, dur- ing a part of the year, it is very ^reat. 12. Rice is the article of produce which is most exten «ively cultivated, and which affords the principal article of food to -the inliabttants. 13. Some of the principal articles of produce and export, besides rice, are cotton, indigo, saltpetre, opium, silk, sugar, precious stones, nnd fruits. 14. The diamond mines, particularly those of Goleon'da, have been long celebrated ; Imt they have now ceased to be very vaJuable. 15. The stai)le manufacture is that of cotton ; other prin- cipal manufactures are those oi' silk, wool, leather, and salt- petre. 16. The commace Is very ^reat, and is carried on chiefly by the English, and to Bome extent by the people of the United 'States. 17. Some of the most useful trees in Hindostan are the t'ocoa-nut tree, which affords an iniportant article of food, and the bamboo, of which a great part of the houses and furniture in India are made. The betel is a plant exten- sively used as an article of luxury. 18. The Banian Tree, or Indian fig-tree, is one of the most curious and beautiful of tho productions of nature. The branches strike down roots, and thus form stems or trunks, so that each tree is itself a grove. On an islf>,nd in the JNerbuddah, near Baroach, there is a famous tree ofthU species, which has 3,000 trunks or stems, many of them large, and it is said to affoixl room for 7,000 people to re- pose under its shade. 19. The great mass of the inhabitants are Hindoos ; about one eighth part are comfnited to be Mahometans i and there are also some Parsees, Jews, and Christians. 20. One of the most striking features in the character of the Hindoos is the pei*manency of their religion and customs, in which there has been little alteration since the state of India was first known. Their food consists chiefiy of rice, milk, and vegetables. 21. They are divided into four castes, namely, Ist, Bra mins or priests ; 2d, soldiers ; 8d, agriculturists and mer- 11. What is said of the eliirjate ? 12. Rice.' 13. Product'.ona .' 14. Diamond mines .? 15. Manufactures? 16. Commerce? I A What useful trees? 18. What is said of the banian tree? la InhaJjilants? 20. Hindoos? 21, Castes' 178 IlINDOSTAN. ehat^t ; 4tti, laftorcrs. These castes arc kept entirely dln' tioct, and are not permitted to intermarry. 22. The religion of the Hindoos is u cruel and degrading superstition^ which is artfully interwoven with almost every action of life. Ablution in the Ganges and other rivers nvhich are esteemed holy, and pil^ininge to holy places, are much practised as religious duties. 23. The practice of burning widows on the funeral piles of their deceased husbands, is one of the barbarous rites of the Hindoo religion. These sacrifices, which are called Suttees, were abolished, in 1830, by an act of the English government. 24. Hindostan abounds, more than almost any other coun- try, in houses appropriated to religious uses, which are cMed pagodas or emples, and most of which have a miser- able appearance ; but some of them are large and splendid. 25. The pagoda of Ju^'gernauth, the most celebrated place of Hindoo worship, is said to be visited annually by as many as a million of pilgrims, a great part of whom die on their pilgrimage. 26. The cities of Hindostan are generally built on one plan, ha\ ing very narrow and crooked streets, with numer- ous gardens and reservoirs for water. Soujc of the houses are of brick, others of mud, and more of bamboos and mats. 27. Calcut'ta, the capital of Bengal and of all British India, is situated on the Hoogly, one of the mouths of the Ganges, about 100 miles from the sea, and is a place of great commerce. The houses belonging to the English are splendidly built of brick ; but the most of the houses of the natives are mud cottages. 28. Bombay', on an island near the western coast, and Madras', on the southeastern coast, are the two other prin- cipal seats of British power and commerce. 29. Del'hi and Agra were each of them formerly the capitals of the Mogul empire, and very large and populous ; but they are now greatly reduced from their ancient mag- nificence. 80. Bena'res, which is rich, populous, and commercial, is noted as a holy city of the Hindoos, and the chief seat of their learning ; Allahabad', as the most celebrated place of Hindoo ablution ; Sural', for commerce ; Oojein', as the first meridian of Hindoo geographei's ; Poo'nah, as the 28. What is said of religion ? 23. Burning of widows ? 84. What is said of the pagodas and temples.' 25. Jucrgernauih? 26. Cities.? 27. Calcutta? 28. Bombay and Madras? 23 Delhi and Agra ? 30. What other towns ? HINDOSTAN. 1*9 cfipitai of i^jo M.ihrntta chief; Dac'ca, far timslinfi ; Seritk' gapatam'y for the splendid muusoieuin of Ilyder Ali. 81. Cevi.on (se-ldn', or suion), ii large and vnliiahlo island lyiri«? near the sonth end of Hindustan, belongs to Great Uritnin, and is celebrated for cinnamon. 32. Some of the principal towns are Colom'bo, Poinie de Galle, Trincovialce' , and Can'dy. CHIN-INDIA, on FARTHER INDIA The Elephant. 1. Chin-India, or Farther India, is an extensive region, ai . What is said of Ceylon ? 32. What towns ' Chin-India. — 1. What are the situation and boundaries of Chin-India.'' See Map JVb. X. — How is Hindostan bounded .' How is the isl- and of Ceylon situated .' Cape Comorin ? The LaccadivB islands .' On which side of Hindostan is the coast of Mala- bar .'' Coromandtd .' What gulfs on the west side of Hindostan ? Where are the Him- maleh mountains.' The Ghauts.' What is the course of the Ganges ? The Indus ? The Brahmapootra ? What other rivers flow into the bay of Bengal .' What rivers of Hindostan flow into the Arabian sea ? What are the princi- pal branches of the Ganges ? How is Calcutta situated .' Delhi .' Benares ? Dacca .' Agra ? Bombay .' Surat .» Madras ? Goa .' Poonah .' Oojein .' Aurungabad .' Nag- poor .' Hydrabad .' Pondicherry .' What towns in the southwest part of Ceylon .' What ones in the north ? What towns on the Ganges ? What ones on the eastern coast of Hindostan ? On the weaterii i IG* v* IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-3) 1.0 I.I 11.25 IA£|2^ 12.5 ■ 5.0 '*^^" Ifl^^B Hi I2i^ i: 12.2 2.0 14 I! 1.6 V] ^;; '/ Photographic Sciences Corporation 23 WEST MAIN STREET WEBSTER, N.Y. 14S80 (716) 872-4503 /x 180 €HIN-!i\DIA. which lies m the southeast of Asia, having Thibet and China on the north, the Chinese sea east, and the strait of J S?-' *'*® ^^y °^ Bengal, and Hindot:an, southwest. 2.^1 his region has been designated by various terms, as fnrfta beymd the Ganges, and Farther India ; and bv K^?>wS^ " 'k «tyled CAin./n/w, being an India resem- Diing China, or having Chinese features. 3. It comprehends the Birfnan Empire, the peninsula of ^^/ca, and the kingdoms of Siam, Cambo'kia, Co'ehil Cht'na, and Tonquin'. A^^: '^^^^ TKl^" '^ ^®^^ cultivated and populous than Hin- dostan and Chma, and is little known, ixcept along the coast ; but It seems to be formed of several parallel ridirea of mountains, extending from north to south, with spaciJus mteryenina valleys, whrch border on the large rivers. D.1 he three great rivers are the Irrawad'dy or ^'va, the r^!33'-*"^i^? ^''°'''' '^^^^' « ^»«« '^alfed Meikong?, Comdo'tfta, and Japanese' river. ° ' inn;ZHL*'''^^T**'^>.'''*"^^""S *»" ^^^ livers, is liable to plains, is humid and subject to great heat. tflin v«l»tw ^t " ?^°""'*« •» magnificent/om<«, which con. tain valuable kinds of trees, as the teaUree, mich esteem «tSjn!.^;P''\"*^^r.' ^«g-/e-t.oorf and sandal-wood, used ?s S^^y ^^ "'""■'"''' "^'''^2/, and the banian oi 8. It is also vei7 rich in aromatic, medicinal, and othrr r« 6Slrt/''"T ^^•^'^r St^^»-> cardamom^, e'inlZ mon, betel, jalap, aloes, camphor, banana, cocoa, saffo-valm androgtn-can.; also nc, which is the principal Se of ^11?:.®°"® ^l^^^ "l°^t remarkable animals are the elephant jAtrtOc^o*, ttger, leopard, and orang-outang. Elefhanis both wild and tame, abound here, as well as in Hindostan! and are used as beasts of burden both in peace and waT ' 10. The rehpon of Buddha prevails over the whole country, w,th the exception of Malacca, which is inhabited by Mahya', who are Mahometans. *"«aoiiea moV«* thSS fh^H-"?* *'*' ?h>»-'«dia resemble the Chinese SthTr ««5 u^ Hindoos ; but they are less civilized than fuJ w^s. advanced in agriculture and the other use- 8. By what names has it been known ? 3. What countries does . a wu\ «°'"P'!hend ? 4. What is said of this region" 9 ASniJw^Tn'p V •^"r'f/ ,7 Forlsts ? 8. PlanU' V Ammals? It). Religion' 11. Inhabitants' CHIN-INDIA. 181 12. BinMAN Empire —The Birnian Empire, whi h is much the largest and most important state of Chin-India ^^r'WeckU ^"^'®"' kingdoms of^va, Pegu', an.l Cat'aay 13. The elevated parts have a temperate climate: and the country is rich in both vegetable and mineral produc- tions. *^ 14. It contains valuable mines of gold, silver, iron, tin, lead, and a vanety of precious Hones. 15. The government is completely despotic : and the em peror is the sole proprietor of all the elephants in his do- mmions. * 16. The Birmana are lively, impatient, and irascible: tbnd of poetry and music ; and they excel in the art of gilduig. 17. Ummerapoo'ra, the modern capital of the Birman empire, is situated on a lake near the Irravvaddy, about 400 miles from its mouth. It has a few houses built of brick, and the abundance of gilding oh the roofs and domes of the rcJigious edifices, gives it an extraordinary degree of 18. Alva, 4 miles distant from Ummerapoora, now in ruins, IS noted as the former capital ; Rangoon', as the principal port. « » 19. SiAM. — The kingdom of Siam consists chiefly of a spacious and fertile valley, situated between two ridges of niountains, and intersected by the river Mei'nam. The chief city is J^ankok, 20. Malacca, or Malaya. — Malacca, or Malaya, a peninsula about 700 miles long, is traversed throughout by a Cham of lofty mountains, and is covered with a thick forest. The Malays are a ferocious and vindictive race, greatly addicted to piracy, 21. Cambodia. —Cambodia, a country watered by the nver of the same name, but little known, is noted for c-am- Oogegum. The chief town is -Soi«-on. 22. Cochin-china. — Cochin-China, a country composed partly of mountains a nd partly of plains, has many valu- 12. What 4oea the Birraan empire comprise ? 13. What is paid of the chmate ? 14 Mineral productions ? 15. Government ? to W7U ; • ™f°^o. ^^' Ummerapoora? 18. Avaand Rangoon? W. WhatissaidofSiam.? 20. What of Malacca.' 21. Cambodia/ «w. l/ucn.'.n-Uhina ■* 182 CHIN- INDIA. able natural productions, and abounds in the salangan steal- Jow, which forms an edible nest, that is much esteemed bv the Chmese. The capital is Hui. ' 23. ToNiiuiN. — Tonquin', a country much subject to Hurricanes, has valuable mineral and vegetable produc- tions, and Its oranges are said to be the best in the world Lacha'o, or Kesh'o, is the capital. CHINA. Gathering Tea. 1. The Chinese Empire, in its most extensive sense, in eludes the country of China, Chinese Tartary, Thibet' 'and Core a ; and, with regard to population, it exceeds all ither StZh p^ '^'°^^'^' '"'•^' '" ^*'^»* «^ territory, is second only to the Kussian empire. r„?Hv^l!!r' Pf^P^^'^Jf «» called, is a large, fertile, highly cultivated, and populous country, extending from the Great Wall on the north, to the gulf of Ton quin on the south. 23. What is said of Tonquin ? See Map of .9sia.-- Where is the strait of Malacca ? The gulf Wh«fU«fiT The gulf of Tonquin? The island of An'daman? -^S M ""** i ^^r^l'^'^l Irrawaddy , and where does it empty ? TheMemam? The Mecon ? How is the peninsula of Ma- lacca situated ? T».« n: : •< . *^- ~. . ~ bodia ; situated i Saigon ? Cachao ? •/""i^y. mt®5*^*'°"- How is the peninsula of Ma- situated? 1 he Birman empire? Laos? Siam? Cam I • - Cochin.China ? Tonquin ? How is Ummerapoora ted? Fegu? Rangoon? Malacca? Pal'any ? Piamr CHINA. 183 .«fr '^*'° *«»/««« >a much diversified by mountains hiil« valleys, plains, and marshes : and ii is watered bvnnlL. ous rjvers and has many considerable lakes ^ ""™''" 4. Ibe two great rivers ere the Ho'ang-Ho' or l'i.H«.« 0%'latesfM':'"' l^-,....*^^U'arV?r nndiJt'ifenortS'^nlF"""''"^ ^^^^l^y '' *» ^»»« «o"th hot, t^h^srS^ri'elfnfcr' "'''" " ^"""^"''^ ""^^^ is abou!"^! Sf''' r"-'' r*^'"!? "^^""^^ China on the north, fXi?lthe^ll'^T»-'E^-?* °."^ " **^« "^««* enormous in S!.??- J ^' , • " '^ ^"'J* of stone and brick, is nearlv thHreates^ w„5 n/;?^'*^?"^.*''^' ^®® "»"«« '»» length, is in^greatest work ofthekmdm the World. is L whiK thllTl-"'^ P?f "l'^'' production of China Jrlo* ^°'^,?..'« "e leaf of a small shrub, and is exnorted in SJyb^sedT' '^ '^"'^ P"^^ ***' '^' S»^^ whereS lui 10. The principal exports, besides teu. are xtlJt fianK«>. nf tL f **® .*'*'^r»°'' ''"''^^ ^'""^e^ on between different parts sfve bKt'il"'"^"' of rivers and canals, is ve^ e?tcn' ?w« ^i J°^^*e^, commerce with Europeans is limited to Vnma, and Ktakhta, on the borders of Siberia the emi a rium of the overiand trade of Russia. ' ^** annualiv'^?!^^* '' ? ^'^.'' ^^^•'""tion ; and the emperor annually at the vernal equinox, performs the ceremonv nC hoWing the plough. But though^he cSSvntlon of Te soU due Tifan'irF ^••«" ^-^''t is much less rki?funy con! aucted than in Europe. The most important article of P'^oduce in the southern parts is riee. serH^/thr^in"' ''*'° ^''/^ ""'^'^^'^ 'his empire agree in as- has be^ei f S"S'^ ^^ a crowded population ; but there °^ '^^^° ^ e*^e«t difference in the statements of the number ^" ^fi" w"h!l?'^ ''^iHl^'^l*^^ • 4. Whatriverg? 5. Wands? 6. What.8 8a.dnfthech.nale? 7. Great Wall? 8. Canals W.^opulatL^^"^- ^^- <^--«'«-' 12. Agriculture' 184 CHINA of labahitants, both of the country and the principal cities Some make the population of China 860,000,000; and some reduce it to less than half this number. 14. Thegovernment is patriarchal and despotic, but not violent. The Chinese style their country ««The Celestial Empire," ond the emperor « The Holy Son of Heaven, sole Ruler of the Earth, and Great Father of his People." His Eerson is adored, and his subjects prostrate themselves in is presence. 15. There is no religion in China established or support- ed by government ; yet temples and pagodas are every where common, and priests, styled bonzes, are numerous The prevnilinff system is the religion of Fo, which is li species of Buddhism. The sect called Taotse are also nu- merous ; and there are many professed followers of Confu- eiuny the famous Chinese philosopher. 16. The Chinese are represented as remarkably vain, timid, artful, and vindictive; but very free from the vice' of drunkenness. 17. Women in this country are uniformly sold in mar- riage, and are held in a state of the greatest degradation. The l)eauty of a woman, according to the notions of the Chinese, consists in the smallness of her eyes, the protu- berance of her lips, the lankness and blackness of her hair, and especially in the extreme smallness of her feet. 18. The Chinese architecture is inelegant and clumsy, and altogether difterent from that of Europe. Their houses are generally only of one story, and those of the peasantry are miserable cottages. 19. Pekin', the capital, is situated in the northeast part of China, and is supposed by many to be the most popu- lous city on the globe. The streets are straight and wide, and the houses of only one story. 20. Nankin', situated on the Kian-Ku, at the junction of the great canal, is the first city with regard to manufac- tures, and is noted for nankins, crapes, and sikks ; and also 14. What is said of the government? 15. Religion? 16. The Chinese ? 17. Condition of women and idea of female beauty? 18. Architecture? 19. Pekin? 20. Nankin? See Map of Asia. — What sea divides China from Corea ? ' How is tlie island of Hainan situated ? Formosa ? Loo-choo » What are the rivers of China ? Where is the Chinese wall ? How is Pekin situated ? Nankir. ? Canton ? Singan ? Hang-tcheou ' How is Corea situated ? What separates it from China ? How is Kingkitao situated ? CHINA. 185 THIBET. TAe Granc? Lama. ing .he j,os. mou„f„7„lrc„f„rt Isia an"i "."hl '^"^ ^- of the Shaman religion ' "'* ''^'"''o ofV're'rbr„e^rstzt£t''Eto^^^^^^^ tion, in the extrpmplv r„!,„ i j *^urope, in Us s tua- thecou„;?yVaSS„gfcil7n' w^^^^^^^ ''^^ '' nvers have their rise. ^ "**'^ several great 21. What is said of Canton ? 22. Corea ? Thibet. -1 What is said of Thibet ? Btyled the Switzerland of Asia? " 2. Why has it been &gs'i^4"ss^sr:',. J80 THIBET. d. Himmd'leh or Hima'laya Mountaintf reputed the high est in the world, and having numerous summits that are always covered with snow, he in the southern part. 4. Thibet abounds in animals, and is noted for the bushy- tailed buU, the deer which produces musk, and especially for the goat which affords the material used for the manu- facture of Cashmere shawls. 5. Las'sa, the capital of Thibet, is situated on a branch of the Brahmapootra, and is celebrated chiefly as the resi- dence of the Orand Lama^ the head of the Shaman religion on account of which the place is resorted to by numerous devotees. CHINESE TARTARY. [ s 1 Chinese Tartary is a vast country of Central Asia, cold and generally barren, extending from Independent Tartary to the Pacific ocean, and comprising Mongo'lia and Little Bukha'ria in the west, and Mandshu'ria in the east. 3. A remarkable feature of this country is its great eleva tion. It consists mostly of steppea or elevated plains, sup- ported like a table by the tAllai mountains on the north, and the Himmd'leh range on the southwest. 3. The vast desert of Cobi or Sha'mo, situated in tho central pa'rt of Asia, is about 2,000 miles long, and is cov- ered with a dark-colored sand, which is not, however, movable like that in the deserts of Arabia. 4. This region is inhabited by various pastoral and wan- dering tribes, some of the principal of which are the Mon- gtdSf Mandshurs or Mantehoos, Kalka8,aui EiuthSf who are mostly of the Shaman religion. 5. Some of the principal towns are Cash'gar, Yarkund', and Ourga (oor'ga). 3. What mountains ? 4. Animals? 5. Lassa? Chiitese Tartary. — 1. What are the situation and division of Chinese Tartary ? 2. What is said of it? 3. What of the desert of Cobi ? 4. Inhabitants? 5. What towns? See Map of Asia. — What seas and channel lie east of Chmese Tartary? What islands? What is the course of the Amour ? How is the Desert of Cobi situated ? Little Bukharia ? Mongolia ? Mandshuria? Casbgar? Yarkund'' Ourga? JAPAN. 187 JAPAN. 1. The empire of Ja|>an' is composed of several islands which lie to the east ot Asia, the largest of which is JVV- phon. The islands Xl'mj and Xico'co form a pi.rt of the empire ; and Jet'so is dependent upon it. 3. These islands have a diversified surface and a varia* ble climate ; they are very rich in mineral productions ; and are hl<;hly cultivated, and very populous. S. The Japanese have made considerable advancement in the sciences, and excel in agriculture and some manufac- tures ; and their varnish is unrivalled. 4. Jed'do, the capital of Japan, is situated on a bay in the island of Niphon, and is one of the most populous and magnificent cities of Asia. 5. Med'co, the ecclesiastical capital, is noted for manufac- tures : JVangasacki, as the only port to which foreigners are admitted. OCEANICA, OR ISLANDS OF THE PACIFIC OCEAN. 1. Ocenn'ica is a term applied to a vast number of is- lands which are widely dispersed in the Pacific ocean, lying chiefly to the southeast of Asia ; and they are considered aa forming a fiflh grand division of ihe world. 2. These islands have commonly been divided into three classes, namely, the Eastern Archpd'ago or ^sicUic Islands, ^ustraliay and Polynesia. Japan. — 1. What is Boid of Japan ? 2. What is said of the ib- lands? 3. The Japanese .' 4. Jeddo.' 5. Meaco and Nan< Oceanic A. — 1. What is said of Oceanica.' islands divided } 2. How are these See Map of Asia. — By what are the Japan islands separated from Asia ? How is Niphon situated ? Ximo ? Xiooco ' JeMO ? Jeddo? Meaco? Nangasacki? IT 188 OCEANICA. then/al;:UrS;;o"ul!, 3 ^- -ny of of great elevation. No other narfoVr^ 71 mouniaius abounds in volcanoes ; an ,„a^nv n?^h ' ^'"^*' '** "•"«'» 'TV^ ^ "^ volcanic' origi.;"""^ ^^ ''^^ ^^^"°J« "'"e sup oftrafrS3;tthirti;e'^„!"^''^'^^^'^f ^- « reef originally forme/ ami t. V*^^ " « supposed to have been ani elovatedTby ?he slow'n^.^'"', ^'•''"^"'^"y °"ff'nented drifted to thern by the sea accumulation of light bodies theseSd's! ind t£:tf mt ""'^ ^-^ ^^''^ -«^ «>""<^ •'« part of the globe Thp n.L ^ vanet.es peculiar to this "00 : the beCfful S^orfr^i,?'""^^ "^°;?"^« ''^ ««••- the Wu«,o is found IrN{rH^^^^^^^^ New Guinea; and whiih are v^eTyTiuUf^l""', i'?\f""^''>; ?^ '^' P"^"^ ^rec, of the islands! Et „r V ^'''''T "'f "'' «^«""d '" '"ost which is burnt in tau/estfOdr. ^'"''^^ ^^ndal-wood, grant odor. ^^ "' Oriental nations, for its fra- r^^^^ot^l^':^ -jnarkable and most height of 40 or 50 fe^t and n- /''°"^"- ^\ ff^ows to the the size of a child's head nlf' ''"''1' a nutritious fruit of produce of tlTree trees will '" ^"'^'^ abundance, that the 9. These islands Drodn.nT-"' ^ "^^" ^'"' « year. nce,co#ee,,u;rr,etC^^^^^^^ and'abound in a varieur of tropical fruits ' ^^^°'' *""''"''*' '"So. and ^a/^I'Uttr;^^r.rd^t's^A^^^^ r-' »«*, the ern Archipelago and Snio-P ^^"^ /'''"P^S^'out the East- /»«?««„ race, who form rh/-"'' "."'^ ^^^'V' ^he JVc^ro or of Australia,7nd ^e %l^Zl^^^^■ ^'^'' ""^ '^' Popu^lation islands. ^ ^'^^ ^<^»nJ '« many of the other daJLL\%Spti;i;n°7n'deS? ^""^^ of a tawny or their condition and cha"actpfL." ^on^'derable diversity in 7. What trees abound > 8 Whl\- -^ ^; Animals ? ,?• ^J»t producUons ?• 10. What \Z\f ^t^^.'-^^^d-fruit tree ? n. What L said of the Malay rac« inhabitants ? '.■f^m^^^Tvz^ OCEANICA. lao extremely bnihnroufl, nnd in some instances, cannibals. The inhii()itant8 of Polynesia are pagans ; those of the East- ern Archipelago, partly pagans and partly Mohometans. 12. Iho Papuan race are smaller than the African nc- proes, and not so black. They are the most degraded of the human species ; and seem incapable of acquirinff tho habits and feelings of civilized men. Eastern Ahchipelago. Orang-Outang. 13. The islands of the Eastern Archipelago, -which are also called the ^atic Islands, the East India Islands, and Aorthwest Oceanica, comprise five divisions or clusters, namely, tho Sunda or Sumatra Islands, Borneo, the PhUip- pine Islands, Celebes, and the Moluccas. 14. These islands supply other parts of the world with various snices, or aromatic luxuries, as pepper, cinnamon, doves, and nutmegs. Some of the other productions are rice, stigar, cotton, coffee, camphor, benzoin, sago, cocoa, cassia, and edible birds' nests. 15. Sunda Isles. — Sumd'tra, the largest of the Sunda Isles, is fertile, but mountainous, and contains the elevated mountain of Ophir. 16. This island is chiefly in the possession of the natives • but the English have a small settlement at Bencoo'len. 18. The Papuan race? 13. What does the Eastern Archipelago comprise ? 14. What are some of their noted produ Uions ' 15. What is said of Sumatra ^ li^^ In whose possession is jt ' IDO OCEANIC A, 17. Ja'rfl, the other great island of this cluster, belongs to the Dutch, an EbsambuP Shendv ? Suakem ? Ihvim ? ABYSSINIA. the northenst part oflako Dembe'a, id said to contain 100 churches, ^x'um is noted as the ibrmer capital ; Mas'uah, as tho principal port. BARDARY STATES. Mgiera, 1. Barbary is a name given to an extensive country in the north of Africa, which is situated between the desert of Sahara and the Mediterranean Sea, and comprises Mo- roe'eo, Mgi€r$\ Tu'nit, Trip'oli, and Bar'ea. 3. This country occupied a much more conspicuous place in the ancient world, than it has done in the modern : it contained the powerful and commercial state of Carthage, and several others of less importance ; but in latter times it has been noted as a seat of barbarism and piracy. 3. Its most remarkable natural feature consists in the Mlaa Mountains, a long and elevated range, which lies Barbarv States. — 1. What does Barbary comprise ? 8. What is said of its ancient and modern condition ? 3. What is said of the Atlas mountains ? See Map No. X. — How is Abyssinia situated ? Where is lakf Dembea ? What branches of the Nile rise in Abyssinia ? What other river ? How is Gondir situated ? Masuah and Ar ki'ko? Axura? Anlalo? Vhat other towns ? BARBARY STATES. ^M north of ilio Great Desert, and which ancient fuble rcpro- Bcnted as the prop of the heavens. 4. The cultivated part of Barbary comprises a tract of country from 50 to 200 miles wide, situated between the Atlas range and the sea, watered by numerous streams from the mountains, and distinguished for its fertility. 5. The cUmute is temperate, pleasant, and generally healthv ; yet the country is exposed to the most calamitous visitations of the plague. 6. Some of the principal productions and exports aro nunze, and other kinds of grain ; ivory, ostrich feathers, Mo- rocco leathery al^(i fruits, particularly dates. 7. The locust is a formidable insect of this country, and often appears in immense swarms, making the most de- structive ravages. 8. The inhabitants consist of four classes ; 1st, Moors, who are the ruling people, and form most of the inhabi- tants of the cities ; 2dly, Jetos, who live in the cities and have the management of the trade ; 3dly, Arabs, who lead a pastoral life ; 4thly, Berbers or Brebers, who live in the mountainous parts, and are supposed to be descended from the original inhabitants, and from whom the name of Bat hary is said to be derived. 9. The prevailing religion of Barbary is Mahometanism ; and the government a barbarous despotism. 10. Morocco. — The empire of Morocco, which is much the largest of the Barbary States, and comprises a part of ancient Mauritania, lies in the northwest of Africa, and is noted for a kind of leather called morocco. 11. MoBoc'co, the capital, is situated upwards of 100 miles from the sea. It is the usual residence of the emperor, carries on a trade with Tombuctoo', and was once a very large and populous city, but is now decayed. Meq'uinez Onek'e-nez), further in the interior, is sometimes the resi- aence of the emperor. 12. Fez, formerly the capital of the kingdom of the same name, is now noted as a considerable city ; Mogadore', as the chief seat of European commerce j Tangier', as the residence of European consuls ; Ceu'ta, as a seaport be- longing to Spain ; Rabat/, Larache! (la-rash'), and Tdfuan, as considerable ports. What is said of the cultivated part ? 5. Climate ? 6. Produc- tions and exports? 7. The locust? 8. Inhabitants? 9. Religion and government ? What IS said of the empire of Morocco ? 11. The cities of Morocco and Meoninez ? 12. What other towns ? 10. 18* urn BARBARY STATES. 18. Aloiehs. —The country of Alffiers, which ig now in the possession of France, has heretofore been the most no- teU of all the Barbary States for naval strength and for oi- racy. *^ 14. Ar.oiEHs', the capital, a city long noted for pirn- *y> »nd taken by the French in 1880, is built on the side of « bill, with the houses rising in the form of an nmphithea- irej and it prcsfnts a fine spectacle from the sea. 16. ConstantVui., the capital of the eastern province, and we second town in size, is noted for its capture by the French in 1837; Tremccen', as the capital ot the western province ; Oran', as a place of -strength. 16. Tunis.— The country of Tunis includes the site of ancient Carthage, and contains many monuments of an- cient magnificence. *^' Tu'nis, the capital, situated near the site of ancient Carthage, is one of the largest cities in Africa, and the most commercial one in Barbary. 18. Tripoli Trip'oli, the capital of the state of 1 ripoli, has a good harbor and considerable commerce, nnd "J°;FP^y concerned in the caravan trade with the interior of Africa. 19. Barca. — Barca contains the site of the ancient city i^?'*** » ^"' '^ mostly a desert. Its chief towns are Deme and Btngd'zi. ^ n J *^^^^^- -- Pezzan', which lies south of Tripoli, is a small but fertile country, surrounded by deserts ; Mourzouk! (moor-zook'), the capital, is noted as a centre of the caravan trade of Africa. 13. What is said of the country of Algiers? 14. What of the city ? 15. What other towns ? 16. What is said of the country of Tu- nis ? 17. The city of Tunis .' 18. What is said of Tripoli' 19. Barca? 20. What is said of Fezzan and Mourzouk? Se€. Map of Africa. — How is Morocco bounded ? Algiers ? T\ nis ? Tripoli ? Barca ? How is FezTsan situated ? Bileoui fferid ? Tafilet ? Suz ? What capea un the north of Tur , ' What gulf on the east? Where is the gulf of Si Where is tlie Desert of Barca ? What towns of Morocco are on the northwest coast ' What ones near the straits of Gibraltar.^ What towns of Algiers are on the Mediterranean ? Of Tunis ? Of Tripoli? Barca? How is the city of Morocco situated? Fez? i>::es.l ez? Algiers? Constantina? Tunis? Trip- oli ? M " in~ ";•••■;" ' '• "" "'*>■ sinji^ius oi commerce y. lo^vns? 10. Inhabitaate ? 11. Slave-trade? WESTERN AFRICA. 5X07 vfnrs are incessantly undertaken to procure slaves for the market. 12. Great exertions liave been made, particidarly by the English, to abolish this infamous traffic ; but philanthropy, «qutty, and penal statutes have hitiierto been found but feeble barriers, when o}>posed to the cupidity of unprinci- pled tracers; and, to the rcproivdi of Christendom, this trade in negroes is still carriea on to a great extent 13. In ^et^ra Leo'ne, there is an English colony establish- ed for the benevolent purpose of colonizing fr«e negroes, and promoting the civilization of Africa. 14. In lAbe'iia^ a siniilar settlement was begun in 1821 by die American Colonization Society, of which the chief lowji CENTRAL AFRICA. TheLUm. 1. Within l3ie last fifly 3rears ^i«at efforts liave been made td explore the interior of Africa 9 and though much ex- 12. What attempts have been made to nbolish it ? 13. Sierra Le- one ? 14. Liberia? Centrac Africa. — 1 . What is said «e«pecting the discovery of tlie interior of Africa ? SttMaxt of .Africa,. — Where are the riM«rs Senegal and Gambia ? The Mesorado ? The Zaire or Congo ? What lountries are stkuated on an-i near thti Senegal and Gambia ? What countries lie north of the giiif of iJuinea ? What ones fur- ther south? Where is Kaarta ? Fooladoo? Bene«ela? Man- dingo? Benin? Congo? Sierra Loone ? Angoui? Liberia? Ashantee ? Loango? Biafra? Dahomey? How are the Grain, Ivory, Gold, and Slave coasts situated ? How is the town of Benin situated ? Tcemboo ? Coomassie ? Mon royia? Elmlna ? Cape Coast Castle ? Gabenda f 906 CENTRAL AFRICA. pense has been incurred, and many lives sacrificed in these enterprises, yet a great jjurt of it is still wholly unknown to the civilized world. 2. Europoan travellers have partially explored the coun- tries which lie north of the parallel of the 10th degree of north latitude ; but further south our knowledge is confined to the countries which border on the coast. 3. Soudan', or Nigrl'tia, is a name applied to an extensive region in the interior, whic'> lies south of the desert of Sa- hara, and includes a number of countries and kingdoms that are fertile and considerably populous. Some of the principal ones are Tombuctort'j Hdm'sa, Bambar'ra, Cash' na or KassVna, and Borndu'. 4. The commerce of these eouniries is carried on by caravans with Cairo and the to'.vns of Barbary ; and the exports consist chiefly of slaves, gold dust, ivory, ostrich feathers, and civet. 6. The inhabitants consist of Negroes, jy[oors, and Arabs and are mostly Mahometans, but partly Pagans. * 6. Tomhuctoo', or Timhuctoo>, situated near the Niger is the commercial capital of Central Africa, and the point to which caravans proceed fisom the north. Many European travellers have lost their lives in attempts to visit this city • and the object was first accomplished, in 1«26, by Major Lamg, who was assassinated soon after leaving the place 7. Sackatoo', or Soccatoo', a large town, is the capital of thejvarhke nation of the Felatahs j Se'go, of the kingdom of Bambarra. ** 8. Cash'na is the capital of Cashna or Kassina : Borndu: Kou'ka, and dngomou are considerable towns in the lar-^e kingdom of Bornou J C'o6'6e is the capital of Dar/Sur'. ° 2. What has been effected ? 3. What is said of Soudan ? 4. Com- merce? 5. Inhabitants? 6. Tombuctoo? 7. What is said of Sackatoo and Sego ? 8. What other towns are mentioned? See Map of Mnca. — How is the country of Soudan or Nigritia situated? Bambarra? Darfour? Houssa? Bornou? Tom- buctoo ? Kanem ? What is the course of the river Niger » Where is Lake Tchad ? * How is the town of Sego situated ? Tombuctoo ? Sackatoo ? „_ Kouka? Cobbe? Cashna? Angornou ? What towns are on the Niger ? SOUTHERN AFRICA 200 SOUTHERN AFRICA. 1. This division of Africa lies mostly south of the tropic of Capricorn, and includes the country of Caffra'ria, and the English Colony of the Cape of Good Hope, or Cape Colony. 2. The most of this region is but little known ; but it contains some fertile districts, and has extensive deserts. 8. It is intersected by several ridges of mountains, some summits of which are always covered with snow ; and it is watered by a number of rivers, the largest of which is Orange Rtver, 4. The natives consist of various tribes of Caffres (kaf>- fers) and Hot'tentots. 5. The Caffres are nearly black, but differ much in form and features from the African negroes ; and they generally lead a pastoral life. 6. The Hottentots are a more degraded race, of a yellow- ish brown complexion, and very deformed appearance : but the labors of the Moravian missionaries among them have been very successful. 7. Two of the principal towns of this region are Latta- koo' and Kurreechane'. 8. The English Colony of the Cape, being situated on the route from Europe to India, is important on account of its affording refreshments to vessels on their long voyages. 9. It is famous for the delicious Constantia wine, pro- duced from vines originally brought from Shiraz in Persia ; and also for a variety of the most beautiful plants, which now adorn many of the green-houses and gardens of Eu- rope and America. 10. Cape Town, the capital of the Colony, is situated on Table bay, near the foot of Table mountain, 90 miles from the Cape, and is important as connected with the commer- cial intercourse of India. Southern Africa. — 1. What does southern Africa compre- hend? 2. What is said of it? 3. Mountains and rivers'* 4. Natives ? 5. Caflfres ? 6. Hottentots ? 7. Towns ? 8. What is said of the English Colony ? 9. For what is it famous ? 10. What is said of Cape Town ? See Map of Africa. — How does the Tropic of Capricorn cross this region ? What river flows west ? What rivers on the east ? How is Kurreechane situated ? Lattakoo ? What are some of the tribes of people ? How is Cape Colony sit- uated ? What capes and bays on the coast ? How is Cape Town situated ? Stellenbosch ? Bothelsdorp ? »a SOUTHEASTERN AFRICA, SOUTHEASTERN AFRICA. 1. This region, wbtcb extends from Cafiraria to the straits ef Babelmande], has been partialH" cokmized by the Porto- fuese ^ but it is less known than Western Africa, and much Kss visited for purposes of commerce. 2. Some of the principal countries are Sofd'la, MonomoV ova, Mozambique', Zangttebar', Mmgadox'a, Ajan, and Mdeh %% The elrmatey soil, and inhabitants of this region resem- ble those of the western coast ; and the princfiial articles •f commerce are the same, namelv, slaves, gotd^ and ivory, 4. Sofala abounds in gold ; and some learned men have supposed that this country is tlie same as the Opim of th« ■Heriptures^ AFKICAN ISLANDS. Peak of Teneriffe, ■'^m^.m.i^Mi B^. SooTHXASTEKit AFRICA. — 1, What i» said of sontheastern Af- rica ? 2. What couDtries does it include ? % What iv said of this region ? 4. What of Sofala > See Map 9/ ^fries.-^Vfhat channel separates Madagascar from Africa ? What rivers flow into the ocean between Carraria and the straits of Babelmandel ? Where is lake Maravi ? Bow are the countries of Sabia and Sofaht situated ? Ajan and Adel ? Mozambique ? Monomotopa ? Zanguebar ? Mag- adoxa ? How is the town of Berbera situated ? Melinda ? Magadoxa? Quiloa? Sofala? Mozamb.^ue ? AFRICAN ISLANDS. 211 1. The principal islands on the eastern coast of Africa are Mada^aa'eary Soco'lrUi Zamicar\ and the Comor'ro islands, chiefly in the possession of the natives : Bour'bon, belonging to France, and Mauri tiua, to Gi-eat Britain. 3. The most important islands on the west of Africa ara MadeCra^ the Azores, and the Capt Verd islands, belong- ing to Portugal ; the Cana'rtes, to Spain ; and St, HeU'nOp to Great Britain. 3. Madagascar, one of the largest islands in the world, has a mountainous surface and a fertile atM ; and it is in- habited by various native tribes. 4. The islani of Bourbon is noted for being composed chiefly of two volcanic mountains, and for coffee. 5. Mauritius, or the Isle of France, is less fertile than Bourbon, but is of commercial and military importance, on account of its good harbors. 6. The island of Madeira is famous for its excellent wine. 7. Thfi Azores, about midway between Africa and Amer- ica, are supposed to be of volcanic origin, and are noted for wine, oranges, lemons, and other fruits. 8. The Canaries, called by the ancients the Fortunate Islands, produce abundance of corn, wine, and fruits. 9. Ten'eriffe, the largest of the Canaries, is noted for its Peak, which may be seen at sea 120 miles distant ; Fer'rOf for having formerly been the place from which longitude was reckoned.. 10. St. Hele'na, a small island surrounded by high precipices of basaltic rock, is regarded as a great natural curiosity, and is famous for having been the place of tho imprisonment and death of Bonaparte. African Islands. — 1. What islanda are east of Africa ? 2. What ones west ? 3. What is said of Madagascar ? 4. Bour- bon ? 5. Mauritius ? 6. Madeira ? 7. The Azores ? 8. The Canaries.? 9. Teneriffe and Ferro ? 10. St. Helena? See Map of JIfrica. — How is Madagascar situated ? What part is crossed by the Tropic of Capricorn ? By what is it sep- arated from Africa? How are the Comorro islands situ- ated ? Zanzibar ? St. Helena ? What islands in the gulf of Guinea ? Where are the Canary Islands i Madeira ? Set, Map of Asm. — How is the island of Bourbon situated.' Mauritius .? Socotra ? Set Map of the Islanda ? World. — Where are the Azores ? Capu Verd 19 1. ] and e ture c minei 3. • one h of th< face «. ' namei garde water seas, 1 edfro 4. "] ture. whicb cold showf fumis flowir 5. 1 of im course comp) mode 6. ' the ca Phy 2. W 3. H( 6 Wl PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY 1. Physical Geography is the natural history of the globe, and embraces a view of the sea, the atmosphere, the struc- ture of the earth, together with its riversy takeSf mountains, minerals, vegetables, and animals. The Ska, 2. This mighty element occupies considerably more than one half of the northern hemisphere, almost seven eighths of the southern, and nearly three fourths of the whole sur • face of the globe. 3. The several oceans which are known by different names, are all connected with each other, and may be re- garded as forming only one vast and continuous expanse of water spread round the land ; and all the gulfs and inland seas, form only portions detached, but not entirely separat- ed from that universal sea, which we call the ocean. 4 The sea is of vast importance in the economy of na- ture. It is the inexhaustible source of the element of water, which being exhaled by the sun, and condensed by the cold of the upper regions to which it ascends, falls down in showers, moistening the air, refreshing vegetable life, and furnishing to rivers that ample supply that feeds their ever- flowing streams. 5. The ocean is the great highway of the globe, and is of immense advantage to mankind by facilitating the inter- course between different nations, bringing distant countries comparatively near to each other, and furnishing an easy mode of exchanging their various productions. 6. The water of the sea is well known to be salt ; but the cause of its saltness has never been satisfactorily ascer Physical Geography. — 1 . What is Physical Geography ? 2. What proportion of the globe is occupied by the sea ? 3. How may the different oceans be regarded ' 4. What is said, of the importance of the sea in the economy of nature ' 6 What of its uses ? C. What respecting the causes of the saltiewi of its waters? 214 PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. tained, though the inquiry respecting it has attracted the attention of philosopher&i from ancient times. Some have supposed that the saline substances formed a part of its original composition ; others, that they have been subse- queotly dissolved in it. 7. The degree of saltness is greatest near the equator, and it diminishes towards the poles. 8. The greatest depth of the ocean has not been ascer- tained ; for it has not been sounded much deeper than a mile. As far as it has been explored, the bottom exhibits a striking resemblance to the surface of the dry land, pre- senting a ra'ried scene of mountains, rocks, and valleys. 9. Tides. — The tides are regular motions ^ the sea, according to which it ebbs and flows twice every twenty- five hours. They are caused chiefly by the attraction of the moon, modified, in some degree, by that of the sun. 10. This movement differs greatly in different parts of the globe, and entirely ceases towards the poles. In land- locked sens, as the Mediterranean and Baltic, the tides are •carcely felt. 11. The tides are strongest when they come from a great extent of ocean, upon an indented coast, where their force is concentrated. The Bay of Fundy, the English Channel, ond the Gulf of Cambay, are remarkable for their strong and high tides. 12. The greatest tide is called a spring-tide^ which takes place at the time of new and full moon, as the attraction of the sun then acts in unison with that of the moon. IS. The least tide is called a neap-tide, which takes place when the attraction of the sun tends to counteract that of the moon. 14. The spring and neap tides, Kke the daily tides, suc- ceed each other in a i-egular series, diminishing, in 15 days, from the greatest to the least. The Atmosphere. 15. The atmosphere, or common air, is an invisible, elas- tic fluid, which surrounds the earth, and which is essential to the maintenance both of animal and vegetable life. 16. It is formed of two substances in very unequal pro- 7. Where is the degree of saltness greatest 8. What is said of its depth ? 9. What is said of the tides ? 10. Where are the least tides ? 11. Where the greatest ? 12. What is said of the spring-tides ? 13. The neap-tides " 14 How do they succeed each other .? 15. What is said of the atmosphere i 16. Of what is it composed .' PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. 215 iwrtions ; namely, or^nren gas, or pure air, of which it con- tains 27 parts or hundredths, and azotic gas, or impure air. of which It contains 73 parts. * 17. It is the property of air to exert an equal pressure on all sides ; and when its equilibrium is destroyed by means ot a vacuum, it is found to press with the weight of about 14 pounds upon every square inch of the surface of the earth. 18. The atmosphere rises to a considerable hci-rht above the surface of the earth. As we ascend into the higher re- gions, it is found gradually to diminish in density, till at length It becomes unfit or insufficient for respiration c^^k » **^" Humboldt ascended Chimborazo to the' height ot 19,300 feet, he found the air reduced to half its usual density, and intensely cold and piercing. Respiration was ditticult, and blood began to ooze from his eyes, lips, and gums. Gay-Lussac, who ascended in a balloon to the great height of 23,040 feet, or 4h miles, experienced this same in- ^°«n®"fl^"5*' *''*''^ ^^^ extreme cold and tenuity of the air. 20. frmds. — Whu] h uiv put in motion. When its ve locity is only at the rate of 2 miles an hour, it is but just perceptible ; at 4 miles an hour, it is a gentle breeze : at 30, a high wind ; at 50, a tempest : and at 100, a violent hurricane. ,,, ^ 21. On a great part of the globe, the winds are subiect to much irregularity ; but between the tropi:is they are gov- erned by regular laws, and, in particular tracts and seasons, blow almost invariably in the same direction. 22. The trade-ivhids are remarkable currents which blow from east to west, in the equatorial regions, throughout nearly the whole circumference of the globe. They are called trade-winds because they facilitate trading voyages. 23. The prevalence of these easterly currents is supposed to be caused by the diurnal motion of the earth in an oppo- site direction, from west to east, and by the sun's heat in rarefying the air within the tropics. 24. To restore the equilibrium, a current of air rushes in from the north, and another from the south, upon the rare- fied tropical atmosphere ; and in consequence of this, and of the motion o f the earth, the trade-wind, to the north of 17. What is said of its pressure? 18. What is the state of the atmosphere at a distance above the surface of the earth? 19. What is related of Humboldt and Gay-Lussac? 20. What is wind, and what is said of its velocity? 21. What is said of the winds in different parts of the globe ? 22, What of the trade-winds ? 23. liy what are they caused ? 24. What is the r.r)nflnniipnnf> e\F iUe> onrronia nf ni» fmn, *Um ..^mtU and south towards the equator, and the motion of the earUi f 19* 216 fHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. the equator, blows from the northeast, and south of the equator, from the southeast. 25. The monsoons form a deviation from the trade-winds, end prevail chiefly in the Indian ocean. During one half of the year, from April to October, a strong wind, or mon- •oon, blows from the southwest, bringing with it rain and tempest ; during the other half of the year, a dry and agreeable wind blows from the northeast. The change from one monsoon to another, is accompanied by violent storms and tempests. 36. Hurricanes are violent movements of the atmosphere, and are generally nothing more than whirlwinds, of which the progressive motion is not usually more than 15 or 20 miles an hour. They ra^e only in particular countries. The West India islands, the island of Mauritius, and the countries of Chin-India and China, are particularly subject to these tremendous storms. The hurricanes which arc common in the Chinese sea are styled typhoons. 97. Sea and land breezes prevail particularly in the islands situated within the tropics. The sea-breeze, or breeze /rom the sea, blows duiyng the day ; and the land-breeze, during the night. 98. The winds generally serve to purify the atmosphere, bjr keeping up a perpetual agitation in it. but there are some winds which possess noxious qualities, as the samiel or si moom, which blows over the burning sands of Africa and Arabia. In Egypt it is also called the kanisin; and it reaches Italy in a modified condition, where it is styled the sirocco. 29. Temperature. — The temperature of every place de- pends chiefly on its distance from the equator and its height above the level of the sea. 50. The equator is the region of heat, which gradually diminishes towards the poles, where perpetual winter reigns, with its attendants, snow and ice. 51. All places within the tropics which are not much ele- vated above the level of the sea, are exposed to great heat ; but, in South America, there are many plains near the equa- tor, which, on account of their elevation, enjoy a mild and delightful climate. 32. Water freezes throughout the year, under the equa- tor, at the elevation of about 16,000 feet above the level of S5. What is said of the monsoons ? 26. Hurricanes ? 27. Sea and land breezes ? 28. What is the effect of the winds, and what ones are noxious ? 29. On what does the temperature of any place depend ? 30. What is the region of heat, and , what of cold ? 31. What is said of places within the tropics? 99. At what elevation does water freeze at the equator, and in the latitude of 40 degrees ' PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. 217 the sea ; and in the latitude of 40 degrees, at the elevation of about 9,000 feet. ^ ... 33. Clouds. — ClowU are composed of water raised by evaporation, and suspended in the utmosphero in small ves- icles or hollow spheres. These vesicles form a kind ol middle state between water and invisible vapor. 34. Rain. — Tim quantity of rain is most abundant with- in the tropics, and it decreases in proportion to tho distance from the equator towards the poles. It is also subject to great variations from other causes •, and the quantity which fulls at diflerent places in the same latitude, is often very different. . ... . . i 85. Within the tropics, the rains, like the winds, occur regularly at certain seasons of the year. In the northern tropic they begin in April and end in September ; and this part of the year is called the rainy or wet season. 1 he other six months are called the dry season, during which little or no rain falls. In the southern tropic, this arrange- ment of the seasons is entirely reversed. 36. In some countries, particularly Egypt, Low Peru, and a part of Chili, there is little or no rain at any season. The Earth. 37. When we cast our eyes upon a map of the world, we perceive two large, distinct masses of land, which we call continents, and numerous smaller masses, which we call islands, and which differ from the continents only in their dimensions. We see also small detached spots upon the land covered with water, which we call lakes. 38. One of the circumstances respecting the distribution of land which first arrests the attention, is the immense preponderance of it found in the northern hemisphere. 39. The most striking natural features of the globe are its division into land antl water, and the inequalities of its surface. These inequalities produce that agreeable diver- sity of scene and climate, which arises from mountain and valley, hill and dale. ■ 40. When we confine our observation to a small portion of the earth's surface, the irregularities which prevail seem 33. What are clouds ? 34. What is said of the quantity of rain that falls in different places? 35. What is said of rams within the tropics ? 36. In what countries is there little or no rain ' 37. When we cast our eyes upon the map of the world, what do we perceive ? 38. What is said respecting the distribution of land .' 30. What are the most striking natural features of the globe ? . . • - «0. What is said respecting the irregularities of the earth being in consistent witli its having Ihe form of a sphere ? 218 PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. inconsistent vvitFi tho fuct thnt it is in the form of n sphere • but, by a more enlarged view, we soon perceive thnt tl,u highest moiintams are very in.sigtiifictint, and (hvindlo al. most to nothing, in comparison with the magnitude of the earth, bearing no greater proportion to it than grains of sand to an artificial globe ; and that tho earth dlders hut little from tho general form it would possess, if the solid parts wore entirely covered with tho waters of the ocean. wifiin tt! ' ; ^"''^ °^ ^^'^ ^''"'^''' «" ^"'^ «« they corno within he sphere of our examination, are composed of different kinds of soil or earths, rocks, and other mineral substances; but ot the interior structure of tho clobo be- • yond a few hundred feet below its surface, we know notli ing ; and, if we consider its size, we shall perceive that the deepest excavations which havo been made in it, can be ficSf^'lobJ'' "othing more than slight scratches on an nrti Rivers. th«t J^'' '''''^^!' "^^'t '.' '^'^^^'P'^ '"^^ t''o atmosphere by the sun, descends in the form of rain and snow, and cives rise to springs, brooks, rivers, and lakes, which dirtuso beauty and fert. ity over tho finest regions of the globe 43. Rivers, which constitute one of the most magnificent features of the globe, generally have their ori.ri.f „ u more elevated districts of any tract of countr;, and are formed by the union of smaller streams. 44. The tract of country from which a river derives its supply of water, is called its basin or valley. 45. All elevated ranges of mountains furnish sources of hrge streams. The Alps, the Andes, and the Himmalc , mountains give nse to many of the largest rivers on the 46. The more limited extent of Europe does not admit Tca'andTlr'Tr'^i""' ""^ y^''''' "^ '^''^ ^-"^ "^ A-ei'- ica and Asia. Ihe .^mazonyjs sujjposed to carry to the ocean more than four times as muJli water as the larjreS of Eu?o;e'^uS." ^^"'"^"' "^"^^ ^' '""^'' - "" ^"--Sv- ,„i?-'^'i,^/'^'"^'"^^'*'^ phenomenon is jiresented bv rivers which, at certain season^ tlie^car, overflow their bank^ 41. What is said respecU^^^^ ^no^^;^^i^^nJ^r]^;^^{^^ earth . 42. What becomes of the water that is exhaled into the atmosphere by the sun ? 43. What is said of he or en andformution of rivers? 44. What is the basin or ?afoy AC w.^''"''^V ,^^' ^Vhat is said Of elevated mountair 3 ' 46. Where are the larxresf. rivor« .^h ...k„. :„ .-■" ^ T °' 47. What IS said of rivers overflowing tl,cir banks .' '^"^'^^^'^ PHYSICAL QEOORAPIIY. SIO Thi« occurs chieflv In the tropicnl regions, which are peri- odically flooded by immense rains: but the Mississippi, which has its whole course without the limits of the trop- ics Is noted for its extensive annual inundations. 48. Most of those ^reat rivers which are subject to an- nual inundations, divide themselves into various branchesi before reaching the sea ; and the alluvial tract which is thus intersected and inundated, is called the Delta, a term which was first applied to the JVile ; but it is now extended to other rivers, as the Ganges, Indus, Amazon, Mississippi, &c Lakes. 49. Lakes are of two kinds ; lat, freshHoatcr lakes, which uniformly communicate with the sea, or other bodies of water, by means of rivers; 2dly, salt-water lakes, which, have no such communication or visible outlet. 50. Fresh-water lakes are much the more common ; and the largest are found in North America. 61. Lake Superior is tjie most extensive body of fresh- water on the globe ; some of the largest fresh-water lakes in the eastern continent, are lake Baikal, in Siberia, and lakes Ladoga and Onega, in European Russia. 53. Salt-water lakes are found in Hungary, Mexico, South America, Africa, and particularly in Gjentral Asia, Persia, and Turkey. 53. The two largest of these salt lakes, or inland seas, are the Caspian Sea and the Sea of Aral. These lakes re- ceive the waters of several large rivers, but have no visible outlet ; the waters which they receive are supposed to dis- appear only by evaporation. Mountains. 54. Mountains seldom stand alone, but are usually found in groups, or connected ranges or chains, traversing a great extent of country. 55. Some of the most magnificent ranges are the Andes, which are connected with the Rochf Mountains, in Ameri- ca ; the Alps, in Europe ; and the Himmaleh and JUtai mountains, in Asia. 56. High rnoxintains generally present a surface, more or 48. Whuif takes place with respect to those rivers which overflow their banks ? 49. What two kinds of lakes are there f 60. Which are the more common ? 51. What is said of lake Super, ior? 52. Where are salt-water lakes found? 53. Which are the two largest ? 54. What is said of mountains ? 55. What are some ot the most magnificent ranges ? 5G. What is mentioned respecting high mouittains ? 220 PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. less extensive, of naked rock. Those which rise alwve the point of perpetual conselation, have their summits always covered with snow and ice ; and, in the elevated hollows t/^rll^y^' ^^^ °^®" ^^""^ magnificent glaciers. 57. The most remarkable phenomenon relating to moun tains is the vofcano, which is an internal fire perpetually burning, and which occasionally bursts forth in eruptions desolating the surrounding plains. ' nn^^A These eruptions are accompanied by earthquakes, and by dreadful subterranean noises within the mountain A black volume of smoke is then seen ascending, which is sues with a stream of flame that illuminates the sky ; while ashes, dross, red-hot stones, and enormous fragments of rock, are projected in all directions, like brilliant fire-works and sometimes to a great height. 4iul' "^^u y*®* '^^^i?'" *?0^^ mountain is, at the same time, WIed with lava, a liquid and burning matter, resembling metal m fusion. At length a stream of this lava begins to flow, sometimes from the crater ^t the top, and sonietimes from lateral openings, rushing down the sides of the moun- tain iike a river of fire, destroying every thing in its course, and transforming fertile fields, and sometimes villages and towns, into a burning flame. ^ 60. Volcanoes are found in various latitudes and in all Quarters of tho world ; but they are most numerous in South America and the Asiatic islands. 61. EaHhqiuxkes, which occur most frequently in volcanic countries, are intimately connected with volcanoes, and like them are supposed to be occasioned by subterranean 63. The eflfects of this alarming convulsion are a violent tremor ot the earth, the overthrow of objects on its surface, the rushing of the sea, and sometimes the overwhelming of whole cities. Lisbon, Messina, and Caiu.iia, in Europe, and several cities in South America, have, at different pe- riods, been nearly swallowed up. Metals and Minerals. 63. The me'als which most deserve notice, are gold, sil- very iron, copper, lead, tin, and mercury. 64. GoW is commonly found in a perfectly pure state, at the toot of large ranges of mountains, from which it is 57. What is the most remarkable phenomenon respecting mountains ? OB. liy what are the eruptions accompanied? 59. What then takes place ? 60. Where are volcanoes found .' 61. What is said «o «r. ®a'"thquakes ? 6§. What are their effects ? p3. What are the most important metals? 64. Wha* <« »«5'i nf frnlH? THlfSlCAL GEOGRAPHY. 221 washed down by rivers. It occurs in all quarters of the world, but most abundantly in South America. 65. SUveria generally found in veins, but is seldom seen Eure. More than nine tanths of the silver of the world as, for some centuries past, come from Mexico and South America. 66. Iron, the most useful of all the metals, is the most widely diffused. The most productive iron mines are in Great Britain, France, Russia, and Sweden. 67. Copper, a, very useful metal, is also extensively dis- tributed in different countries ; but the most abundant source of it is in Cornwall in England. 63. Lead is found in various countries ; but the most S reductive lead mines are in the country bordering on the lississippi and in Great Britain 69. THn is not so widely diffused as lead, but is found in great abundance in a few countries, particularly in Cora- wall in England, and the island of Banca in the East Indies. 70. Mercwy,or quicksilver , a metal of peculiar properties, is not found in many places. Some of the most noted mines of it are those of idria in Austria, Alnuiden in Spain, and Guanca Velica in Peru. 71. Two of the most important mineral svhstances a.re fas- sU coed and common salt. 73. Coal is a most valuable species of fuel, and is of great importance both in common life, and in all great manufac- tories. It is found in inexhaustible quantities in various countries ; but the most celebrated coal mines arc those of Newcastle in England. 73. Salt, which is widely diffused, is obtained from salt- mines, from boiling the water of salt-springs, and from the water of the ocean, by the evaporation of the sun. Salt- mines are found in various countries, but the most celebrat- ed are those of Wieliczka in Austrian Poland. 74. The diamond is the most valued of all precious stones, and is found chiefly in Hindostan and Brazil. Vegetables. 75. The empire of vegetation extends throughout the globe, yet with great diversity in different parts, varying, in different regions, according to the temperature. Some C5. What is said of silver? 66. Iron? 67. Copper? 68. Lead? 69. Tin? 70. Mercury? 71. What are two of the most important minerals ? 72. What is said of coal ? 73. Salt ? 74. What is said of the diamond ? 75. What is said of the era- nirA nF vArrofaiion ' 222 PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. vegetables. require a hot, some a temperate, and others a cold climate. 8. Vegetable life seems to draw its chief nourishment from heat and moisture ; and as these are combined in the createst degree in the torrid zone, it is here that the most luxuriant vegetation is found. 77. The tropical regions produce the largest trees, and display the richest verdure and the greatest profusion of flowers; they also abound in delicious fruits, nutritious food, aromatic plants or spices, and useful and ornamental kinds of wood. 78. Though the temperate zone cannot vie, in luxuriance, with the tropical regions, yet it yields in abuudance all that is necessary to the subsistence and comfort of man, abound- ing in the finest fruits, the most useful kinds of grain, and the richest pasture. 79. In the frigid zone, the aspect of nature is gloomy and severe ; the vegetables are of stunted growth and limited to a comparatively few species j and towards the polesj vegetation entirely fails. Animals. 80. The torrid zone teems with the same luxuriance of animal as of vegetable life, and is prolific in insects, and reptiles ; it is also the native region of those aniuials which are most disuiiguished for strength and ferocity, as the Zion, the tiger, and the panther ; and also for those of the most gigantic form, as the elepJiant, the rhinoceros, and the hippopotamus. 81. Some of the birds of the torrid zone are of extraor- dinary size, as the ostrich, the cassoioary, and the condor. The feathered tribe, in this zone, possess the most varied and brilliant plumage ; but they are generally less melodi- ous in their notes than those of the temperate zone. 82. Some of the most useful animals, as the ox, the horse, the sheep, the goat, the hog, the dog, and the cat, are so con- stituted by Providence, as to bear any climate, and are thus enabled to follow man to the utmost limits of the globe ; but it is in the temperate zone, that the domestic animals are reared in the greatest abundance and perfection. 83. The frigid zone and the countries bordering upon it abound in animals which are covered with a thick fur, 76. What of vegetable life ? 77. What of the productions of the tropical regions? 78. Of the temperate zone? 79. The frigid zone ? 80. What is said of the animals of the torrid zone? 81. The birds? 82. What of some of the most useful domestic animals ? *^3. What of the animals of the frigid zone ? PHYSICAL GEOGRArHY. 223 which IS much sought nfter by man, both for use and orna inent. 1 he most useful animal of this region is the retV 17 V\-J ^^^^ formidable one, the polar bear. 84. Different regions of the globe, as well as different zones, have races of animals peculiar to themselves. Asia is the country of the tiger, the Indian elephant, the camel with two humps, the wild sheep, the wild ass, the elk, and the musk ; Africa, of the lion, the African elephant, the drom- edary, the buflalo of Caffraria, and the zebra ; America, of the jaguar, the lama, the great elk or moose deer, and a peculiar species of bison or buffalo. Man. 85. Man is at the head of the animal creation, and forms only one species, in which, however, there are considerable varieties, with regard to stature, form, color of the skin, physiognomy, and nature of the hair. 86. The human species are dispersed over the whole earth ; for it is a peculiarity of the human constitution, that It adapts itselt to every climate. The temperate zones, however, are most favorable to hun-in subsistence and im- provement ; and here civilization h ;s most prevailed, in the different ages of the world. 87. With regard to con.plcxion, ,he human species con- sist of two great classes, the wh and the black; but, in- cluding intermediate varieties, th .' are divided, by physiol- ogists, into the five following bre ds or races. 88. First ; the Caucasian or H kite Race, which includes nearly all the Europeans, the Circassians, Georgians, Ara bians, Turks, Persians, and Hindoos. 89 Secondly; the Mongolian, Tawny, or Olive Race, which embraces the Monguls, Chinese, and the other in- habitants of the eastern and southern parts of Asia, except the Malays. * 90. Thirdly; the Malay or Dark Bromi Race, found in the peninsula of Malacca, the Asiatic islands, and the is- lands of the Pacific ocean. 91 Fourthly ; the Elhiopinn, Mgro, or Black Race, which comprises the African Negroes, the Hottentots, Caf- nes, and the Papuans, or Negroes of Australia. 84. 85. nn What are some of the animals peculiar to the different parts of the g1( ibe ? What is said of man ? 80. What is said of the human species as dispersed over the earth ? 87. How are they divided witli regard to complexion ? 88. What does the Caucasian race ^^ include .' 89. The Mongolian .' What dwB the Malay race include .' iliiaro Milci. Pop. 10 S], Alilc. iN .Y. 2,490,000 Va. 00,000 Pa. 1,724,000 Mo. OI^OOO Ohio 1,51 0,000' Geo. Ol.OOi Va. 1,240,000',Mich.()0,000 Tenn. H2!>,000 111. ry.),000 Ken. 780,000 Ark. 5.'),000 N.C. 7r)3,000,Ala. 02,000 Mass. 7:W,000 N. C. 50,00()i Geo. OiH.OOON.Y. 48,0001 Ind. 080,000 M p. 48,000 S. C. 5'.)4,000Lii. 48,000 Ala. 5!)l,000l»n. 47,000 Me. 502,000 Tenn.4:l,000 111. 470,000 Ohio, Md. 400,000 Ken. Mo. 384,000;ind. Mp. :j70,000,Me. N.J. :i7:j.ooo s. c. La. :r)2,000 M(i. ct. :u 0,000 vt. Vt. 292.000 N. II. N.ll. 285,000 N..I. Mich. 212,000 Mass R.I. 108,000 Ct. Ark. ;t8,0(»0 1)(>l. Del. 78,000 11. I. Fl.T. 54,000 ri.T D. C. 44,000 I>. C. lowaT. 43,000 Wis. T. 31,000 Mass. II. 1. Ct. N. Y. N.J. Md. Oliio, Del. il'a. Nil. Vt. Ken. hid. Slaves. 3!»,()00 :w,<)00 34,000 32,000 30,000 1 1 ,000 10.200' i),.->00 8,000; . 7,500 4,^)0 2,100 1 ,300 ,55,000 100 s. c. 'lV?nn Va. Mp. ;N.C. 15 08 84 05 51 47 42 3!) 37 37 30 2!) 20 20 20 1;) 10 10 Va. 448,087 S. C. 327,038 (ico. 280,044 Ala. 253,.532 N.C. 245,81 7 Mp. 105,211 Ton. 183,050 Ken.l82,2.>8 La. 108,452 Md Geo. Ala. III. Mp. l.a. Mich. Ark. II II 8 8 7 i; 3 Mo. Ark. Del. N J. III. Pa. Ct. K.I. N.Y. Oiiio, Ind. N II. Me. Vt. M.-iss. .Mich. Fl.T. D.C. Iowa T \Vi8.T 80,4!); 58,240 10,03; 2,(;0; 074 331 04 ExiKirts in 13-10. I Dollai's. N.Y. 34,2(54,000 La. 34,230,000 Ala. 12,855,000 Ma. 10,180,000 S.C. 10,137,000 Geo. 0,803,000 0,820,000 5,700,000 4,778,000 1,018,000 002,000 17 5 4 3 3 1 717 4,004 . 10 . 11 I'a. Md. Va. Me. Ohio, Ct. N.C. Vt. R.I. Mich. Del. N. II. N.J. 518,000 387,00 305,000 200,000 102,000 37,000 21,000 1(),000 Fl.T. 1,850,000 I). C. 75-1,000 ''5 Value of the principal Exports in IBiO. a\ AV Cotton, $03,870,000 Flour, wheat, rye, Indian corn, . - - - 13,000,000 Manufactures, '-''"?'SS!I Tobacco, - ^^H^nOO Beef, pork, cattle, horses, &c. .' - - - 3,00(»,000 Table II. — Which States have the greatest Population ' — the greatest number of Square Miles .^ — the most Iiihahitnnls to a Square Mile.' — the greatest number of Slaves .' — the greatest amount of Exports, Which four States have each more than a million of inhabitants . Which nine States have less than a million, but more than five hundred thousand inhabitants .' &,c. I NITED STATES. 229 Table III. — Population of the principal Towns in the several States. ition ' — the ihabitanls to aves ? — li>e I I Maine. Portland, Bangor, Auguata, BalTi, Hallowell, Saco, Belfast, Eastport, 15,200|Trn 8,G0U Albany, iroy, Buffalo, 2,70U JVew Hampshire Portsmouth, Dover, Nashua, Concord, Clareraont, Exeter, Vermont Burlington, Montpelier, Bennington, Woodstock, Middlebury, . Windsor, y:j,7()0 5,300] Utica. ia,000 5,I00|Poughkeepsie, 10,000 4, 700, Lock port, 9,100 4,400 New burg, 8,900 4,200 Schenectudy, (5,800 Hudson, Auburn, JS'ao Jersey Newark, 17,300 N.Brunswick, 8,700 Polcrson, 7,G00 •VOOjClizabellilown, 4,200 2,900 Trenton, 4,000 A ,,,v/x PenrLv/vania. ^';;"" Philadelphia, 229,000 0,/UU p;, ..,„_„ ,j, ,/^f. 7,f)fl0 0,500 6,100 4,900 5,700 5,000 JS'urth Carolina. Wihuington, 4,700 Fayottoville, 4,300 Newborn, 3,700 Raleigh, 2,200 Suuth Carolina. Charleston, 29,300 Columbia, 4,300 Gcorsia. o*^ n Pittfaburg, ^'^"" Alleghany, 3;200lf"^!''^''' 2 700 '^*^"'''"?» Massachusetts. !"'^"i«burg, Boston, 93,400f5;'*^!f ' Lowell, 20,800 Salem, 15,100 New Bedford, 12,100 Charleslown, 11,500 Springfield, 11,000 Cambridge, 8,400 Taunton, 7,(500 Worcester, 7,500 Newburyport, 7,100 Fall River, 6,700 Rhode Island. Providence, 23,200 Newport, 8,300 21,100 10,100 8,400 8,400 6,000 4,900 4,800 4,400 4,300 York, Carlisle, Fottsville, Delaware. Wilmington, 8,400 Dover, 3,800 New Castle, 2,800 Maryland. Baltimore, 102,300 Hagorslown, 7,200 Frederick, 5,200 Annapolis, 2,800 District of Columbia Bristol, 3,500 Washington, 23,400 Connecticut. JAlexandria, 8,500 New Haven, 13,000;Georgetown, 7,300 9,500i Virsinia. Hartford, New London, Norwich, Middletown, Bridgeport, JYcw York New York, 313,000 Fredericksburg, 4,000 Brooklyn, 36,200 Winchester, 3,500 5,500 Richmond, 4,200 Petersburg, 3,.500 Norfolk, 3,300 Wheeling, iLynchburg, 20,200 11,100 10,900 7,900 6,400 Savannah, 11,200 Augusta, 6,400 Macon, 3,900 Columbus, 3,100 Jilabama. Mobile, 12,700 Montgomery, 2,000 Tuscaloosa, 2,000 Mississippi. Natchez, 4,800 Vicksbur^, 3,100 Louisiana. New Orleans, 102,200 Tennessee. Nashville, 6,900 Kentucky. Louisville, 21,200 fiexinglon, 7,(K>0 Maysville, 2,700 Frankfort, 1,900 Ohio. Cincinnati, 46,300 Cleveland, 6,100 Dayton, 6,100 Columbus, 6,000 Steubenville, 5,200 Zanesville, 4,700 ,Chillicothe, 4,000 I Michigan. Detroit, 9,100 I Indiana. New Albany, 4,200 i Madison, 3,800 .Indianapolis, 2,700 I Illinois. Chicago, 4.500 Springfield, 2,600 Alton, 2,300 Missouri. St. Louis, 16,500 Table III. — What are the principal Towns of Maine ? New Hampshire ' &c. 230 STATISTICAL TADLES. Tablk IV. — Population of the Tteenty-tico largest Cities in 1840. New York, 313,000 Charleston, 2!),000 Richmond, 20,000 Philadelphia, 2'i0,000 Washington, 23,000 Troy, 19,000 Baltimore, 102,000 Providence, 23,000 Buffalo, 16,000 New Orleans, 102,000 Louisville, 21,000 Newark, 17,000 Boston, 93,000 Pittsburg, 21,000 St. Louis, 10,000 Cincinnati, 40,000 Lowell, 21,000 Portland, 15,000 Brooklyn, 30,000 Rochester, 20,000 Salem, 15,000 Albany, 34,000 Table V. — The Total Population^ and the Number of Slaves, in tlic United States, at different Periods, xcith the rcsj)ectixe Increase, Total Pop. Rate 1st Census, 1790, 3,9'i!>,H27 Incrcnse pr. ct. 2d do. 1800, 5,305,025 1790 to 1800, 1,38(),098 :i5.1 3d do. 1810, 7,230,814 1800 to 1810. 1,933,899 .30.3 4th do. 1820, 9,038,131 1810 to 1820, 2,.398,317 33.1 5th do. 1830, 12,80(5,020 1820 to 1830, 3,213,789 33.4 6th do. 1840, 17,002,500 1830 to 1840, 4,195,046 32.0 Slaves. 1 Ist Census, 1700, 007,897 2d do. 1800, 803,041 1790 to 1800, 199,154 28.7 3d do. 1810, 1,191,304 1800 to 1810, 208,095 32.1 4th do. 1820, 1,538,004 1810 to 1820, 340,700 29.1 5th do. 1830, 2,000,031 1820 to 1830, 478,007 30.0 Cth do. 1840, 2,487,113 1830 to 1840, 478.082 2.3.8 Tablk VI. — Extent of the great Jlmerican Lakes. Lakes. Length. Mean Breadth Sq. Miles. Lakes. Length. Mean Breadth Miles. Superior, Michigan, Huron, Miles. 400 220 240 Miles. 80 70 80 32,000 22,000 20,000 Erie, Ontario, Green Bay, Miles. 240 180 100 Miles. 40 35 20 9,000 0,300 2,000 Table IV. — Which are the four largest Cities.' What is the population of New York ? Philadelphia ? &c. Table V, — What was the Population of the United States in 1790.' In 1800.? &c. Number of Slaves in 1790? &c. Increase per cent from 1790 to 1800 .' &c. Table VI. — What is the Length of Lake Superior.' Mean Breadth .' Square Miles .' &c. UNITl'D STATES. ^I Rate pr. ct. 98 li'i.l 09 30.3 17 ?3.1 89 33.4 46 32.0 54 28.7 r)5 321 00 29.1 c;7 30.G 82 23.8 'Table \U.-^Jgfrrenralc Lc^ath of Canals and Railroads in ih» several Htules. IVfaine, New Hampshire, Vermont, Massachusetts, Rhode Island, Connecticut, New York, New Jersey, Pennsylvania, Delaware, Maryland, Virginia, Nortli Carolina, South Carolina, Georgia, Canald. Ituil- roatla. Mile.s. Miles. 20 04 11 r,o 80 3fi() 38 47 f)2 80 900 COO 143 215 950 500 14 19 18(i 2{i2 190 301 13 240 52 200 28 500 Alabama, Mississippi, Louisiana, Arkan.sas, Tennessee, Kentucky, Ohio, Michigan, Indiana, Illinois, Missouri, Florida, Total, 3,7!i5 Rail- roads. Miles. Miles. 51 300 83 100 97 100 2 28 750 92 100 150 90 50 70 12 4,470 The above Table exhibits a view of the length of the canals and railroads in the several states, as far ad completed or nearly com- pleted, early in the year 1842. Many cmals and railroads have been commenced in difteient parts, Which have not yet been fin- ished. "' Tablk Vin. — Some of the principal Canals in the United States. Name. From To Miles. Erie, N.y. Morris, N.J. Pennsylvania C &, R. Pa. Chesapeake and Ohio, Md. Ohio and Erie, Ohio,' Miami, do. Wabash & Erie, Ind.&Oh. Albany, Jer.sey City, IMiiladelphia, Baltimore, Portsmouth on Oh. Cincinnati, Lafayette, Buffilo, Easton, Pittsburg, Cumberland, Cleveland, Defiance, Lake Erie, 363 102 395 186 307 178 187 The Erie Canal, which is the most important work of the kind m the United States, was completed in 1825. The Pennsylvania Canal and Railroad, extending from Philadel- phia to Pittsburg, 395 miles, is a very expensive and maarnificent work, consisting of 277 miles of canal, and 118 miles of railroad. The Chesapeake and Ohio Canal, designed to connect the waters Tablk VII. — How many miles of canals in Maine ? Railroads ? New Hampshire i &c. Table VIH. — What are the seven longest canals in the United States i What is said of Erie Canal .' &c. OA STATISTICAL TABLES of Chesnpcakp Bny with tlio river Oliio, ia completed only from Baltimore to Cumborlnnd on the Potomac, IbU miloB. The Ohio and Erie Canal, extending from Portsmouth on the Ohio, to Clcvclnnd on Lnke Erie, wns completed in IKlJi. Tiie Miajni Canal unites with the Wabash and Erie Canal at Defiance ; and by this union, a communication is formed between the Ohio at Cincinnati, and Lake Erie near Toledo. Tlie IVahash and Erie Canal forms a communication between the river Wabash and lake Erie. Many other canals, some of them of much importance, ore al- ready completed in diflercnt parts of the United States, and others arc partly made. Middlesex Canaly which connects Boston harbor with the Merri- mack, at Chelmsford, i?7 miles lone, was completed in 1808; and it was the first considerable work of the kind executed in the Unit- ed States. From the time of the completion of the Erie Canal, in 1825, (which was a highly successful and advantageous enterprise,) till 1840, the spirit of internal improvement was very active in differ- ent parts of the United States, in the construction of canals and railroads. In some of the states, too many works of the kind have been undertaken. Some of the works which have been commenc- ed are such as are not yet called for by the state of the country ; and several of the states have in this way involved themselvefl deeply in debt. Railroads. This country is distinguished above all others in the world for the number and extent of its railroads. The most important line of railroads in the United States com- mences at Porllartd in Maine, and terminates at Pensacola in Flor- ida, about l,nOO miles in length. It pusses through the great cities of Boston, New York, Piiiladelphia, and Baltimore; also through Washington, Richmond, Raleigh, Columbia, and Augusta, But some portions of this line are not yet completed. Another line of railroads extends from Boston to Buffalo and Niagara Falls, about 530 miles in length, passing through Worces- ter, Springrield, Albany, Ulica, Syracuse, and Rochester. Several other important lines of railroads, in different parts of the United States, are partially finished. UNITED STATES. 23a Tabt.k IX. — Principal Religious Dtnominations. Denominations. ChiirchoM, or Congro- gaiioiiK. Baptlata, " FroowiU, " SuvonihPay, " Six-Principle, Catholics, • Clirlstians, • • L'on«re?(utinnnlist8, DiHCipIo!) of C'liriat (Camplwllitos), Dulcfi Rofiirinod, ■ Kpiiicopalians, • Fridiul:!, • • • Gorman Reformed, Jews, I-uihorans, • iMconoriiles, • Moltiodists, • • " Protostanl, IVIoravians or United Brethren, Wornionilos, • New Jerusalem Church, ■ Predbylerians, " Cumberland, " Associate, " Roformcd, " Aaaociate Reformed Siiakors, Tunlcers, Unitarians, Univerdaiisis, • 6,;)19 75.1 4-i 10 ni'i 1,(I0() 1,300 197 Goo mi r.'jo 200 24 27 2,Sfi7 500 I S3 40 214 15 40 2(K) 61)3 Minis- turd. 4,2.T^» 012 40 10 fin H(K» 1,1.10 102 8-19 isn 267 3,100 4(K) 33 33 2,225 4.J0 87 20 110 45 40 174 317 Miimlmrs, or Con)mu- nlcants. 4'2,0(I0^ 31, ^70 I 4..-.o;» f 2.117] 150,000 100,000 22,515 30,000 02,200 30,000 oso.r).!'.) ) 50,(X)0 \ 5,745 12,000 274 .0S4^ 50.00f) 10, (KW 3,fK)0 I 12,(KX)J G,000 3,U0O Popula- tion. 4,CdO,0(X) fioo.ono 300,000 1,400,000 4.50,000 6(X)000 100,000 15,000 5-lt>,000 3,000,000 12,000 20,000 6,U00 2,175,000 6,000 30.000 180,0<)0 600,000 T.ie alh.VH iiiilfiiiediii of tlio mimtiBi- of cliiiiihHn, niiiiiBim, ami inemljeri of the leveral (lennminatiorn, have been deiived chiefly from veceiil oil . i-il il.icutiieiits publiihed by the dlf- fcroiit denominntinnii ; but ihu lunl column conliiint rnihiM i vneiia citiin«t« which wnt madt « few yeiin since, of tlio total number of peoplu who me attached 10 or ihow a preference fol the (cveral diti'erunt /cllgiou* pcraiiuaiona. Table X. — Theological Seminaries. Place. Bangor, Me, Thomaaton, dn Gilmanlon, N.H Andover, Mass Cambridge, do. Newton, do. New Haven, Ct. East Windsor, do. NewYorlc, N.Y. do. do. Auburn, do. Hamilton, do. Hartwick, do. Newburgh, do. N.Br'swick.N.J, Princeton, do. Gettysburg, Pa, York, . do, Allegheny T. do Canonsburg, do Denom- 53 Vols. ination. Lib. («- Cong. 43 7.000 Baptist, 23 500 Cong. 20 2,200 do. 129 17,.'i00 Unit. 26 1 800 Baptist, 33 4,(K»0 Cong. 59 200 do. 29 4,(K)0 Pro. Ep. 71 7,2(;0 Pros. 129 12,(X)0 do. 71 5,000 Baptist, 27 2,250 Luih. 3 1,0(K) Ass. Rfif 11 4,000 Pu. Rof. 36 Proa. 113 7,000 iLuth. 26 7,000 G. Ref. 20 Pres. 31 6,000 As."5. Ch. 22 1,600 Place. Pittslmrg, Fairfax Co. Pr. Ed. Co. Richmond, Columbia, l,RxiTi2ion, High Hills, Eiilon, Maryville, Pa. Va. do. do. S.C do. do. Ga. Ten. Cincinn.iti, Ohio Gambler, Hudson, Columbus, Granville, lOljerlin, S. Hanover, do. do do do. do Ind Denom- ination. Upper Alton, II. Carlinville, do. N. Palmyra, Mo. Ass. Ref. Pro. Ep. Pres. Baptist, Pres. Luth. Baptist, Pres. do. Pro. Ep. Pres. T-ulh. Baptist, Pres. do. Baptist. Pre.s. do. 19 43 20 67 18 10 .30 10 24 61 10 14 8 58 10 Vols. in Lib. 4,000 4,000 1,600 3,730 1,800 1,000 6,000 10,300 500 700 There nro Cailiolic Theolng-icat Sfiminaiics eriolt, Chflilctton, Baiclslown, CincinniUi, V other placcj. It I'hiliiiltlphia, Ualtimorc, KmmctHhurg, J'red- inccniics, the Barrens in Mi«.ouri, and loras S34 STATISTICAL TABLES. Table XI. — Colleges in the United States. Name. Bowdoin, Waterville,* Dartmouth, University of Vermont, Middlebury, Norwich University, Harvard Univerdil/, Williams, AiTiherat, BrowQ University,* Yule, Washington. t Woaloyan University,! Columbia,t Union, Hamilton, Hamilton Lit. and Th.* Geneva.t University of New York, College of New Jersey, Rutgers, University of Pennsylvania, Dickinson,} JftfTerson, Washington, Allegheny, I Pennsylvania, I^afayetto, Marshall, Newark, St. John's, St. Mary's,§ Mount St. Mary's,? Georgetown, § Columbian,* William and Mary,t HampdenSidney, Washington, University of Virginia, UandoIphMacon I Emory and Henry,J Rector,* University of N. Carolina, Davidson, Wake Forest,* Charleston, South Carolina, University of Georgia, Oglethorpe, Emory, t Mercer University,* University of Alabama, La Grange. t Spring HiUjS Jefferson, Oakland, Louisiana, .leflerson, St. Charles,? Baton Rouge, t'rankiin, Greenville, Place. Brunswick, Waierville, Hiinover, Burlington, Middlebury, Norwich, Cambridge, Williamsiown, Amherst, Providence, New Haven, Hartford, Middletown, New York, Schenectady, Clinton, Hamilton, Geneva, New York, Princeton, Me. do. N.H. Vt. do. do. Mass. do. do. R. L Con. do. do. N.Y. do. do. do. do. do. N.J. New Brunswick, do. Pliiladolphia, Carli:ile, Canonsburg, Wa-jhington, Moadvifle, Gettysburg, Easlon, Merccrsburg, Newark, Annapolis, Raltiinoro, Emuietsburg, Georgetown, Washington, Williamsburg, Prince Ed. Co. Lexington, Charlottesville, Boydton, Glade Spring, Harrison Co' Ch:i pel-Hill, Mecklenberg Co. Wake Forest, Charleston, Columbia, Athens, Midway, Oxford, Penfield, Tuscaloosa, La Gran<;e, Spring Hill, Washington, Oakland, Jackson, Bringiers, Grand Coteau, Baton Kougc, Opelousas, Greenville, Pcnn. do. do. do. do. do. do. do. Del. Mil. do. do. D. C. do. Va. do. do. do. do. do. do. N. C. do. do. S. C. do. Ga. do. do. do. Ala. do. do. Mp. do. La. do. do. do. do. Tcnn. Foun- Stu- ded. dents. 1794 165 1820 65 1770 340 1791 110 1800 46 1834 57 1G3S 245 1793 155 1821 157 1764 172 1700 410 1824 80 1831 133 1754 120 1795 2,59 181J2 94 1819 74 1623 60 1S31 115 1746 263 1770 82 1755 116 1783 98 mi2 147 1806 59 1815 100 18.32 59 1832 51 18:% 53 1333 23 1784 27 1799 73 1830 31 1789 135 1821 25 1693 110 1783 65 1812 94 1819 290 1832 98 13.39 147 1839 50 1789 171 1838 49 1838 60 1795 50 18(H 168 1785 116 1816 31 1837 35 1828 60 1.831 100 18.30 70 1802 1831 160 1825 100 1831 122 100 1R38 45 1839 70 1794 41 Volumes In Libraries. 20,000 7,000 16,500 9,200 7,054 53,000 7,500 15,000 14,000 27,fKX) 6,500 10,300 14,000 13,000 9,000 4,600 5,400 11,000 12,0(t0 fi,000 10,600 4,500 3,300 8.000 2.270 1,350 1,200 4,000 12,000 3,5e Colleges which are unmarked, the prevailing religious in- fluence of those that are in the New England Slates, is Vongregationatism ; of the most of the others, Prcsbyterianism. Table XII. — Medical Schools in the United Slates. Place. Brunswick, Hanover, Castleton, Woodstock, Cambridge, Piltsfield, New Haven, New York, Geneva, Albany, , Philadelphia, au ItO. 3d Do. Me. N.H, Vt. do. Mass do. Conn. N.Y, do. do. Pa. do. do. "2F Prof Stud. 4 70 6 80 5 57 5 80 6 120 5 74 6 47 7 106 6 81 8 68 7 410 7 M5 6 60 Place. Baltimore, 2d Do. Washington, Charlottesville, Richmond, Charleston, Augusta, New Orleans, licxinglon, Louisville, Cincinnati, t«r!,! —LI TTiuuui;iiujr, Md. do. D. C. Va. do. S.C. Ga. La. Ken. do. Ohio, Prof Stud 6 6 6 6 6 8 7 6 7 6 8 65 60 40 45 60 51 55 30 254 204 130 236 STATISTICAL TABLES. AMERICA. Table I. ^okvh Amrrica. Population. United States, Mexico, Guatemala, Texas, British Possessions, 17,068,000 8,000,000 2,ooo,nno 200,000 1,380,000 28,648,000 Total, Table II. South America. Brazil, United Provinces, New Grenada, Peru, Bolivia, Chili, Venezuela, Equator, Paraguay, Guiana, Uruguay, Totals Population. 5,000,000 2,000,000 1,700,000 1,700,000 1,500,000 1,500,000 900,000 600,000 300,000 250,000 150,000 L 15,600,000 Table III. Hayti, {Independent^ Spanish West Indies, British West Indies, French West Indies, West Indies. Population. 935,000 1,030,000 820,000 260,000 Dutch, Dan. & S w. W. 1. 135,000 Total, 3,180,000 Tahle IV. Slaves in America. Brazil, 3,000,000 United States, 2,487,000 Spanish West Indies, 331,000 French West Indies, 212,000 Dutch «& French Guiana, 70,000 Total, Table V. Whites, Indians, Negroes, Mixed Races TotaX^ 6,000,000 Different Races. 23,000,000 10,000,000 9,000,000 8,000,000 50,000,000 Tahle VI. British North American Provinces. Pop. Chief Towns. Pop. C Lower, 550,000 ' 1 Montreal, 1 Quebec, 25,000 22,000 ^ Upper, 450,000 C York, i Kingston, 10,000 6,000 Nova Scotia, 124,000 Halifax, 10,000 New Brunswick, 120.000 C Frederickton, { St. John's, 3,000 10,000 Newfoundland, 75,000 St John's, 11,000 Prince Edward Island, 32,000 Charlottetown, 3,500 Cape Breton, 20,000 Sydney Bermudas, Total, 9,000 St. George 1,380,000 Tahle L What is the population of the United States .' Mexi- co ? i&c. Table It. Brazil.? &c. Tahle III. Hayti.' &c. Table IV. What number of slaves in Brazil ? &c. Tahle V. What number of Whites in America .'' Indians .' &c TV././, 1/1 \\r\...\ :- «u« ^-«.,i.i»5'— -r r i^ i_ 3 jb,- AMERICA. 237 Table VII. — Population of the principal Totons in various American Slates. ^ Mexico. Mexico, 150,000 Puebla, Guadalaxara, 70,000 50,000 Guanaxuato, 3C,000 Queretaro, 35,000 Zacatecas, 33,000 Guaxaca, 24,000 Valladolid, 18,000 Vera Cruz, 16,000 Durango, 13,000 Xalapa, 13,000 Guatemala. Guatemala, 50,000 San Salvador, 39.000 Leon, 3«,000 Chiquimula, 37,000 Cartago, Vera Paz, 26,000 12,000 West Indies. Havannah, 130,000 St. Juan, 40,000 Kinffston, St. Pierre, 33,000 29,000 Port Republican, 25,000 St. Jaffo de Cuba, Villa de Principe, 20,000 20,000 Cape Haytien, 15,000 Jfew OrenMa. Bogota, 50,000 Popayan, 25,000 CartHagena, 25,000 Venezuela. Caraccas, 30,000 Maracaybo, 22,000 Cumana, 20,000 Barcelona, 15,000 Equator. Quito, 70,0001 Riobamba, 20,000 Guayaquil, 15,000 Cuen^a, 15,000 Guiana. Paramaribo, 20,000 Peru. Lima, 60,000 Cuzco, 30,000 Arequipa, 30,000 Guamanga, 25,000 Bolivia Chuquisaca, 30,000 Charcaa, 30,000 Potosi, 25,000 La Paz, 20,000 Brazil Rio Janeiro, 150,000 St. Salvado/, 120,000 Pernambuco, 60,000 Sergipe. 36,000 St. Paul, 30,000 Cuyaba, 30,000 Para, 28,000 Maranham, 26,000 United Provincftv Buenos Ayres, 80,000 Mendoza, 20,000 St. Juan, 15,000 Cordova, 10,000 Parajiuap. Assumption, 10,000 Urvguay. Monte Video, 10,000 TaAle VJL What is the population of Mexico } Puebl» •' iM 238 STATISTICAL TABLES. EUROPE. Table I.- - Government and Religion. States. Name. Bom. Acc, 1835 Title. Government. Religion. Austria, Ferdinand, 1793 Emperor, Absolute Mtin. Catholic. Baden, Cli. Leopold, 1790 1830 Gr. Duke, Limited Mon. Protesi'nt. Bararia, Louis, 1786 1825 King, do. Catholic. Oelsium, Leopold, Frederick VI 1790 1831 do. do. Protest'ut. Denmark, 1768 1808 do. Absolute Mon. do. France, Louis Philippe, 1773 1830 do. Limited Mon. Catholic. O. Britain, Victoria, 1819 1837 Queen, do. Protest'nt. Oreeetf, Otho, 1815 1833 King, do. Catholic. Hanover, Ernest, 1771 1837 do. do. Protest'nt. Holland, William, 1772 1815 do. do. ao. Portugal, Maria H. 1819 1826 Queen, do. Catholic. Prussia, Fred. Wm. HL 1770 1797 King, Absolute Mon. Protest'nt. Kussia, Nicliolas, 1796 1825 Emperor, do. Greek Ch. Sardinia, Charles Albert, 1790 1831 King, . do. Catholic. Saxony, Frederick, 17D7 1836 do. Limited Mon. do. Spain, Isabella II. 1830 183'J Queen, do. do. States of Ch. Gregory XIV. 1765 1331 Pope, Absolute Mon. do. Sweden diE N. Charles XIV. 1764 1818 King, Limited Mon. Protest'nt. Turkey, Mahmoud II. 1785 1808 Sultan, Absolute Mon. Mahom. Tuscany, Leopold II. 1798 1831 Gr. Duke, do. Catholic Wurtemberg, William, 1781 1816 King, Limited Mon. Protest'nt. The King of Belgium is a Protestant, though most of his sutjects are Catho ties i the Kings o( Saxony and Greece are Catholics, though the subjects of the former are r lostty Protestants, and those of the latter of the Greek Church ; and the Grand-Duke of Baden is a Protestant, though about two thirds of his aubjeets are Catholics. Table II. — Population and Extent of the Principal States of Europe. Population. Square Miles. Pop. to Square Mile. Belgium, 347 Russia, 51,000,000 Russia, 1,700,000 Austria, 34,000,000 Sweden &N.290,00() Saxony, 293 ^^^^^^^^^^B^^^^M'''- France, 3.3,600,000 Austria, 200,000 G. Britain, 214 G. Britain, 25,300,000 France, 215,000 Wurtemberg, 210 Prussia, 13,800,000 Turkey, 190,000 Holland, 203 Spain, 12,000,000 Spain, 180,000 Baden, ooq ^^^^HH , Turkey, 10,000,000 G. Britain, 118,000 Two Sicilies, 181 Two Sicilies, 7,600,000 Prussia, 108,000 Tuscany, 156 Sardinia, 4,-500,000 Two Sicilies, 42,000 France, 156 ^^^^^^K^Kk'i- Bavaria, 4,300,000 Portugal, 36,000 Sardinia, 155 '.; Belgium, 4,200,000 Bavaria, 31,000 States of Ch. 153 f Sweden &N. 4,100,000 Sardinia, 28,300 Bavaria, 138 /Portugal, 3,400,000 'Holland, 2,800,000 Denmark, 21,000 Austria, 130 States of Ch. 17,000 Prussia, 127 States of Ch. 2,600,000 Switzerland, 17,000 Switzerland, 123 Switzerland, 2,100,000 Hanover, 15,000 Hanover, 113 Denmark, 2,000,000 Holland, 13,800 Portugal, 95 Saxony, 1,700,000 Belgium, 12,100 Denmark, 95 Hanover, 1,700,000 Greece, 10,200 Greece, 78 Wurtemberg, 1.600,000 Tuscany, 8,300 Spain, 66 Tuscany, 1,300,000 Wurtemberg, 7,600 Turkey, 52 >■ Baden, 1,200,000 Baden, 5,900 [lussia. 30 ; Greece, 800,000 Saxony, 5,800lSweden & Norw. H EUROPE. 239 The population in the preceding Table is taken chiefly from the Penny Cyclopoedia," and computed for the year 1837 ; but with respect to some of the states, as Spain, Turkey, and Greece, the numbers are to be regarded only as approximations. Russia in the Table includes the kingdom of Poland, but not Asiatic Russia. Holland includes Luxemburg. Denmark is exclu- sive of Iceland and the Faroe Islands. Table. III. — The Population of the Principal Cities and Towns of the different Countries of Europe. Jforwaij Christiania, 21 ,000 Bergen, 21,000 Sweden Stockholm, 81,000 Gottenburg, 27,000 Russia St.Peter8burg, 445,000 Moscow, Riga, Odessa, Kiev, Tula, Wilna, ^ronstadt, Jaroslavl, Kaluga, Kazan, Kursk, Tver, Poland Warsaw, Cracow, Denmar/i 335,000 59,000 55,000 40,000 38,000 35,000 30,000 28,000 26,000 25,000 25,000 24,000 135,000 20,000 Liege, 59,000 Bruges, 41,000 Tournay, 29,000 Mons, 23,000 England. London, 1,474,000 Manchester, 187,000 Liverpool, Birmingham, Leeds, Bristol, Norwich, Sheffield, Newcastle, Nottingham, Portsmouth, Hull, Devonport, Brighton, Leicester, Bath, Preston, Exeter, Bolton, Coventry, Blackburn, Copenhagen, 104,000 Altona, 25,000 j York" Holland. iGreenwich, Amsterdam, 201,Ono|Stockport, 72,000 Scotland SS^OOO <-<'^t^ana 35,000 34,000 Rotterdam, The Hague, Ley den, Utrecht, Groningen, Harlem, Belgium. Brussels, 102,000 Antwprn. 74 OflO iGhentV' 85,666 Glasgow., Edinl)urgh, Aberdeen, 26,000 Paisley, Dundee, 22,000 Greenock, Leith, Perth, Kilmarnock, 165,000 147,000 123,000 104,000 C 1,000 59,000 58,000 51,000 50,000 49,000 44,000 41,000 39,000 38,000 33,000 28,000 28,000 27.000 27;000 25.000 a5,000 25,000 202,000 162,000 58,000 57,000 45,000 26,000 20,000 20 000 Ts^oool Dunfermline, 17,000 Inverness, 14,000 Ireland. Dublin, Cork, Limerick, Belfast, Galwa}', Water ford, Kilkenny, Drogheda, Prussia. 204,000 107,000 67,000 53,000 33,600 29,000 24,000 17,000 Berlin, Breslau, Konigsberg, Cologne, Dantzic, Magdeburg, 252,000 86,000 62,000 61,000 54,000 40,000 A. -la-Chapelle, 38,000 Stettin, Dusseldorf, Posen, . Halle, Potsdam, Erfurt, Elbing, Munster, 31,000 29,000 26,000 25,000 24,000 23,000 19,000 18,000 Frankrt(06Zcr) 16,000 Hanover. Hanover, 26,000 Emden, 12,000 Saxony. Dresden, 64,000 Leipsic, 43,000 Free Cities. Hamburg, 120,000 Frankft, Maine 54,000 Bremen, 40,000 Lubeck, 22,000 21* 240 STATISTICAL TABLES. Small Slates, Brunswick, Mentz, Cassel, Car]sruhe, Manheiin, Darmstadt, Wurtemherg 30,ono 27,000 20,000 21,000 21,000 20,000 Slutteard Ulm, Bavaria, Munich, Nuremberg, Augsburg, Ratisbon, Wurtzburg, Bamberg, Austria. Vienna, Ger. 25,000 12,000 31,000 20,000 24,000 21,000 Switzerland. Geneva, 27,000 Berne, 20,000 Bale, or Basil, 10,000 Zurich, f4,00(i Lausanne, 10,000 France. 320,000 102,000 40,000 40,000 36,000 20,000 Prague, do. Trieste, do. Gratz, do. Brunn, do. LiiifZ, do. Lemberg, Gal. 55,000 Pest, Hung. 57,000 Debretzin, do. 45,000 Presburg, do. 37,00() Ketskemet, do. 32,000 Zegedin, do. 32,000 Buda, do. 30,000 Schemnitz, do. 20,000 Cronsladt, Tr. 30,000 Clausenb'g,rfo. 20,000 Hermanst't, do. 18,000 Milan, /to/y, 130,000 Venice, Verona, Padua, Brescia, Bergamo, Vicenza, Ciemona, Mantua, Pavia, do. do. do. do. do. do. do. Paris, 890,000 Lyons, 100,000 Marseilles, 110,000 95 000 Bo""ertaifi8 «aofe especially to Jisia^ 'Africa, and Oceamea. The sum of the population of Euro^ and Amerioa doei not probahly var^ much from 280 znilUons, as m stated aboire ia the third esUmaU. Tails H. — Xuniber of fke different Religions aceorSing to HasseL Pagans, Christians, Mahometans, Jewjti Totati 661,820,300 252,565,700 1^10,105,000 3,930,000 9^8,421,000 Divisions of Chris '.iane. Aonian CathoUcs, 131,738,000 Greek Church, Protestants, Monophysites, Armenians, j Nestorians, &e. Total, 56,011,000 55,791^00 3,86CWP0 l,799,dD0 367,000 252,565,700 Divisions of Protestants. Lutherans, 24,264,800 Reformed, Episcopalians, Methodists, Bap- ) tists, &c. ) 12,759,900 14,905,000 ; 3,862,000 Total, 65,791,700 Divisions of Mahometans, Sannites, 09,704,000 Shiites, 15,321,000 Wdlabees, 6,000,000 Sofis, 60,000^ Totd^ 120,105,000 \ In the above statements all the inhabitants in the countries in which Christianity is the professed religion, except the Jews, are classed as Christians. The number of Methodists, Baptists, ^., is stated by Hassd much too low. The sect of Mahometans styled Skiites are found chiefly in Persia; *1so in Afghanistan and Hindostan; the Wahabees in Arabia; the Sofis in Afghani atan. Table /.— What number of square miles in Asia ? Europe ? dte jmk //. — VViM*. number of Fagans ? Christians .' &c. 844 STATISTICAL TABLES. Taali III. — Varieties of the Human Species, according to Ilasset, I. Caucasian or White Race. \. CaooMiaiiB, Geor- giani, &o. 1,118,000 9. Arabians, Moors, Jews, Abysunians, Berbers, Armeni- ans, &o. 54,533,000 3. Hindoos, Persians, Afghans Curds, Ac. 143,353,000 4. Tartar nations ; — Tarks, Turcomans, Udbecks, Kirffoses, &c. 17,095,000 5. Greeks, 4.834,000 6. Amauts, 530/)00 7. Sdaronian Rations; — Russians, Poles, lithnanians, Cro* ats, &e. 68,355,000 8. Teutonic of Ger- man nations ; — Germans, English, Swedes, Duteb, Danes, Norwegi- ans, Ac. 60,604,000 9. Rwnan or Latin nations ; — French, Italians^ Spanish, Walloons, ^Valla- ohians, 75,829,000 10. Celts or Caledoni- ans, Low Bretons, Basques, &e. 10,484,000 Tatalf 436,625,000 11. Mongolian, Tawrv^, or Olive Race. * Mongul nations, Thi beUans, &c. 35,842,000 Chinese, 256,200,000 Birmans, Siamese, Anamese, &c. 83,850.000 Japanese, 4l,100,000| Mandshurs or Mant- choos, ]9,320,00€ Finns, Eathonians, Laplanders. &c. 2,878,000 Esquimaux, ^amoides. Kamtscliatdales, &c. 185,700 TottU, 389,375,700 III. Malay or. Dark Broicn Race. Malays, inhabiting the peninsula of Malac- ca, the island of Ceylon, and the inl- ands in the Pacific Ocean, 32,800,000 IV. Ethiopian, Negro, or Black Race. African Negroes, 62,983,300 Caffres, 5.800,000 Hottentots, 600,000 Papuans, Negroes of Australia, 950,000 Total, 69,633,300 V. American or Copper-aiUnH Race. North American Indi- ans, South American In- dians, 5,140,000 Caribbees, &c. 17,000 Total, 5,130,000 10.287,000 Caucasians, Mongolians, Malays, Ethiopians, Americans, Total, 436,625,000 389,375,700 32,500,000 69,633,300 10,287,000 938,421,000 Remark. — Accordina to the computation of some other geogra- phers, the numbers of the Mongolian and Ethiopian races are con- eiderably less than Uiey are stated by Hassel. — For a few remarks on these different races, see page 223. Tahle III. — Whatjiations are included in the Caacasian oi White race f The Mongolian i &« In the Atlas ^ paralive view and of the Ian there is much want of unifor relating to the Nun North A Mt. St. Eliaa, Tapocatapetl, Orazaba, Volcano ofOuat Fairweather Mt. Long's Peak, llJgh Peak, Jamea's Peak, Mexico City. Black Mountain, Washington, Wl Katatidin, High Peak of Esi Moosehil]ock, Mansfield, Greer Otter Peak, Round Top, Cal Monadnock, Saddleback, Ascutney, EURC Mont Blanc, Mont Rosa, Ortler Spitze, Mulahacen, Mont Perdu, Etna, Ruska Poyana, Argentaro, Monte Come, Lomnitz, Snehatta, St. Bernard, Coi Taygetus, Ida, Find us, Cents, Pass of, Olympus, Parnassus, PeUoQ, Hecla, Helicon, Ben Nevis, Vesuvius, Ftnowdon, Brocken, StromboU, THE GLOBE. 246 Tablk IV. — Heights of Mountains. In the .^tlas, which accompanies this work, may be seen a oom< parative view of the Heights of soine of the Principal Mountains^ and of the Lengths of the most celebrated Rivers' on the Globe ; but there is much uncertainty respecting these matters, and a great want of uniformity in the different measurements and authoritiei relating to them. Name. Il'ight. Name. HMght. North Ambricji. Feet. South America. Mt. Bt. Elias, N. W. Coast, 17,R50 Nevada de Horala, Andes, 25,200 ropocatapetl, Mexico, 17,71U Illimaui, do. 24,200 Orazaba, do. 17,371 Chimborazo, do. 21,440 Valcano of Guatemala, 15,000 Cotopaxi, do. 18,891 Falrwealhor Mt. N. W. Coast 14,900 Picbincha, do- 15,937 Long'i F«ak, Rocky Mta. 13,675 Antisana Farm House, Equat. 14,275 lligh Peak, do. 12,500 La Paz City, Bolivia, 12,760 Jtmea's Peak, do. 11,320 Guauca Velica, Town, Peru, 12,308 Mexico City. Mexico, 7,470 Quito City, EquBter, 9,514 Black Mountain, N. C. 6,476 Bogota do. N. Grenada, 8,694 Washington, White Mis. N. II 6,428 Katahdin, Maine, 5,623 Asia.. High Peak of Essex, N . Y 5,467 Chumalaree, Ilimmaleh, 29,000 Moosehillock, N. H 4,636 Uhawaln^iri, do. 28,500 MnnsHeld, Green Mts. Vt. 4,270 Hindoo-Koosh, Afghanistan, 20,593 Otter Peak, Va 3,953 Eiburus, Caucasus, 17,786 Round Top, Calskill Mts. N.Y. 3,804 Petcha, Chinese Tartary, 15,060 Monadnock, N. II. 3.718 Ararat, Armenia, 12,700 Saddleback, Mass 3,580 Kalitzkoi, Altaian, 10,736 Ascutney, Vt 3,320 Lebanon, Syria, 10,000 Avatsha, Kamtschatka, 9,600 Europe. Tanagiii, Urallan, 0,061 Mont Blanc, Alps, 15,680 Ilermon, Syria, 8,949 Mont Rosa, do. 15,552 iTaurus, Natolia, 7,715 Ortler Spitze, do. 15,430 Sinai, Arabia, 6,000 Mulahacen, Spain, 11,801 Olympus, do. «,500 Mont Perdu, Pyrenees, 11,283 Gargarua or Ida, Natolia, 4.960 Etna, Sicily, lU,954'l6haut8, Hindostan, 4,000 Ruska Poyana, Carpathian, 9,912 ,Carrael, Syria, 1,600 Argentaro, Balkan, 9,600 1 Monte Como, Apennines, 9,521 Ocean icA. LomniW, Carpathian, 8,640 iMouna Roa, Hawaii, 17,416 Snehatta, Dollrefleld, 8,115 Egmont, New Zealand, 15,304 St. Bernard, Convent, Alps, 8,038 iMount Ophyr, Sumatra, 13,842 Taygetus, Morea, 7,910 Volcano, do. 12,468 Ida, Crete, 7,674 Peak, Tahiti, 10,895 Pindus, Greece, 7,673 Parmesan, Banca, 10,050 Cenis, Pass of, Alps, 6,776 Olympus, Greece, 6,522 Africa. Parnassus, do. 5,750 Atlas, Barbary, 1^,500 PeUoa, do. 5.115 Peak of Teneriffe, Canaries, 12,358 Hecia, Iceland, 4,888 Lnmalmon, Abyssinia, 11,300 Helicon, Greece, 4,500 Gondar City, do. 8,440 Ben Nevis, Scotland, 4,387 Volcano, Isl. Bourbon, 7,680 Vesuvius, Naples, 3,731 Pico, Azores, 7,016 Snowdon, Wales, 3,571 Table Mountain, Good Hope, 3,620 Brocken, Hartz, 3,486 Diana's Peak. St. Helena, 3,710 StromboU, Italy, 2,884'' ' ) 246 STATISTICAL TABLED TAttLB V. — CamparaUvt Lmgth» of Riverfi The lengths of the longest rivers arc not so aecun»t»ly ascerthinedf ■ft the elevationa of ttie lii^jhest mountains. A great Avcrsity is fsund m the different stateiaenia which aie given by diflbient per* tons. This diversity i» owing, in a great measure, to the different principles upon which tlic estimates have be«n formed; sonie ex- pressing tlie lengths of tite rivers according to the windings of their coursesf others giving only %\\e length« of the valleys through which they flow. The lengths of the rivers of Europe are mostly given' in tlje fol- Ibwing Tohlc, as iliey ore stated in the *^ Edinbur^ Geogjaphica) and historical Atlas. The tttateraents of the lengths of tue rivers ef America are accommodated more nearly to live witiding^of their eourses, than those of the eastern continent. Jiorth America. Miln. Missouri, 4,400 Mississippi, 3,000 Arkansas^ 2,100 St. Lawrence, 2,000 Mackenzie, 2,000 Del Norte, 2,000 Red River, 1,800 Nelson, <&c. 1,500 Colombia, 1,500 La Plate, 1,500 Ohio, 1,350 Kansas, 1,200 White River, 1,200 Tennessee, 1,100 Alabama^ 650 Savannah^ 600 Potomac, 550 Connecticut, 410 i Hudson, 3^ Delaware, 300 South America. ' Amazon^ 4,500 iia Plata, 3,000 Madeira, 2,400 ; Orinoco, 1,800 Tocantins, 1,800 \ Ucayale, 1,600 ■ St. Francisco, 1,500 ) Paraguay, 1,400 ' Magdalena, 1,000 Europe. Volga, Danube, Don, Dneiper, Kama, Rliine, Elbe, Loire, . Vistula, Theis, Dneister, Tagus, Milos. 2,040 1,710 1,080 1,050 780 670 570 540 500 495 480 480 Dwina, North, 480 Oder, 450 Niemen, 450 Dwina, or Duna,420 Guadiana, 420 Rhone, 390 Pruth, 300 Po, 375 Ebro, 370 Duero, 365 Drave, 360 Meuse, 360 Garonne, 345 Seine, 330 Mayne, 330 Guadalquivir, 300 Thames, 180 Tiber, 180 Kian-Kir, Hoang-llo, Lena, A moor, Ganges^ Brahmapootra Irrawaddy, Cambodia, Euplirates,. Meinam^ Irtish, Indus, Jihon-, Tigrisy Sir, Godavery, Kistna, Nerbuddab, Joidan, .Sfrka. Nigeit, Nife, Senegal, Gambia. Congo, Orange, Miles. 3,300 2,IK)0 2,470 2,360 2,260 2,150 2,040 ,2,040 2,040 2,000 1,820 1,600 1,500 1,450 1,100 li)00 900 850 800 750 130 3,000 2,700 1,300 1,200 1,100 1,000 parts. These TahU V. — Which are some of the longest rivers in North Amer- iea ? In South America i In Europe P In Asia .'* In Afite&? What is the length of the Missouri P &e. . . / USE OF GLODES USE OF GLOBES. A SjtJiere, or Globe, is a round body, every point of whose surft... IS equally distant from a point wilhm the body, called the oenciVh. A Hemisphere is a half globe. There are two kinds of artificial globes, tJie terrestrial and th« celestial. The Terrestrial Globe is a representation of the earth, havinir t/io seas and different countries deUneated on it, as they are situated on Uie surface of the earth. The Celestial Globe is an artificial representation of the heaven*, mi?^ t'»e fixed stars drawn upon it, in tlieir natural situation. The Mis of a globe is an imaginary line passing through its cen tre from north to south, around which it revolves. The Poles are the extremities of the axis, terminated by the sur- face of the globe. One is the norlli, and the other the soiUh pole; and they are each 90 degrees from the equator. Great Circles are such as divide the globe into two equal parts. 1 hese are the equator or equinoctial, the horizon, the meridians, the ecliptic, and the two colures. The Less Circles are those that divide the globe into two unequal ?^J^ These are four, Ihe two tropics, and the two polar circles. The circumference of every circle is supiwsed to be divided into 360 equal parts, called degrees; each degree into 60 equal part*. called minutes ; and each minute into CO equal parts, called seconds. Thoy are marked thus, 23«» 28' IC"; i. e. 83 degrees, 28 minutes. and 16 seconds. The Equator is an imaginary great circle of the earth, equi-dis- tant from the poles, dividing the earth into the northern and south- ern hemispheres. The equator is divided by the principal meridian into two eoual parts, of 180° each. * Meridians are imaginary great circles passing through the poles and perpendicular to the equator. The meridian of a place, or the 12 o'clock hour circle, Is the meridian tliat cuts the horizon in the north and south points. The first meridian of any country is the meridian passing through the sapital of tliat country. The Horizon is eitiier sensible or real. The sensible Itorizon is a small circle which limits our prospect, where the sky and land or water appear to meet. The real horizon is a great circle which di- vides the earth into the upper and lower hemispheres. The horizon is divided into four equal parts of 90° each, by the four cardinal points, East, West, North, and South. The wooden horizon of the artificial globe is divided into three parts ; the innermost is marked with all tlie points on the mariner'n compass; the next has the names, characters, ind figures ot^tne twelve signs ; and the third is a calendar of montha and days/HBy the last two is instantly seen the sign and degree the sun is m dor '"6 *^»^*j w«j «" wit: jfuax. 22 248 USE OF GLOBES. English. diaracter*. Time. TIm? Ram Of March 20th The Bull B April 20th May 2l8t The Twins n The Crab 25 June 2l8t The Lion a July 23d The Virgin The Scales ^ Aug. 23d £k Sept. 23d The Scorpion M\ Octob. 23d The Archer t Nov. 22d The Goat b> Dec. 22d The Waterman m Jan. 20th The Fishes ^ Feb. 19th The Ediplk is an imaginary great circlo in the heavenn, w Xhe plane of wnich tlie eartli performs her annual revolution roun^i he ■un. • The ecliptic is drawn on the artificial globe obliquely to tbu e-fia tor, making with it an angle of 23° 28'. .... The Uodm signs are the twelve equal parts into which the eciip tic is divided, each consisting of 30°. The Zodiac is a broad belt in the heavens 16» wide, m the mid- die of which is the ecliptic. The names and characters of the 12 signs, and tlie time of the ■an's entering them, are as follows : Leiin. 1. Aries 2. Taurus 3. Gemini 4. Cancer 5. Leo 6. Virga 7. Libra 8. Scorpio 9. Sagittarius 10. Capricornus 11. Aquarius 12. Pisces The first six are called northern signs, because they are north of the equator; the last six sou/Aem, because they are south of tlw equator. The Colures are two meridians; one passing through the eqai- noctial points, Aries and Libra, called the equinoctial colvre; the other passing through the solstitial points, Cancer and Capricorn, called the smstitial colure. The Tropics are two less circles, drawn parallel to the equator, lit the distance of 23° 28* ; one north of the equator, called the tropic of Cancer; the other south, called the tropic of Capricorn. These circles show the sun's limits north and south of the equator. The Polar Circles are less circles, described round the poles, at the distance of 23° 28'. The northern is called the arctic circle, and the southern the antarctic. Zones are divisions of the earth's surface, formed by the tropics and polar circles. They ore five, one torridy two temperate^ and tioo frigid zones. The torrid zone is included between the tropics ; the temp»jrate Bones, between the tropics and polar circles j and the frigid, between the polar circles and the poles. The Latitude of a place is the distance from tlie equator, north or Bouth, measured on a meridian towards either pole, reckoneoia •« grees, minutes, and seconds. It cannot exceed 90°. The Longitude of a place is its distance from the first meridian, m^or west, measured on the equator. It never exceeds 180°. . A Climate, as used by astronomers, is a portion of the eartfc's ■Qifaee, included between two parallels of latitude, and of sucb a Problem hi. ,_. o.^ USE OF GLOBES. tiif Imlf an hour longer than under tho other. Tlicre ore 24 such cli- mates between the equator and eacii of the polar circles. PROBLEMS ON THE TERRESTRIAL GLOBE. Proklkm I. To find Uie Latitude of any Place. Turn the fflobe, and brinor the place to the engraven edge of the brazen meridian ; and the degree on tho meridian is tlie latitude, north or south, as it may 1x3 on the nortli or poulli side of the equator. Thus the latitude of liOndon is 5]^ degrees north; and of St Helena nearly H5 degrees south. What is the latitude of Alexandria in Kgypt? Athicns ? Cape of Good Hope ? Cape Horn ? Constantinople .' Kdinburgh ? Ispahan ? Madras.^ Moscow.'' Paris.' Kostoni" Philadelphia? Prague.? Stock holm ? Tencriffe ? Vienna ? Botany Bay ? Problem n. To find the l/mgilMde of any Place. Bring the place to the brazen meridian, and the degree on the equator shows the longitude from London. Thus the longitude of Madras is 80 degrees cast ; of Lisbon, 9 dcgreefl west. What is the longitude of Amsterdam ? Archangel .? Babelman- del .' Dublin ? Gibraltar ? Jerusalem .' Qaebcc ? Syracuse .' Tunis ? Turin.' Upsal .? Frobleu Iff. 77(6 Longitude and Latitude of any Place being given, to find that Place, Look for the longitude on the equator, and bring it to the brazen meridian, then under the given degree of latitude will be tho place required. Thus the place whose longitude is 30° 17' east, and latitude 3P 11' north, is Alexandria; and the place which has near GP west longitude, and 1C° south latitude, is St. Helena. What places are those that have the following longitudes and latitudes: 3C° 17' east long., and 31° II' north Tat. — 11 3° 2' east long., and 23° 8' north lat. — 79° 50' west long., and 33° 22' north lat— fi° 30' west, and 51° 54' nortii lat. — 4° 5' west and 56» (nearly) north lat. — 7G° 50^ west lonff., and 12° south lat - 8° 35' west long., and 40° 53' north lat. ? What place is that whose Ion* gitude is nearly 78° west, but which has no latitude ? Problem iv. To find the Difference of Latitude of any two Placet. If the places are in the same hemiBphcre, bring each to the me- ridian, and subtract the latitude of the one fron that of the other: if in different hemispheres, add the latitude of the one to that of the other. Thus the difference of latitude between London and Madras id 38° 28' ; between Paris and Cape Horn is 104° 49'. What is the difference of latitude between Copenhagen and Gibraltar.'' — be- tween London and the Cape of Good Hope ? — between Berlin and "risial ' — between Bch^.tI and St. Hcicna r — between Snadrid and // S5C USE Of GLOBES. Moscow? — between Leghorn and Liverpool? — between Pokin ond Philadelphia? — How many degrees further nortli is St. Pe- tersburg than Naples ? FRCoriM V. To find tiie Difference of Longitude of any two Places. Bring one of the places to the brazen meridian, and mark its lon- gitude ; then bring the other place to the meridian, and the number c£ degrees between its longitude and the first mark, is the differ- ence of longitude : thus the difference of longitude between Lou- den and Constantinople is 2d° 53'; between Constantinople and Madras, 51° 54^ What is the difference of longitude between Athens and Batavia ? — ■ between Brest and Cape Horn ? — between Charleston in South Carolina and Cork in Ireland ? — between Rome and Cape Fiuis- terre ? — between Canton and the most northerly point of the Orkney Islands ? — between Morocco and Thibet ? — between Cape Boja- dor in Africa and Port Jackson New Holland ? — between the moat northerly point of Madagascar and Otaheite? — between Mecca And Calcutta? Problem ti. To find the Distance of any tvco Places on the Globe Lay the graduated edge of the quadrant of altitude over both places, and the degrees between them, multiplied by 69;^, will give the distance in English milea Thus the distance between the Liz- wd point and the island of Bermuda is 4G°, or 3147 miles ; between London and Jamaica, 4691 miles. What is the distance between Samarcand in Tartary and Pekin ? — between Warsaw and Ascension Island? — between North Cape •nd Gibraltar ? — between Lisbon and Ispahan ? — between Rio Ja- steiro and the Cape of Good Hope ? — between Madrid and Cairo ? —between Boston and Cayenne ? Problem vii. The Hour at any Place being given, to find what Hour it is at any other Place* Bring the p lace, where the hour is given, to the brazen meridian, * When the difference of longitude between any two places is known, it is easy to ascertain their difference of time by calculation. It is noon, or twelve o'clock, when any place on tlja globe is exactly towards the sun, and the succession of day and night, of morning, noon, and evening, may be beautifully shown by turning the Terres- trial Globe in the sunshine, or in the light of a fire or candle. But to ascertain exactly the number of hours and minutes, by which, at the same moment of time, two places differ, it is necessary to divide the difference of longitude by 15, because every 15 degrees is equal to one hour of time ; and, consequently, also, every degree is equal to four minutes of time. For example, when it is noon at London, it will be four o'clock in the afternoon at all places which have GO degrees of longitude east of Lon- don, and 8 in the morning at all places which have GO degrees west of London. ' At all places which have 180 degrees difference of lo.xijritude, it will bo 12 o'clock at night, when it is noon at London. And in this manner, the hour in any part of tiie world may be calculated, b> au Ung to the given hou:, whoo^iw} "s'^oe iaeasi, ^sd bv sublractin-T- v.^ion U -s west. USE OF GLOBES. 261 nwd «?t the index )f tho hour circle to that iioiir, then turn the globe till the propoicd place coino under the meridian, and the in tlex will point to the present liour at that place. Thus, when it is twelve o'clock at noon in London, it is nearly four in the rifternoon at tho island of Mauritius; but at Jamaica it is only about seven in tho morning. When it is ten in the forenoon at London, what is the time at Calcutta, Canton, Pelevv Islands, Barbadoes, tho western side of Lake Superior, Owhyhee, and Easter Island ? What o'clock is it at New York, Moscow, Cape Horn, Genoi, Syracuse, and Leghorn, when it is midnight at Lisbon ? How much are the clocks of Mexico behind ours .-' When it is twelve at noon at Port Jackson, what time is it at Paris and Dublin ' and Problem vin. To rectify the Ghhc for the Latitude, Zenith, Sun's Place. 1. For the latitude : Elevate the pole above the horiaon, accord- : ng to the latitude of the place. 2. For the zenith : Screw the quadrant of altitude on the meridi- an at the given degree of latitude, counting from the equator to- wards the elevated pole. 3. For the sun's place : Find the sun's place on the horizon, and then bring the same place found on the ecliptic to the meridian, and set the hour index to twelve at noon. Thus, to rectify for the latitude of London on the 10th day of May, the globe must bo so placed, that the north pole shall be 51^ degrees above the north side of the horizon ; then T)!^ will be found on the zenith of the meridian, on whicli the quadrant must be screwed. On the horizon, the 10th of May answers to the 20th of Taurus, which find on the ecliptic, and bring it to the meridian, and set the index to twelve. Rectify the globe for London, St. Petersburg. Madras, Pekin, Oporto, Venice, Quebec, Washington, Vienna, flantzic, and Ath- ens, for the 24th of February, the 27th of June, and the Gth of August. Problkm IX. To find at what Hour the Sun rises and sets any Day in the Year, and also vjwn what Point of the Compass. Rcclily for the latitude and sun's place (Prob. viir.),and turn the sun's place to the eastern edi^e of the horizon, and the index will point to the hour of rising; then bring it to the western edge of the liorizon, and the index will show the setting. Thus, on the IGth of March, the sun rises a little after six, and sets a little before six in tlie evening. What time does the sun rise and set at St. Petersburg, Naples, Canton, Dublin, Gibraltar, TcnerifTe, Boston, and Vienna, on the 15th of April, the 4th of July, and the 20th of November .' Note. — On the S let of March the sun rises due east, and sets due west ; between Jus and the 21st of September, it rises and sets to the northward of these points, and in the winter months to the S'jutliward of them. When t!ie sun's place is !)ron the eiist 253 USE OF GLOBES. era or western edge of the horizon, it marks the point of the corn* pass upon which it rises or sets that day. FROBtKM X. To find the Length of the Day and Mght at any Time in the Year. Double the time of the sun's rising, which gives tlie length of the night ; double the time of his setting, which gives the length of the day. Thus, on the 25th of May, the sun rises at London about four o'clock, and sets at eight. The length of the night is twice four, or eight hours ; the length of the day is twice eight, or sixteen hours. Problem xi. To find all the Places to tohich a Lunar Eclipse is visible at any Instant. Find the place to which the sun is vertical at that time, and bring that place to the zenith, and set the index to the upper twelve; then turn the globe till the index points to the lower twelve, and the eclipse is visible to every part of the earth that ii oow above the horizon. THE CELESTIAL GLOBE. As the Terrestrial Globe, by turning on its axis, represents the real diurnal motion of the earth, so the Celestial Globe, by turning or its axis, represents the apparent motion of the heavens. The nominal points of Aries and Libra arc called the equinoctial points, because when the sun appears to be in either of them, the day and night are equal. Til nommal points of Cancer and Capricorn are called solstitial points, because when the sun arrives at either of them, he seems to stand still, or to be at the same height in tlie heavens at twelve o'clock, at noon, for several days together. D^nition. The latitude of the heavenly bodies is measured from the ecliptic, north and south. The sun, being always in the eclip- tic, has no latitude. bef. The longitude of the heavenly bodies is reckoned on the ecliptic, from the first point of Aries, eastward round the glooe. The longitude of the sun is what is called, on the terrestrial glo?)e the sun's place. PROBLEMS ON THE CELESTIAL GLOBE. Fboblem I. To find the Latitude and Longitude of any given Star Put the centre of the quadrant on the pole of the ecliptic, and its {^duated edge on the given star ; then the arch of tiie quadrant intercepted l^tween the star and the ecliptic, shows its latitude and the degree which the edge of tlie quadrant cuts on the ecliptic is the degree of its longitude. Thus the latitude of Regulus is 0° 28' N., and its longitude nearly 147°. USE OF GLOBES 253 I Problem i:. To find any Place in the Heavens, by having its Lati- tude and Longitude given. Fix the quadrant, as in the last problem ; let it cut the longitude given on the ecliptic ; then seek the latitude on the quadrant, and the place under it is the place sought. Thus, if I am asked what part of the heavens that is, whose longitude is 6G° 30', and latitude o° 30' S., I find it is that space which Aldebaran occupies. Def. The declination of any heavenly body is measured upon the meridian from the equinoctial. Problem hi. To find the Dedbrntion of the Sun or any Star. Bring the sun or star to the brazen meridian, and then as far as it is in degrees from the equinoctial is its declination. Thus the sun's declination, April 19, is 11° 19' north. On the 1st of De- cember it is 2P 54' south. What is the declination of the sun on tlie 10th of Februarv. and the 15th of May ? '' Def. The nght ascension of any heavenly body is its distance from the first meridian, or that which passes through the first point of Aries, counted on the equinoctial. Problem iv. To find the Right .Ascension of the Sun or of any ^ar Bring the sun's place, or that of the star, to the brazen meridian ; and the number or degrees on the equator, between that meridian and the first point of Aries, is the right ascension. Thus the sun's right ascension on April 19th is 27° 30' : on the 1st of December, 247° 30'. CONSTRUCTION OF MAPS. There are four methods of representing the Earth's surface, viz. the Orthographic, the Stereogravhic, the Globular, and Mercator's Projections ; all of which have their respective advantages and de- fects. The two latter methods approach nearest the truth, and are most generally in use. Globular Projection. The Globular Projection of the Sphere ex- hibits its surface by means of curve lines called Circles of Longi- tude, and Parallels of Latitude. Mercaior's Projection. Mercator's Chart exhibits the projection of the two hemispheres, laid down upon a plane, with all the cir- cles of latitude and longitude projected into straight lines. The lines of longitude are all equidistant, and parallel to each other; the lines of latitude are also all parallel, but not equidistant. problems. 1. To divide a given Line into two equal Farts. Let A B, fig. 1, be the given line. With the points A and B as centres, with any distance in the compasses greater than half A B, describe the arcs intersecting each other in rn and n, — — . — n— 5 —- ^. .,,>.. .,.,v..i T.titirr mc iixic Will divide A B into two equal parts #^ _ _ 7K v> n, asiu U asA CONSTRUCTION OF MAPS. 2. To sreci a Perpendicular on a given Point in a Line- Let A B, fiff. 2, be the ffiven line, and C the given point. On each side of point C measure oiF equal distances to a and b. From the centres a and b, with any distance greater than a C or h iC, describe two arcs intersecting each other in c. Through C and c draw the line C c, and it will be perpendicular to the line A B. 3. To let fall a Perpendicular from a given Point. This is the 2d problem reversed, and one figure nlay serve for both. From the given point D, at any distance, describe an arc, inter- secting A B m a and b. Proceed exactly as in problem 2d, only describing the arcs below the line A B, and the line D C £ will be tiie perpendicular re- quired. Projection of Maps. I. To draw a Map of the World on the Globular ProjeAAion. (See plate I. fig. 3 ) Ist. Describe the circle N E S W ; and draw right lines cutting one another at right angles in the centre. N S will represent the axis of the earth, and W £ the equator. 2d. Divide each quarter of tlicsc right lines into nine equal parts, proceeding from the centre to the circumference ; each division will represent ten degrees, and may be numbered accordingly. Those On the axis will represent the latitude, and are to be num bered from the equator towards the pole, 10,20, &c. Those on the equator will represent the longitude, and are to be numbered so as to correspond with whatever point is fixed on as a first meridian. Figure 3 is supposed to be the western hemisphere, and Lonciiin to be the first meridian ; and this, by the usual method of projecting maps of the world, will fix the. axis as 110, from whence- the num- bers are continued westward, 120, 130, «fec. 3d. Divide the four quarters of the outward circle into nine equal parts, respectively, proceeding from the equator to the poles, and number them 10, 20, &c. To draw the Parallels of Latitude. The general rule is, to guide the compasses so that the lines may pass through the divisions in the outward edges and axis respectively, from 80 to 90. This, however, is attended with some diflScuIty, because, the radii of the different lines being different, each requires a new centre. The centres can be easily found by the following process. Draw right lines from the divisions on the axis to those on the circumlerence respectively, as a — a, fig. 3. Divide these right lines into two equal parts, and from the middle, i&, let fall perpendiculars to a right line extending from the axis south or north, as bbc; the p'itces where they respectively cut, will be the centres, as c. To draw the Lines of longitude. Guide the compas?'es so '.'sat the lines may respectively jid^s through the divisions in t!;*^ equator and the poles. The cent.vai points are found exactly ■:> '(he same way as the latitude. (See fig. 3, d rf e ef) ^ w >' fit* 1 1 ft 7/1. i'uj«>cti«»n - n — — — 1 r r— ■'F r _. JL. - "'1 — H — — i 1 — i An _5 »/» r//./»p M — — -^ ._, - 1 _ _j [ 1 ■" - ~1 E So JoXf ta o JO K Jo jtiy. *. r>-— _^ "* no los loo o.i t,o as tlo 55 ^ ;n^ .. . ^ ■ 30 ^* ■*- CONSTRICTION OF MAPS. 255 II. Tu draw a Map of the World on the Polar Projutum. (Sec plale I. fig. 4.) In the pol" projection, the norlliern and southern hemispheres are projected on the plane of the equator, the poles being in the centre. It is but little used, as it exhibits the countries near tho poles to the greatest advantage, while those near Iho equator which are of more importance, are much distorted. It is extremely simple, and is executed by fixing one foot of the compasses in the poles, describing nine circles equidistant from each other, to represent the parallels of latitude, the circles beinff ten degrees aparc. ° Divide Uie outer circle, or equator, into thirty-six equal parts, and draw lines from the pole to each point in the equator. These will represent the meridians of longitude. III. To draw a Map of the World on Mercator's Projection. (See plate II. fig. 5.) Lay out the map n any size that may be wanted. Draw the line L W to represent tiie equator, and the line N S, for a meridian of longitude. Draw right lines parallel to the line N S, east and west of it, to represent 10 degrees of longitude each. To draw the parallels of 'atitude, have recourse to the table of meridional parts, page 257, and graduate the scale between them agreeably to it. The principle on which this table is constructed IS explained m a note prefixed to it. Its practical application is to add the meridional paits, over CO, to the scale of every degree of laUtude, as you proceed north and south of the equator. ITius, in the first 10 degrees, there are only 3 meridional parts over 60; tliat IS, 3 ports are to be added to COO. Between 10 and 20, 22 are to be added to COO ; between 20 and 30, add C3 ; between 30 and 40, add 135 ; between 40 and oO, add 251 ; between 50 and 60, add 453; between CO and 70, add 837 between 70 and 80, add 1809 • the last is 9 more than 30 times tSO, extending the scale between 70 and 80 to more than 4 times that between P and 10°. The mend- ional parts increase so fast above 80 degrees, tliat it is not judged of importance to pursue the subject farther. The projection being made, tlie map is to be filled up with ap- propriate matter. The few places laid down in fig. 5, will serre as a specimen. Maps on this projection are usually shaded ot the land side ; other maps on the water side. IV. To draw a Mm .inthc Compound Projection. (See plate II. fi , 6. — fig 6. a. and fig. 6. b.) This is termed the compound projection, because it is composed of the polar projection, and plain projection Having fixed upon your scale, measure oli the number of miles agreeably to it between the southern extremity (supposing the map to be in the northern hemisphere), and the north pole. Take the polar point as a centre (see fig. C, a), in which fix one leg of the conipasses, and with the other sweep the circular lines in fig. 6. 30, 35, 40, 45. Lay off the line M L as your centre meridian! Look into the tali 3 of miles in a deirree of longitude conesnond^nsr '^56 CONSTRUCTION OF MAPS. to every de^eo of latitudo, page 257, for the dlstancps at 30® and 45*^ respectively. Adjust tlic corrcnnondini; diHtancoH to the scale of the map, and lay it off on the lines 3() and 45 to the east and west of M L, then draw riffht lines between them. The circular lines will represent the parallels of latitude, and the right lines me- ridians of longitude. In some maps on this prnjcction, the meridU bns of longitude are drawn from tiie pole towuruH the equator. Hut this method is very erroneous, as will be seen by the figure. Fig. G. b, represents the circumference of the compound projection, an- swering to th'e equator, with the distances laid off on it agreeably to the scale ; ana the dotted lines running lhrou;Th the western part of fig. 6, represont the meridians, projected from thence to tiie cen- tre or polar point. When contrasted with the plain lines, which are laid down from measurement, they at once demonstrate the error. v. To draw a Map on the Plain Projection. (See Plate II. fig. 7.) L>raw M L as a central meridian, and cross it at right angles with the lines 30 to 45. Look in the table of miles in a degree of longi tude corresponding to every degree of latitude, for the distances at 30° and 45° respectively. Adjust them, and lay them off as direct- ed in the compound projection, and draw right lines between them. It will be seen, that the compound projection and plain projection represent nearly the same space. Eitiier of them answers very well for a small tract of country. When it is large, other modifi- cations, particularly the globular projection, and a compound of the globular projection and plain projection, are resorted to. Jibte.^'The first Table on the following page is so constructed that the meridional parts may increase, as Uic distances between the meridians of longitude on the globe decrease. In this way, the de- grees of latitude and longitude are made to preserve their true pro- portions to each other, Uie former increasing on the map in the same ratio that the latter diminish on the spnere. In navigation books, there are tables showing the meridional parts for every mile, as we 1 as every degree ; the parts in each degree, however, are BulEcicnt to show the principle, as well as for constructing maoa on Mercat^r's projection. 257 TABLE tf iht Meridional Parts in a Degree of Latitude fur every Degree oj Ixnigitude, calculating each part equal to a geographical mUt at tht equator f GO miles to a degree. Dog. Mor. Paru. Dcg. Mor. Parts. Deg. Mer. Parti . Deg. Mer. Part*. 1 «0 22 1864 43 2863 64 6089 2 120 28 1419 44 2946 65 6179 8 ISO 24 1484 46 8030 66 6324 4 240 26 1650 46 8116 67 6474 6 800 26 1616 47 8203 68 5631 6 861 27 1684 48 3292 69 6795 7 421 28 1761 49 S382 70 6966 8 4S2 29 1819 60 8474 71 6146 9 612 SO 1888 61 8669 72 6335 lii 603 81 1968 62 3G66 73 6634 11 664 82 2028 63 8761 74 6746 12 726 S3 2100 64 3865 76 6970 18 787 84 2171 56 8968 76 7210 14 848 36 2244 66 4074 77 7467 IS 910 86 2318 67 4188 78 7745 16 978 37 2393 68 4294 79 8046 17 1036 88 2468 69 4409 80 8875 18 1098 89 2645 60 4527 81 8739 19 1161 40 2623 61 4649 82 9143 20 1226 41 2702 62 4775 88 9606 21 1289 42 2782 63 4905 84 10187 TABLE alunctng the Length of a Degree of l/mgitude for every Degree of Latitude in Geographical Miles. Deg. Lat. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 16 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 Milea. Deg Lat. Miles. Deg. Lot . Milei. 59,96 24 54,81 47 41,00 59,94 25 54,38 48 40,15 69,92 26 54,00 49 39.86 59,86 27 63,44 50 38,57 59,77 28 53,00 51 37,73 69.67 29 52,48 52 37,0C 69,56 80 51,96 53 36,1£ 59,40 31 61,43 54 35,26 59,20 82 50,83 55 84,41 59,18 33 50,32 56 33,55 58,89 34 49,74 57 32,67 58,68 85 49,15 68 81,70 58,46 86 48,54 59 80,90 58,22 87 47,92 60 30,00 58,00 88 47,28 61 29,04 57,60 39 46,62 62 28,17 67,80 40 46,00 63 27,24 57,04 41 45,28 64 26,30 56,73 42 44,95 65 26,86 56.38 43 43,83 66 24,41 56.00 44 43.16 67 23.45 55,63 45 42.43 68 22,48 55,23 46 41,68 6» 21,51 Dei;. Lat. Milea. 70 20,52 71 19.64 72 18.66 73 17,54 74 16,53 75 15,52 76 14.61 77 13,60 78 12,48 79 11,45 80 10,42 81 09,88 82 08,35 83 07,32 84 06,28 85 05.23 86 04,18 87 03,14 S3 02,09 89 01,05 90 00,00 ANCl ELEMENTS OP ANCIENT CLASSICAL AND SCRIPTURE GEOGRAPHY. 33 Tlie f( Scripture nection w accompan Atlas rela Scripture i Some k to every < vantage ; with on C! tory. Th< or celebrity they have tioned. Scriptun of in a I the most n£ Irat ng and il^ NOTE. The following outlines of Ancient Class' :al and Scripture Geography, are designed to be used in cor- nection with the Ancient and Scripture Atlas, which accompanies the work. The four larger maps in the Atlas relate to Classical and the six smaller ones to bcripture Geography. Some knowledge of Ancient Geography is necessary to every one who would read ancient history with ad- vantage ; and the following outlines have been prepared with an especial design of facilitating the study of his- tory. Those places which have an historical importance or celebrity are noticed, and the circumstances by which they have been rendered memorable are briefly men- tioned. Scripture Geography is, in a great measure, treated of m a chronological manner. This method seems the most natural ; and it is also the most useful in illus- Iratng and facilitating the study of Sacred History. -^ AI 1. Ancic e,xisted in then know 2. Geogi a vast nun JatJng, by < ages. 3. In ea appears to eel by an < darkness. 4. Thot Ancient 2. What is earth 4. What is Greel QUEJ What sea sej situat Moeol sea? sea? Germ Where was f lespor phoru What sea be Brilai What islanc What Eart c !ntai via? lllyri( donia Jberia Phoen ANCIENT GEOGRAPHY. iNTRODUCTOnV ReMARKS. 1. Ancient Geography is a description of the earth as it existed in ancient times, or of that part of it which was men Itnown. 2. Geography is a science of slow growth. It comprises a vast number of facts, which have been gradually accumu- lating, by observation and inquiry, during a long series of ages. 3. In earlv times, the earth was supposed to be, as it appears to the senses, an immense circular plain, surround- ed by an ocean of unknown extent, and by impenetrable darkness. 4. Though mankind gradually acquired more correct ■ ■ ■ Ancient GEooRAPuy. — 1. What is ancient geography ? 2. What is said of the science of geography ? 3. What \^ as the earth in ancient times supposed to be .-* 4. What is said of the knowledge of geography possessed by tlie Greeks and Romans ? Questions on the Map of tue Roman Empire. What sea separates Europe from Africa? How was the Mgman sea situated? The Euxine? The Propontis? The Palus MoBotis ? The Caspian sea ? The Red sea ? The Ionian sea? The Adriatic sea or gulf ? The Tuscan or Tyrrliene Bea ? The Aquitaine ocean ? The Hibernian sea i The German ocean ? The Codanian sea or gulf? Where was the Gallic strait? The strait of Hercules ? The Hel- lespont? The ThracianBosphorus? The Cimmerian Bo»- phorus ? The Syrtis Major ? The Syrtis Minor ? What sea between Britain and Hibernia ? What . i.i south of Britain ? What islands in the Hibernian sea ? What islands east of Spain ? Wb-.t ones southwest of Italy ? What one south of the Jl4yla, on tho opposite shore n Africa, were celebrated among 'the an° cients as the PUlarn of Hercules. ^ " -ni?' ^"l"*" e'"braced the country now called Portugal' some of ns owns ncre Olisip'po, now Lisbon j Ca/Ye,To^v Oporto, ConMn'6nca, now Coimbra. *'*^j "ow GAUL. 1. Gaul, which was called hy the Greeks Gala' tin and ^o !fn?Tr • ' ^IJ^''- ^T'f ^'»^°' compr-^hended Fr'ance Holland, Belgium, Sw.tzer! mJ, and part of Germany. *u r,«^°^^"«'"^">'*^'V'Jed amonrr three ^reat nations th^ Bd'gie, Ce/'/a;, and the -V^'a'/r/ T and iVthc Romans It was fornied into the four fallowing provin^ces. cS the Four Gauls name y, GaVlia IM^Hcl,' Gal'lia LufriuneM "^^^^^l^^ca, AquMa'ma, and Gal'lla Narbonensis or Provin'cia tiou. neonl^"" in °'^ a warlike, barbarous, and superstil V.?^ liP • P ®- ^ ^^7 °^®'"«^ ^"'"an victims in snrrifice poter ^"''''' ''^^ '"''■' '^^^"^ ^'•"*'^' P«««"^«'^ g'^e'^ 4. The principal rivers were the Rhc'7ius, now Rhine • Scheldt i iict/uana, now Seine ; Li'ger, now Loire • GaruJ na now Garonne; iJAorf'anu,, nov/Rhone ^ /J ,?"^%»°^ ***® principal towns in Gal'lia BelVica were ^ugm'la TVcvo'rum, now Treves ; Colo'nia^g^L^r^^ ZZ CoWne ; Mogunti'acum, now Mentz. -^Snpptna, now R,?;.J1 '^ Lugdunensis were Lugdu'mm, now Lyons, ■ BiArac-/e, now Autun ; Ak'sia, famou s for a siege ; 7cZ'' ^" ^«nH°^^?'P^ ^"'^ ^^y'*- ^0- ^hat did Lusitania embrace and what were some of its towns ? tmorace Gaul. --l What is said of Gaul ? 9 By what nations was it i. W^a^rwS A tha^T''^^'^•^ 3. Wha{issaid"onrS;; Lugdunensis? ^^^'^°^'"« '" ^^^^'^ ^elgica? G. I„ Gallia ^irijGtu'Zi^^T'A--'^^^' '"^""t'^i"^ divided Spain irom Uaul ? What islands were to the east of Spain ? What Jonens^!; p'^'r "r"' ", "^^""^ P""'' °^ ^P^'" ^-« ^^ Term- ed" S„ ?^"f \r L"«itania ? How was Tarracu situat- duba. Kr; ^''."'T'''' ?'"'^t"™-^ Gades? Cor webt? "* '" tlic. south In tj,c oast? la the GAUL. f 7. Some of the towns of A.juituino were nuixlie'nla now Bordeaux; Jlvan' cum, no^y lio urges j Umo'numfnZ'Tol 8. In Oallia Nnrboncsis were J^emau'sw,, now Nismes mIV m^ '®^" I ,^''''' ^''^ "«^ Toulouse ; Massil'ia, now Marseilles ; ^reW, now Aries; Vien'na, now Vbnne^ Jforum Juhi, now Frojus, the birthplace of Agricola. GERMANY. t«!hj\}^'f'V ^'^'Tr^ extended from the Rhenus or Rhine tor^J^Datu"^^^^^^ '" Codanian or Baltic sea to t^^ 2. The ancient Germans consisted of various tribes or nations, and wore a rude, superstitious, and warlike people. 3. home of the principal nations were the Sue'vi, He,\n%'- nes htmv'ones, Vxn'dtli or Vamlah, Fru/ii or Frisons, Ah- vian'nx, Sax'ons, Anglts, and Cimbri. orisons, mc J- The pnncipal rivers were the /s'fer, now Danube : the ^6w, now Libe ; the Vxsur^gis, now Weser ; the Viadru! uow Oder; and the Vis' tula. ' '^ »««'«*» thf ' H ^^-^-^ portion of Germany was anciently covered by the Hyrctnian Forest, which was of great extent, and in- cludecTpart of Switzerland an vujura 7. What towns in Aquitaine ? 8. In Gallia Narbonensis ? 9^w^^^■''^~}^ y^}"^^ ^^''^ ^'^® ^""^''^ of '-'"cient Germany? -i. What IS said of the ancient Germans ? 3. What weie some of the principal nations? 4. Rivers? 5. What is said of the Wyrcmian Forest ? See Man of the Roman Empire. — In what part of Gaul were the HelgiB ? In what part Narbonensis ? Aquitaine ? Lugdun- ensis? Helvetia? What ocean was west of Gaul? How was Co omaAgrippina situated? Lugdunum ? Lutetia? ourdigala ? Massilia ? What rivers bounded Germany on the east, west, and south ? What rivers flowing to the north ? WJiat nations resided in the northern part? In the southern ? In the eastern ? In the western ? IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-3) V. /> l^.^.<^4. {/ :/. .^^4^ % % 1.0 I.I \^ 12'? u 2.2 20 L8 L25 ill 1.4 III 1.6 V] <^ 7: >> i>^^f J^ /A 7 Photographic Sciences Corporation 23 WEST MAIN STREET WEBSTER, N.Y. 14580 (716) 872-4503 8 SARMATIA. '■■,¥• SARMATIA. 1. Sarmatiaj a country anciently inhabited by various barbarous tribes, lay north of Dacia and the Euxino sea, Rnd east of Germany. 2. The principal rivers were the Vis'tula, the BorysHheneSy now Dnieper ; the Tan'aisy now Don j the Rha^ now Vol- ga ; and the Rv^Oy now Dwina. 3. Some of the towns were Taphr> See Map of the Roman Empire. — How was Dacia bounded? How was McEsia situated ? Jazyges ? Geta) ? What rivers flowed through the southern part of Dacia ? What rivers flowed into the Ister ? Plow was Ulpia Traj ana situated ? Sardi* ca ? JNaissus ' What towns on the Ister now Arno : the ^««ur'nu5, now Volturno; and the ^u'fiJus, now Ofan- to.— ■ Lake IhrasymehiHS or Trasime'nus, now Perugia, is noted for a victory of Hannibal. 16. Some of the principal towns of Etruria, were Pl'soi. now i'lsa, once noted for commerce ; Floren'tia, now T'lor- ence ; Lu'ca, noAV Lucca ; Clu'sium, famous for its siege by the Gauls, under Brennus ; Ve!ii, for having been a rival ot Kome, and for its capture by Camillus. 17. In Um'bria, were ^rim'inum, now Rimini ; Spole'tium, now bpoleto ; Interam'na, noted as the birthplace of the historian Tacitus. 18. In Pice'nu m, were Anco'na ; ^s'cidum, now Ascoli 10. What towns in Hislria and Venetia? 11. What ones west of V^netia and north of the Po? 12. What ones south of the 1 o .■' 13. V\ hat ones in Liguria ? 14. What did Italy Prop, ercomprise? 15. What rivers? 16. What towns in Etru na? 17, InUmbria.^ IS. In riccnura .' 8» 13 ITALY. noted for the defeat of Pyrrhus by Fa!)ricius ; Sul'mo, now Sulrnona, as the birthplace of the poet Ovid ; on the south border was Ti'bur, now Tivoli, famous for its villas. 19. In Latium, was the great city of Rome, situated on the Tiber, and built on seven hills. It was the capital of the Roman Empire, to which it gave name, and was, for a long time, the largest and most powerful city in the world, and renowned in arts and arms. It now contains many monuments of its ancient greatness, the most remarkable of which is the Colise'um. 20. The seven hills on which Rome was built, were the Palatine, Capitoline, Quirinal, Viminal, Esquiline, Ccvlian, and Aventine. 21. On the Capitoline hill the Capilol was built ; and here also was the Tarpc'ian Rock, down which the Romans threw their condemned criminals. 22. Some other towns of Latium, were Os'tia, noted as the port of Rome ; M'ba Lon'ga, for having been once a rival of Rome ; Ar'dea, as the capital of the Ru'tuli ; w3n'- iium and Prasnes'te, for temples of Fortune the former also as the capital of the Volsci ; Tus'culum, for a villa of Cicero ; Arpi'num, as the birthplace of Marius and Cicero. 23. Cap'ua, the capital of Campania, was noted as a lux- urious city ; Neap'olis, now Naples, fir.4t called Parihen'opc, from the name of one of the Sirens who is fabled to have lived there, was the favorite residence of Virgil. 24. Some of the other towns of Campania and Samniim, were Cu'mm, noted as the residence of the Cumrean Sibyl ; Puleoli and Ua'ice, (near the lake and cave o£ Aver'nus, where was the fabulous descent to hell,) for baths and min- eral waters ; Beneven'tum, now Benevento, for the defeat of Pyrrhus, and for remains of ancient sculpture ; Al'lifa, for pottery ; Faler'num, for wine ; Vena' f rum, for olives , Cau'dium, for the ignominious defeat of the Romans by the Samnites ; No'la, for the defeat of Hannibal, and the invention of bells ; Hercula'ncum and Pompeii, for their destruction by an eruption of Vesuvius. 25. In Apulia, were Can'nce, celebrated for the greatest victory of Hannibal over the Romans ; Venu'sia, as the birthplace of the poet Horace ; Luce'ria, for wool. 26. In Cala'hria, were Brundu'sium, now Brin'disi, noted for its harbor, as the place of embarkation to Greece, and 19. What towns in Latium ? 20 On what hills was Rome built ? 81. What is said of Capitoline hill? 22. What other towns in L&- tium ? 23. What is said of Capua and Neapolis ? 24. What other towns in Campania and Samnium ? 25. What towns in Apulia ? 2G. In Calabria ? ITALY. ,^- for the death of Virgil : Taren'tum, now Tarento, for com- merce : Mahinum^ for bees. 27. In Luca'nia, were Pces'tunij once noted for roses now for ruins ; Meiapon'tum, for a school of Pythairoras ; «y6'ari», for the effeminacy of its inhabitants. 28. In the Bruttii, were Croto'na) noted for a school of Pythagoras : Metau'rua, a town and small river, for the de- feat of the Carthaginian General As'drubal. 29. The four principal Boman Roads were the Wa ^p«a, from Rome by Capua to Brundusium : the Vta Flamxn'ta, from Home to Ariminum ; the Vi'a Jure'lia. by the coast of Etruria, to Lizuria and Gaul, near Nice ; and the Vi'a Clau'dia, which branched off fVom the Via Fla- minia, near Rome, and proceeding through the more inland part of Etruria, joined the Via Aurelia at Luca. Italiait Islands. SO. SiciLT, the largest and most important island in the Mediterranean, was, on account of its fertility, esteemed one of the granaries of the Roman Empire. 31. It was anciently called Sica'nia, from the Sica'nl, who at one period possessed it ; and Trma'eria, from its having three promontories at its three angles, PeWrwn, in the north, Paehy'num, in the south, and E'ryx, or Idlyhtt'- um, in the west. 32. Each of the promontories had a celebrated temple ; ae Pelorum was that of Neptune ; at Pachynum, that of • Apollo J and near Lilybseum, on Mount Eryx, that of Venus. 83. Near the east end of Sicily is the famous volcano of Mount ^tna, which has been celebrated from the earliest ages, and which was represented by the ancient poets as the forge of Vulcan, the god of fire, who here employed his workmen, the Cyclops, in fabricating thunderbolts for Jupiter. 84. The poets also fabled that the giaut Typhce'us, or Typhon, was buried under Sicily, Pelorum and Pachynum bein^ placed on each arm, Lilybeeum on his feet, and JEtna on his head ; and that the earthquakes and eruptions of the mountain were caused by his attempts to move. 85. Mount Hy'bia, north of Syracuse, was famous for 27. What towns in Lucnnia ? 28. In the Bruttii ? 29. What were the four principal Roman roade ? 30. What is eaid of Sici- ly .!* 31. By what other names was it known.' 32. What temples were on the three promontories ? 33. What is said of Mount JEtna. .? 34. What else was fabled by ♦Jie poeta ' iK>. VT n-ixi. la Siiiu til iTiount nyoia ana mc piain oi £inns r .24* *^ 14 ITALY. honey ; the plain of En'na, and the lake Fergus, in tlio in- terior, for the carrying away of Proa'erpine, by Pluto, to the shades below, 86. The whirlpool of Charyb'dia, on the coast of Sicily, in the Sicilian strait, and the promontory or high rock of SeyUla, opposite to it on the shore of Italy, were proverbial umonff the ancients as objects of terror ; but they are now little dreaded. S7. Syr'aeuse, the ancient nr)etropolis of Sicily, was a great, commercial, and powerful city, memorable foi the •defeat of the Athenians, for its siege by the Romans, and for the exploits of Archime'dcs in its defence. 38. Some of the other towns were »Bgrieen'tum, now Girgenti, noted for a temple of Jupiter ; Luybce'um, now Marsala, for its siege by the Romans in the first Punic war; Cat'ana, now Catania, for a temple of Ceres ; Drep'- anum, now Trapani, for tho death of Anchi'ses ; Agyr't- utAy as the birthplace of Diodo'rus Sic'ulus ; Panor'mus, now Palermo ; Juessa'na, now Messina ; Leonli'ni, now Lentini. 39» Sardiitia was called by the Greeks Ichnu'sa, from the fancied resemblance of its form to the print of a foot. 40. It was noted for its unwholesome air and bitter herbs ; and fVom its inhabitants, the forced or grinning laugh, called the Sardonic, took its name. The principal town was Car' nlis, now Cagliari. 41. Corsica, called by the Greeks Cyr'nos, was noted for its yew trees and bitter honey. 42. MeVite, or MeVita, now Malta, was noted for the shipwreck of St. Paul on his voyage to Rome. 4S. The tMo'lian Islands, now Lipari Islands, were nam- 36. What is said of Charybdis and Scylla ? 37. Syracuse? 38. What other towns ? 39. What is said of Sardinia ? 40. For what was it noted? 41. What of Corsica? 42. Melite? 43. The iEolian Islands ? See Map of Italy. — How was Tergeste situated ? Aquileia ? Patavium? Verona? Tridentum? Ravenna? Mantua? Mutina? Placentla? Mediolamim? Comura ? Genua? Kice? Pisa? Proaneste? Ardea? Tusculum ? Capua? Ne- apolis? Beneventum? Nola? Cannse ? Venusia? Brundu- Slum ? Tarentum ? M etapontum ? Sybaris ? Crotona ? Scylla ? In what part of Sicily was the promontory of Pelorum ? Pachy- num ? Lilyboeum ? How is ^tna situated ? Syracuse? Kg- rigentum ? Panormus ? Catana ? Enna ? Drepanum ? 1 n what direction from Sicily was Carthage ? In what part of Sar dinia was Curalis ? GREECE. 15 from Vulcan, the god of fire, on account of their volcanoes GliEECE, TAc ParlhenoTU ' }. Greece, the most renowned country in the worW with regard to literature and the arts, was very incon7der able lu extent ; and, exclusive of MacJoniraJ^d Erufit i.tUe exceeded, m size, the half of the state of New Sk ing commerce with other ancient nations. ■ '''^'^' 4. It comprised many small indep endent states, which 44. What other Islands ? " ' '~ ' Greece. — 1. What is said of Greece ' 9 Whnf nt «k« „ -MUliwii . t. vvnnt ol us political rnnijiiioR ? 16 GREECE. had different kinds of government ; though, for a consider able time, republican rurms M'ere prevalent. 5. Greece comprehended Thet'aaly, Oreeee Proper, and the Peloponne'tw, together with numerous islands: in the most extensive sense, it included also Maeedo'nia and Epi'- rm ; and the Greelcs established colonies in Thraee, Ana Minor, Italy, and Sicily. 6. The Romans, after having conquered Greece, divided the country into two provinces ; Aeha'ia, which comprised Greece Proper and the Peloponnesus, and of which the capital wos Cor'inth ; and Maetdonia, which included Thessaly, Epirus, and Macedonia, and of which the capi- tal was Thessaloni'ca. 7. Greece was called by the natives HelUu, and the in- habitants HelWnet ; but by the poets they were often call- ed Dan'ai, Ptlat'gi, Jlrgi'vi, Mi'vi, Achce't, &c. 8. With regard to genius, literature, the arts, love of lib- erty, and heroism, the Greeks were unrivalled among the nations of antiquity. Their language is esteemed the most perfect that was ever spoken, and their writings the finest models of tMte. ■ : •■■■' Thraci. 1. Thrace, a barbarous country mostly in the interior; did not properly form a part of Greece, though it had many Greek colonies on its coast. 2. On the Thrncian Bosphorus was the famous city of Byzan'tiumt now Constantinople. *• Se$'toa, on the western shore of the Hellespont, and Mky'do; on the eastern shore opposite, were noted for be- mg situated where Xerxes built his famous bridge of boats, and where Leander was drowned in swimming across the strait to visit his mistress Hero. 4. Some of the other to^yns were Mde'ra, noted as the 6. What did it eomprehend ? 6. How was Greece divided »f»er its conquest by the Romans ? 7. What were the Vihabitants called f 8. What is said of the Greeks ? Trracx. — 1. What is said of Thrace? 2. What city on the Thracian Boaphorus ? 3. What is said of Seston and Aby- dos? 4. What other towns ? See Map of Oreeee. — How was Macedonia sitaaled ? Epirua ' Thessaly ? Peloponnesus ? The island of Crete ? Eabisa ' What islands on the west coast of Greece ? Where the gulf of Corinth? The Saronic gulf ? The Therniaic gulf ? What gulf on the south of the Peloponnesus ? What ffulfs on the east eoast of Greece ' 5. What is GRliECE. 17 lnrlhj»liicc of Dcmoc'ritus, tlio laugliin between Mount Ida and the sea, was Troy or Jltum, fajnous for a siege often years, which it sustained againat the Greeks, and which has been iuimortalized liv the genius of Homer. ^ 9. In Mi/sia, were Per'gamus, on the Ca-i'cus, once the capital of a kingdom, noted as the royal city of Eu'menei as Che birthplace of Galen, and for its great library ; Lamp'!. 'rT'iSr, *^® worship of Priu'pus ; Sigrz'um, for the tomb oi Achilles; Mif'dos, opposite to Sestos ; Jls'sos and ^i- romyfYtum, mentioned in the travels of St. Paul. la Eph'emSi in Ionia, was anciently a large and splendid city, the capital of the proconsular province of Asia, mem- orable in the travels and epistles of St. Paul, noted as the seat of one of the Seven Churches mentioned by St. John, and for the temple of Diana, one of the seven wonders of the world. n. •Smyr'na, anciently a rich commercial city, and now the largest in Natolia, was noted as one of the seven cities that claimed the honor of giving birth to Homer. The whole seven are enumerated in the following line : *^ Smyrna, Chios, Colophon, Salamis, Rhodus,Jlrgos, ^thence.'* 12. Mle'tus, once the capital of Jonia, a large citv, was noted for its great commerce, for a temple and oracle of Ajjollo, aa the birthplace of Thales, one of the Seven Wise ?? a ^'^^^^> ^^^ o^ Anaximander. 13. Some other towns in Ionia were Mye'a-le, noted for a victorj of the Greeks over the Persians: Er'ythrce, as the residence of one of the Sibyls ; Prie'ne, as the birthplace ot Bias, one of the Seven Wise Men of Greece ; Te'os, as in* WK^J •" ^^ ?^J[°^ • ^- ^^""^ ^"""^"^ ^^ere there in Mysia' ?S' St*J'?v^'^°^^P*'««"^- »• Smyrna? 12. Miletus ? lA What other towns in Ionia, and for what noted ? Su Map of .^sia Minor. — What sea was on the north of Aski Minor.' VVhat one south.' What one west.' How wa^ ProponUs situated .'What strait connected the Propontis with the JEgtean sea .? What connected it with the Euxine ' What wlandslay west of Asia Minor.' What island south ' What countries of Asia Minor were situated on the Euxine ' tPrr»*n.Tf ''wJ^'^^*^" '.^^ " ^^^^^ «»«« ^^ the Medi- .wT. i What ones in the interior.' What rivers flowed into the ^go3an sea .' What ones into the Euxine .' WJiat ones into Uic Mediterranean ? What ones into the Propontis ' ASIA MINOR. 87, the birtbpla.. '.^ 14. In Lijd'ia, were Sar'dis, the capital, noted as the resi- dence of the proverbially rich king CrcBsus ; PhiladtVphia, and Ihyattra, together with Sardis, as seats of three of the beveii Churches ; Magiie'si't; for the defeat of Anti'ochua the Great by Seipio. 15. The capital of Caria was Hidicarnas'sus, famous for Its J^auw/e'tm the tomb of kincr Mausolu.^, accounte.l one of the Seven Wonders of the Worl.l, also the birthplace of Herod'otus, the father of history, Dionysius Halicurnassen'- sjs, the historian and critic, and Hcracli'tus, the weepinff philosopher. Cm'dus was noted for a statue of Venus, and for a battle between the Atlrenians and Spartans. 16. In Lucia, was Pat'ara, noted for an oracle of Apollo 17. In Pamphylia and Pisidia, were AUali'a, Per'ffa, and ^n'tioch, mentioned in the travels of St. Paul. 18. ki CUicia, were Tar'sua, the capital, on the Cydnus once a large city, noted for the arts and sciences, and as the birthplace of St. Pat'" ; h'sus, for a great victory of Al- exander over Darius ; Anchi'a-k, for the tomb of the effemi- nate king Sardanapa'lus. 19. In Phrygia, were Laodice% the seat of one of the seven churches of Asia ; Colos'sa, to whose inhabitants St. Paul addressed an espistle ; Hierap'otis, noted for hot-baths : /p'*iM,ior a famous battle between the surviving generals nn'^af "^®^' *" ^^'"'^'^ Antig'onus was defeated and slain. 20. Ihe eastern part of Phrygia was called Lycao'nia, in which were Ico'nium, Der'be, and Lys'tra, mentioned in the travels of St. Paul. 21. In Galatia, were Anajra, now Angora, and Gor'dium, where Alexander cut the Gordian knot. — To the Gala- tians, the inhabitants of this country, St. Paul addressed an epistle. 22. In Bitkynia, were Mcomc'dia, the capital, now la- mid ; Mce, now Isnik, also once the capital, noted for the first general council, which framed the Nicene Creed • Prusa, now Bursa ; Chnlce'don, famous for a council against the Eutych'ians ; lAhys'sa, for the tomb of Hannibal ; Heracte'a, for its naval importance. 23. In Paphl(^onia, was Sino'pe, which was the capital 14. What ones in Lydia? 15. Caria? IG. Lycia? 17. Pamphy- lia and Pisidia ? 18. What towns in Cilicia? 19. Phrygia' 20. Lycaonia?' 21. Galatia? 29. Bithynia." 23. Paphia gonia ^ " r ASIA MlNOa. of the kingdom of Pontus in the time of Mitliridn'tcs, and was the birthplace of Diog'enes, the Cynic philosopher. 24. In PontiiSi were Amn'sia, noted as the hirthploce of Mithridutcs the Great, and Strabo the geographer ; TVape'- ZV9, now Trebisond, as a place of renown under the empe- rors of the JSastern empire ; Cer'asus, now Keresoun, for giving name to cherries, which were first brought from this place to Rome ; Themia'cyra^ as a town of the Amazons • Ztfla or Zc'lia, os the place where Caesar defeated Pharna- ces with such rapidity, that he wrote the account of his vic- tory to the senate in these three words, " Veni, vidi, vici," 1 carMf I scttCy I conquered. 25. In Cappadocia, were Maz'nca, the ca])ital ; Coma'naj noted for a temple of Bello'na ; Ty'ana, as the birthplace of the impostor Apollonius ; JVazian'zuSj as the birthplace of Gregory Nazianzen. 26. CypruSy a large and fertile island off the coast of Cili cia, was anciently sacred to Venus. 27. Some of the towns of Cyprus were Sal'amis, noted as the chief city ; Pa'phos, for the worship of Venus ; and Ci'tiumf as the birthplace of the stoic philosopher Zeno. COLCHIS, ARMENIA, MESOPOTAMIA, SYRIA, ARABIA. 1. Colchis, situated cast of the Euxine sea, was famous as the scene of the Argonautic expedition, in search of the goldenfleece, which was fubled to be guarded by bulls that breathed fire, and by a dragon that never slept. 2. One of the principal rivers was the -Pha'sis, now Rione, from which the Argonauts are said to have brought away some large birds, hence called pheasants. 3. The chief towns of Colchis were J2'a, the capital, and Cy'tOf noted for poisonous herbs, and for the birth of the sorceress Mede'a. m. What towns iti Pontus? 25. Cappadocia? 2G. "What i« eaid of Cyprus ? 27. What towns ? Colchis, Armenia, &c. — 1. What is said of Colchis ? 2. What river ? 3, Towns .* Sec Map of Jlsia Minor. — How was Troy situated ? Pergamus i Nice .-* Prusa ? What towns were on the Propontis ? What ones on the Hellespont ? How was Smyrna situated ? Sar- dis? Philadelphia? Ephesus? Miletus? Halicarnassus ? Patera ? Tarsus ? Issus ? Iconium ? Ipsus ? Laodicea ? Gordium? Heraclea ? Sinopc ? Amasia? Trapezus? Zela? Cerasus? Mazajca? How is the island of Cyprus eituated? Salamia? Paphos? Citium? u»), once i COLCHIS, AIIAIENIA. Jiuins of Palmyra. A.i«^ t ^ » jnountft'nous country, and contains the famous mountain Ar'arat, on which the ark has, by many! been supposed to have rested after the flood. ^ ^* rr.tZ^^ ^';Mm'/c3 and Ti'gris, two of the largest and most celebrated rivers that were known to the ancients, h c« 151'/''"'*""%'" -^""^"i^- I" the eastern part was lake .^rjt5*a, now Van. ^«^'„T^ n^"",'''r?' ^"A:^"^ "'"'''^^ -^rlaxUtt',, th9 capital ; ^mi'- f^: "r ^"^/^^i^"- ; Tig'-nnocerHrt, noted for its capture by LucuMus, who here found great treasure. ^ 7. Mesopotamia received its name from its situation be- tween the two river., the Euphrates and Tigns. 8. borne of the towns were Edea'sa, now Ourfa, sun- 1. ii t/^"!"""* 7*^ ^^/'rr •" ^'^^ Bi^Je), now Heren, not- ed as the pace from which Abraham departed for Canaan, also for S.ibianism. or the wm-^Uir. r.p i, ' 1.. k„j:_ ' . "J also for Sabianism, or the worship oVTo;rv,;rdy'bodTeX"^^^^^^ sath of Crassus ; Ms'ibis and Circe'ai- for the defeat and dea ^.n..u^. ,,,,,013 ami lArce' urn, once important frontier towns of the Roman empire thf'M T!"" °o"^P''ehended all the country lying between the Mediterranean an d Mesopotamia and Arabia, includinff 4. JJhatissaid of -Armenia? 5. What rivers ? G. Towns' ^^;j.\'«^«aid of Mesopotamia.? b. WJxat towns? U. Whs^t ia 80 MESOPOTAMIA, SYRIA, ARABIA Phanicta ni.d PalesUne. — For a description of the latter see Scripture Gtoaraphy. 10. 1 he principal iriountains are those of Leb'anon, or lAb'anus, and Anitlib'anua ; the largest rivers, the Enohra'- tu and Oron'tes. '^ 11. Damas'ctM, once the capital of the kingdom of Syria and one of the most ancient cities in the world, is celebrat- ed in both sacred and profane history ; and it is noted for giving name to the damascene or damaon plum, the damask rose, and damask silks and linens. 12. J3n'lioch, near the mouth of the Orontes, was once a very largo and splendid city, and the residence of the Mac- edonian kings ot Syria. 19' Palmi/'ra, supposed to bo the same city as Tadmor in the mldernesa, U famous for having been the residence of queen Zonobia, who had for, her secretary Longinus, and who was taken captive by the Roman emperor Aurelian. Here, and also at the site of Heliop'olis, now Bulbec, are MOW found most magnificent ruins of temples of the Sun and other edifices. 14. Samos^ata, was noted as the birthplace of Lucian , ian of 1 7 •° — — — >-• •"■" WW.. ^ vj^u»ic u, iiu*v f uiiiien, aiiu j3»i- phamoy now Hamab, as important cities : Daph'nc, a grove near Antioch, for the worship of Venus. 15. The chief cities of Phanicia, were Tyre^ now Sur, and Si'don, now Saida, both famous in history, and noted for their antiquity and for cominerce. — The Phccnicians were the reputed inventors of glass, purple, and coinage ; and the invention of letters has also been attributed to them, as well as to the Egyptians. 16. Arabia is commonly considered as divided into three parts, namely, »^rabia Petraa, or Stony, Arabia Deserta, or Desert, and Arabia Felix, or Hapjiy. 17. Arabia Petraja, comprising the northwest portion of the country, and bordering on the northern parts of the Red sea, is noted for beine the region in which the Israelites passed 40 years, in their journeyings from Egypt to Ca- naan. 18. Mounts Si'nai and Ho'rebt between the northern 10. What is said of mountains and rivers? II. What is said of Damaacua? 12. Antioch? 13. Palmyra? 14. What other towns, and for what noted ? 15. What cities in Phoenicia? 10. How is Arabia divided ? 17. What is said of Arabia Pctfoja ? 18. What of mounts Sinai and Horcb ? ARABIA. 31 branches of tho Red sea, are famous as sccnra of mlr«M»- {Smtlri""""- «" Sinai, M,,e, ,JeiU^K^ 19. Ezton-Ge>ber, was noted as tho port from whirh Q«i« ASSYRIA, CHALDEA, PERSIA, MEDIA 1. Assyr'ia, Chaldo'a or Bahylo'nia, Per'aia Me'din «nJ 3. Bab'ylon, the capital of Babylonia or Chnl.lpn „«j i 4. Ecbat'ana, supposed to have been on the nitA ^r m.- 6. Persep'olis, once tho capital of Persia, was notrrl r«r It. splendor, and its destruction by A lexaSTand hs rufn!: 19. What is said of Ezion-Geber and Midian ? Lcbatana? 5. Persepolis and Susa ? >^"yiou. « See Map of the Roman Empire — What coun tries w»re 8iti,«.»^ between the Euxine and Caspian seas? Wh„r„t "'l"?**^ How was Mesopotamia situated ?Xia? Medit^ pS-"^ Ph(Bnicia? Armenia? Arabia^ PalesUne IbeWat r at>c Sarmatia ? What rivers flo we3 into the cipian ^.'L" IIo» ^''^ ^'''r ^'"""^'^ • ^"^° the Eu:cine, on the noTh p ^ How was Artaxata Situated? Cyla? Tigranocerta? Nineveh ' AWSinai?'"^ Jerusalem? Ezon-deber? JVlidian: What were sonie of the towns on the east coast of the MeditPrm Bcan? On the Euphrates? On tlie 'I?gris > ^*^'"'" 89 AdSYRlA, CHALUEA, Sec. are now socn near Kflain, and as the place from which Xenophon re- treated with 10,000 Greeks. G. What is said of Ctcsiphon and Hccutompyloa ? Cunaxa? 7. Arbela and AFRICA. EGYPT. 1. Egypt was divided into Lotcer tigypt and Uppa Egypt ; and between these two divisions, there was a small district called Heptan'omia. 2. Lower Egypt, which includes the country intersected bv the mouths of the Nile, is called the Delta; Upper ^gypt was also called tho Theh'a-is, or Theb'a-id, from tho great city of Thebes. 3. Egypt, which is celebrated for its great antiquity, has been styled the cradle of learning ; it could boast of attain- ments in the arts at a period when Greece and Italy were in a state of barbarism ; and it now exhibits many monuments of ancient magnificence and refinement. 4. Tho celebrated jYile, the only river in Egypt, former- ly floweil into the sea by seven mouths ; but i v v/o of them are now of much impuiiance. 5. Mem'phis, once the capital of Egypt, sitr ' •.:' ^he site of the modern capital, Cairo, was long smce entirely destroyed. 6. Mexan'dria, founded by Alexander the Great, was tho capital of Egypt, under the Ptolemies, and noted for hav- ing nn^'e been the most commercial city in the world, and a KoYf-'' ..... ■( What is said of Lower 5 _., How ia Egypt divided? uao of Upper Egypt ? 3. For what is Egypt celebrated ? EGYPT. 33 groat scat of lonrnin;^ ; nn«l niao for its Pharo.'i, or watch- towor, sninctimoa reckoned one of the Sc\'en Wonders of the World. 7. Some of the other towns of Lower Effypt were Sa'i$, noted for having Ijoon the capitui ; llero-onoUa, ns tho resi- donco of the nncient shepherd kings ; Vn or Heliop'oliSf for a temple of tho Sun ; Cano'pu», now Aboukir, for a temple of Scra'pi^ ; Pelu'tiwHf now Tincb, ott the bulwark and key of the country. 3. Th'hes, the capital of U|»|>cr Ej»ypt, or tho Thebaifl, WU4 a magnificent city, fumous for its hundred gatcH. It Was destroyed before the period of the commencement of authentic profane history ; yet itd site \s still covered with most magni6cent ruins of temples and other edifices. 9. Aratn'o-tj or Croeodilop'oUs, nv.nv lake Mcc'ris, was fa- mous for the labyrinth, which contained 3,000 chambers, in which the kings and sacred crocodiles were buried. 10. Some of the other towns in Upper Egypt were Ahy'doa, famous for the temple of Osji'ris and the palace of Memnon ; Cop'loSy as an emporium of Arabian and Indian commodities ; Tcn'tyruy now Dendera, for temulcs of Isis and Venus ; Sye'ne, for a well, the bottom of which, at tho time of the summer solstice, was illuminated, the sun being exactly perpendicular over it. 11. Some of the most remarkable antiquities now found in Egypt, are the Pyramids, the Obelisks, the Sphinx, tho Catacombs, or Mummy-pits, and numerous ruins of Tem- ples and other splendidf edifices. 12. The Pyramids are the most remarkable monuments of ancient art that now remain ; but history furnishes no authentic information respecting the time or tho object of their erection. 13. The Sphinx, which is situated near one of the Pyra- mids, is a statue of a huge monster, cut in solid rock, hav- in|^ the face of a virgin and the body of a lion. • 14. The Land of Goshen, the country occupied by the liraelites, in Egypt, is supposed to have been in the north- eastern part. > ,, — ■—,. ■ — ,. ■ III .-,_,, „ — ■— „ ».., — .., .-..,.1 -..■i — — II.I. I. — I I II .1. , I 1,1^ 7. What other towns in Lower Egypt ? 8. What is said of Thebes? 9. Arsinoe? 10. What other towns in Upper Egypt? H. What reinarkuble antiquities are there in the country ? 12. What is said of the I'yramids ? 13. The Sphin.x? 14. Where was the Land of Goshen ? / i See Map of the. Roman Empire. — How was Egypt situated ? Libya? Africa? Numidia •> Mauritania? What river in Ej II. XI" >«.. tvyno Mauritania? What river in Egypt? Magna ? Oasis Parva ? Canopus ? Pelusium ? Arsinoe ? Teniyra i 23 34 LIBYA, AFRICA PROPER, &c. LIBYA, AFRICA PROPER, NUMIDIA, AND MAURITANIA. ' ' 1. tiBYA was divided into Marmarica and Ct/)-«M/i't/./, ^ which latter was also called Pen^.ap'ol{s, frmn the^fivr,rh/ cipal cuies which it coiitaiued. * '" 2. Cyre'ne, now Curen, once a large city, was settlod hir Greeks and was notecJ as the birthplace ^oVcallimSu/ Era os'thenes, Carne'ades, and Aristin'pus : BermVce or Hes'perxs according to some, for the fibled garden of th^ Hespfci-^ides, containing the golden apples ; fhiugh o hcr^ place this garden on the west coast of Africa 3. In a beautiful oasis, in the Libyan desert, was Ammon now Siwah, noted for the temple oV Jupiter Ammon with a famous oracle that was consulted by Alexander ' |n •«/'•«<;"' Pjope^> was the celebrated city of Cartharrg once the rival of Rome, famous for wealth and com nS and fonts siege and destruction by the Romans. '' 5. U'ttca was noted for the death of Cato : Vac'cn fnr transactions ,n the Jugurthinc war j TAa^o'^u* for a vTcton^ gained by Ceesar ; Za'ma, for the 'defeat of Hannibal bv Scipio Africanus ; C«p',a, now Gaf.a, as the pi "ce where Jugnrtha deposited hi^ treasures j Svfel'ula, now sStla for Its extensive ruins. ^I aiiia, 6. The Bag'radas, now Mejerdah, the principal river of this country was noted as the place where "he Roman army, under Reg'ulus, killed an enormous serpent A Im"^ lake southwest of Syrtis Minor, was divided iLto two parts one called Pa'lus Trilo'nis, noted as the place v"iere Mil uerva IS said first to have appeared, hence called Tritonia • the other Pa'lus Lib'y G. What nyer and lake? 7. Wliat towns in ^'unlidia? b. In Mauritania? , See Map of the Roman Empire. — How was Marmarica situated * L,yrennica? Ammon ? Cyrene i Berenice ? How were byrtis JVlaj^or and Syrlis Minor situated ? Carthage ? Utica i Zama? f hapsus ? Trhonis Puliia? hxl? i J ippo Regius? Cassarca? Siga ? How was Cirta sitsjr- Tingis? Abyla' EXTENT OF ANCIENT EMPIRES. 35 EXTENT OF ANCIENT EMPIRES. According to Tyller. 1. xhe Empire of Asstuia, under Ninus nnd Scmiramis. comprehended Asia Minor, Colchis, Assyria, Media, Chall dea, Egypt. '' ' . •« 2. The Empire of Assyhia, as divided about 820 B C formed three kingdoms, Media, Babylo-Chaldea (Syria and Chnldea), and Lydia (all Asia Minor). ^ ^ 3. The Efnpire of the Persians under Darius son of Hystas'pes, 523 B. C, comprehended Persis, Susiana, ChaU dea, Assyria, Media, Bactriar.a, Armenia, Asia, ParUva Iberia, Albania, Colchis, Asia Minor, Egypt, part of Ethi- opia, part of Scylhia. ^'.'^^^ Empire of Alexander the Great, S30 B. C consisted of 1. all Macedonia and Greece, except the Pelo^ ponnesus ; 2. all the Persian Empire, as above described ; 3. India to the banks of the Indus on the east, and the Jax- artes, or Tanais, on the north. 5. The Empire of Alex ander was thus divided 30fi B. C between Ptolemy, Cassander, Lysimachus, and Suleucus,-^ Empire of Ptolemy. Libya, Arabia, Coelo-Syria, Palestine. Empire of Cassander. Macedonia, Greece. Empire of Lysimachus Thrace, Bithynia. Empire of Selexicus. Syria, and all the rest of Alexander's empire. ^A^'J^H^V'' o^thc Parthians, 140 B. C, comprehend ed Parthxa,Hyreama, Media, Persis, Bactriana, Babylonia, Mesopotamia, India to the Indus. "^ ' 7. The Roman RivrpinT:- im/ioK «iir. !?■:.,_, _,__ ---.yj.- - i to the city of Rome, and a few miles round it 36 EXTENT OF ANCIENT EMPIPwES. 9. The RoMAK Empire, at the end of the Republic, com prehended all Italijy great part of Gaulj part of Britain. Africa Proper, great part of Spcin^ lUyria, htria, Lihur- nia, Dalmatia, Achaia, Macedonia, Dardania, Maaia^ Thrace, Pontua, Armenia, Cilicia, Judea, Syria, E^ypt. 9. Under the ^mperorsj the following countries were re- duced to Roma Provinces : — All Spain, thf Alpes Maritiinse, Piedmont, &c., Rhsetia, Noricum, Pannonia, Mossia, Pontus, Armenia, Assyria, Arabia, Egypt. 10. Constantius ChJorus and Galerius divided the Empire into Eastern and Westhrn ; and under Constantine, each empire had a disti^nf capital or seat of government. 11. The extent of each division was fluctuating from time to time ; but, in general, the Western Empire compre- bended Italy, Illyria, Africa, Spain, the Gauls, Britain. 12. The Eastern Empire comprehended Egypt, Thrace, Dacia, Macedonia, Asia Minor, Pontus, Armenia, Assyria^ Media, &,c. 13. The Empire of Chari.emagne, A. D. 800, compro bended France, Marca Hispanica (or Navarre and Catalo iu&\,Maiorca, Minorca, and loica, Corsica, Italy, as far south as Naples, Istria, Liburnia, Dalmatia, Rhcetia, Vindelicia, Noricum, Germany, from the Rhine to the Oder, and to the shores of the Baltic. France contained, 1. Ncustria, comprehending Brittany, Normandy, Isle of France, Orleannois ; 2. Austria, com- prehending Picardy and Champagne ; 3. Hquitania, com- prehending Guiennc and Gascony ; 4. Burgundia, compre- hending Burgundy, Lyonnois, Languedoc, Dauphine, Pro- vence. SCRIPTURE GEOGRilPHY. CHAPTER I. Geography of the Earhj .9gc3 ; with Explanatory Rctnarlcs. 1. Scripture or Sacred Geoe, except as it respects the illustration of the travels of St. Paul. 9. Most of the places mentioned in the book of Genesis before the migration of the Israelites into Egypt, were situ- ated in the southwestern part of Jlsia. 10. From that time, Esxans, Hindoos', He'brews, Ca'naanites, PIuBni cxansy and Egyp'tians. 17. What 18 remarked of tarshish or Tharshish ? IS. What other supposition has been made r 19. Wliere is the ark of Noah said to have rested ? 20. What is supposed to have been the mountain on which the ark rested ? 21. Wlio were the three sons of Noah, by whom the world was peopled after the flood ? 22. Where is the residence of Noah and his farailv supposed to have been ? ' 23. Where was the tower of Babel erected .? 24. Wliat is said of ihis poailion, with relation to the most ancient njitiona i 40 SCRIPTURE GEOGRAPHY. 25. The posterity of Shem is supposed to have pco])lctJ the greater part of ^aia ; that of Japhetk, Europe and ,^sia Jntnor; and that of Ilanij Jlfrica and part of the southwest portion of ^aia. 26. Of the sons of Shem, Jlrphax'ad is supposed to have resided in the country near the Euphra'tes; Ash'er^ to have been the founder of Mn'eveh and the em})ire of ^ssyr ia ; E'lam, to have given name to the country of Elam, after- words Per'sia; and •5'rani, to the country of ^'ram or Syr'ia, 27. Of the sons of Ham, Miz'ra-im was the reputed fouti- der of the kingdom of Egypt, sometimes called in tlie Bible the Land of Miz'raim and the Land of Ham ; Cush, the father of the Ethio'pians ; and Ca nam, the father of the Ca'naanUea. 28. The foundation of BaVylon is ascribed to Mm'rod, the son of Gush. 2fl. Ja'van, one of the sons of Ja'pheth, is commonly sup- posed to have been the father of the Greeks. 50. The Greeks themselves maintained that Jap'ehis, whose name has a near resemblance to that of Japheth, was the father of their nation, and of all mankind. 51. A'hraham was a descendant of ^rphax'ad, the eldest son of Shem; and he and his posterity are supi)osed to have been called Hehrcics, either from Eber or tkher, the grandson of Arphax'ad, and the ancestor of Abraham, or because they came from beyond the river Euphra'tes into Ca'naan ; the word in the original signifying beyond or from the other side. S% Abraham was born at Vr qf the Chaldees, which some suppose to have been situated not fiir from Bab'ylon j oth- ers believ€ it to have been on the site of the modern town of Ourfa, north of west from Nineveh ; and others place it much further to the east. 38. TVraA, the father of Abraham, was a worshipper of idols, like his countrymen. 25 What parts of the globe are the three sons of Noah supposed to have peopled ? 26. What is inenlioned respecting several sons of Shem ? 27 What of the sons of Ham ? 28. To whom is the foundation of Babylon ascribed ? 29. Who is supposed to have been the father of the Greeks ? 30. Whom did the Greeks consider as the father of their nation ? 31. From whom was Abraham descended, and why were he and his posterity called Hebrews? 3^. Where was Abraham born ? 33. What is said of Terah ? SCRIPTURE GEOGIIAPUY. 41 94. Abraham, together with his father, liis wife Sarali •ml his nephew Lot, left Ur, and took up bis abode, for a while, at fla'ran^ i » • « 85. While at this place, he was called by God to leave hw country aftd his kindred, to go into the land of Ca'naau. which was promised to his posterity S6. Although he had much property in cattle an 41. At what other places did Abraham reside ? Pa- See Map JN-b. V. — JIow was I'lgypt or Mizraim situated ? thros.? Cash or Ethiopia.? Goshen? How was Arabia situated ? Midian .' Hav'ilah .» Canaan ? A\n- alek.' Edoni.' Aram or Syria.? Mesopotamia.' Padal- Aram.' Armenia.' Assyria.' Babylonia or Chaldea ' fohmar.' Elam or Persia .' Parthia.' Meshech .' Magofi-.^ Ash'kenaz .' Javan .' What countries were watered by tlie Nile .' What by the Euphrates and Tigris .' The Ulai .' IIow 18 mount Sinai situated .' Mount Ararat .' How was Baby, ion situated.? Nineveh.? Su.sa or Shushan .? Calneh.-' Car'chemish .? Haran or Charran .? Damascus.' Tadmor? Hamath.? Tarahish .? Ezion-geber .' Noph or Memphis' On .' 49 SCRIPTURE GEOGRAPHY. 42. Ht'bron, Gc'rar, and Bctr'alitha were also, nt diffurent times, the residences of Isaac, 4? /aco6, after having resided about twenty years with his futher-in-law, Laban, at Ha'ran, returned with his fami- ly and flocks to Ca'naan. 44. At Mahana'im he was met by his brother Esau, and also by an angel, and had his name changed to I^rad. 45. Having resided a while at Suc'coth, on the east side of the Jordan, he then crossed the river, and took up his abode near She'chem. 46. He next journeyed to Bdh'el, where he had seen a vision before he went to Haran. Afterwards he removed to He'bron ; and, finally, after Joseph had revealed himself to his brethren, he minrratod, by way of Beersheba, with ris whole family, into Egypt. CHAPTER n. The Region between Egypt and Canaan : Joumcyings of the Israelites. 1. The country lying l>etvveen En:ypt and Ca'nnan, and between the Red Sea and the Mediterranean, consists most- ly of extensive deserts, having few streams of water ; and it now forms a part of what is called Ara'bia Petra'a or Stony. 2. In this region the Israelites passed 40 years. 8. Their route from Egypt to Canaan is differently delin- eated on different maps. The positions of most of tho places of encampment, which are all enumerated in the thirty-third chapter of Num!)ers, are laid down on maps from no better authoi'ity than probable conjecture. 4. The Red Sen, of which only the northern extremiiios appear on the Map (No. VI.), is about 1400 miles in length, and 200, where widest, in breadth. 42. At what places did Isaac reside ? 43. What is mentioned ro- spectitiff Jacob ? 44. What happened to him at Mahanaim ? 45. Where did he aderwards reside ? 4G. What were his subse \ quent movements ? Chapter II. — I. What is eaid of the country lying between Egypt and Canaan ? 2. How many years did the Israelite* pass here ? 3. What is mentioned respecting tlieir route •* 4. What is the extent of tlie Red Sea ? SCRIPTURE GEOGRAPHY. 43 0. Mounts Si'nai and Ho'reb, celphnfPil in <5«..: » u- •Uued, they increased so rapidly, that, at the piiVi nfit fi £S-?? "^^'^^"^ f^^SJ^ «''«d 'ho nations of Cu'- uaan, and divided their lands among their tribes. CHAPTER III. The Canaanites and neighboring Nations. was iihahLnll''^ Moses nnd Joshua, the land of Canaan was inhabited bv seven nations, the descendants of rnnnln ^tr'gashitea, Ca'naanites, and Hi'vites. ^^rizzues, termJnnfn ''^^ ""*'°"^ ^^^' Israelites were commanded to cx- 3 Th« 'n?" ,"^^°""^«f 'heir great wickedness, JlLMl. u^ powerful of these seven nations were tho fhTl^tf' '"^^1^^^ extended their conquests to the east of »w'^u -^^ ^^^^"^ ^^^'*«» '" Canaan, or on its l)orders J mes mn'jn?-"'"^ ' ^"'''^ ^^^^'" ^^° Israelites" a? Various' iinjes, maintained severe conflicts. ' Jtfo'«A.i?%*'^ "^ -i*""^ r'^'"^' *he Philis'tines, Mid'ianites. from Miz'rlim th!!" "''*" «"IS°'''^ ^'^ ^'"^^ ^een descended from Egypt ' ' '"" '^^ ^""' °"^ *° ^ave emigrated 41. What was next accomplished by the Israelites? ^ ' Chapter HI. — 1 By what seven nations was the land of Ca naan inhabited in the time of Moses and Joshua ? 2 Why 3 Whi^h^f ?Li'''^''*^' commanded to exterminate these naUons^ 4 What i« LS "^""f" "^ '""^ ^'^ t^'^ '"o^t powerful ? ^**** " ""^h '^^'P?''*'"^."* °^''" bordering nations? 5. What ^"wLf^* ^^r-HoY/'^ "'°""*' ^'"''' a"<^ Horeb situated? What deserts or wildernesses are situated between the north. Hnu, «^"^«r''e«oftheRedSea? What ones furS north ? and eTj '?''T."'"l''^.- • E-ion-geber ? Reph?d?n " Morah and Ehrn ? Jehovah-nissi ? Mnssah, or Meribah ? Kadesh ' Barnea? Rissah ? Kadesh-Meribah ? Mount Hor ? Mount^ Nebo and P.sgah ? How was Edom situated ? Moab^ Tho kingdom of Sihon ? The kingdom of Og? The Amalekites^ W^t nations inhabited to the west of the DeaAon.LTJ^iL^A^^ i BCIUPTURE GEOGRAPlIt ^ 7. Thoy inhahitod the southwest port of Canoan, nna were very formidable enemies to the Israelites : but ihev were subdued by David. ^ 8. Their five chief cities were Qa'xa, A$h'dod, Jls'calon Untfif and Ek'ron. ,.^' J."^.? ^'^^^^"^^^ V}'^'^^9 are Msigx^ml as the territory of the Midiamle$ ; and some suppose that the inhabitants of the two different countries were of different origin. 10. 1 bo southern Mid'ianites inhabited the country near the northeast point of the Rod Sea ; and here Je'thro, tht. father-in-law of Moses, was priest. fJi' r^t^ J'J'^ supposed by some to have been descended from Cush, the son of Ham. .•«i^; Jr® northern Midianites were descended from Mid- S«'i ? r'^^ T ""^ Abraham by Ketu'rah, and inhabited the country on the east of the Dead Sea. 18. They were almost wholly destroyed by Joshua : and ftrterwards, when they had apin recovered their strength, they were nearly annihilated by Gid'eon. ^F^t V^^ J^oabitea and Ammonitea were the descendants ot .WoaA and Jlmmon, the sons of Lot, and dwelt to the east of the Dead Sea and of the Jordan. 15. They were repeatedly eiigaged in war with the Isra elites, and were conquered by David. and of Ammon, Rah'bath-Jltn'mon. ♦>.y* The ^/»'ji/€H/tf« were the descendants of Am'ulek. t^e son of El'iphaz, and grandson of Esau. r '^' They dwelt to the south of Canaan, and were very formidable enemies to the Israelites. ' 19. They were doomed to destruction, which was com- menced by Saul, and completed by David. 20. The E'domilea were the descendants of Esau, who was also called Edom. * 21. They inhabited the country which was situated to the 7. What is furtlier said of them ? 8. What were their chief ciUes ' mm'"? °7'^ Midianites? 10. Where did the sou herA Mid.an.tes dwell? 11. From whom are they supposed to have been descended ? 12. Wliat is said of the of/gin and residence of the northern Midianites? 13. By whom were they destroyed ? 14. What is said of the oSi^ an^ res'! dence of the Moabites and Ammonites ? 15. By whom were they conquered? 16. What were their chief cities" 17 *rom whom were the Amalekites descended ' 18 Where did they dwell? 19. jjy whom were they destroyed ? 2(). From whom wer^ the Edomites descended ? 21. Where did they reside ? • m^io utu 48 SCRIPTURE GEOGRAPHY. Bouthenst of Canaan, and which was called Edom, and also Idume'a, and included the mountains of Seir and Hor. . 22. In the northwest part of Canaan, on the borders of the tribe of'Asher, were the Phcenician cities of Tyre and Htdon, which were very rncient, and celebrated for com- merce. 23. Sidon was founded by Sidon, the son of Canaan ; and at Tyre reigned Hiram, who furnished Solomon with many materials tor the temple. 24. To the northeast of Ca'naan was Damas'cus, once the capital of the kingdom of Syria, and one of the most ancient cities in the world, celebrated both in sacred and proiane history. 25. The Syrians were conquered by David, but were afterwards repeatedly engaged in war with the Israelites, particularly under their kings Ben'hadad, Haz'a-el, and Rezin. CHAPTER IV. Canaan divided amnnf^ the Tribes of Israel : Places of Note m the History of the Old Testament, nJ/n*"^^^®'' '''f- ?«"g'^e8t of Canaan by the Israelites, the ^^a Vi ^°^<^'^"J-fI aniong the Twelve Tribes by lot. tr. th^ ■"I'u °i ^^'"''Or the Levites, being consecrated to the priesthood, received no inheritance or portion of territory with the other tribes, but were supported by tithes : and tor their residence there were assigned to them fortv- ®'%"*r^'/'®^' ^'"^.*» wej^e dispersed throughout all the tribes. S. 1 he posterity of E'phraim and Manas'seh, the two sons of Joseph, had portions assigned them as distinct tribes, in consequence of Jacob's having adopted them ; and and^LeT »*'« reckoned, in the divisions, instead of Joseph 4. Th", tribes of Reuben and Gad and half of Manasseh, 28. Where were Tyre and Sidon situated? 23. What b, said of n. .,J^^"^ • 24- ^h^t 's said of Damascus ? 25. What ia related of the Syrians? o ^u??** l^'T '• ^""^ ^'^^ **'« 'a"'^ of Canaan divided ? ». What IB related respecting the tribe of Levi ? 3. What respect- ing Lphra.m and Manasseh ? 4. What tribes were silualed to the east of the Jordan ' SCRIPTURE GEOGRAPIII. 49 5«f * nT/n l°" 'u^''"'^' "'' «" ^'^« «««t side of the /or- ? 't?u'^ Jii' ,*^'' "^^""'^ °" ^he west side of the river « 1 ^"« .Jabernacle and Ark of the covenant were first gmoveU to Shi'loh, where they remained till the lima of and whli'^. '"''!? afterwards taken by the Philistines; ?iu:- restored, it was lodged successively at Ktr'jalh- of David on mount Zu,», and finally in Solomon '/tJZ/.! J^'JrZ''^ •''^^T^^'u -"^'^^ ^^^ greatest veneration, and every place in which it was fixed, was, on that acJount esteemed particularly holy. account, sid^c of thp%''f ?"*'"''•' T '^f^^' of refuge, three on each f i ♦ I -11 . -^o^^^""' J^s places of security for the " slaver that killed any person unawares." ^ ^ Judah, SAe'cAm m Ephrnim, an Net York."'^"^^^ '"' " ^''"' '''"''' ^^ ^"^»"^ «« ^'^« »hln ?hT "^"^^ '"^P"!.^'^ the most northern city, and Beer*- AtV^fhTl' T'K^'l ' '^"""" ^'^^ proverbial phrase, to Bheba" ""^ ^ ^^ country, "From Dan to Beer- flol.H^Kn!^'"" -^1 ''i"'^^ °^ .^"^*^ «"^^ Solomon, the most were greatly enlarged, extending from the border of Mgypt «o,fti fnT''-^"^^^'?" ^'^ ^'"' «" the southwest a^id ??' iV ® i^^'^?' ^"Pf^ra'ics on the northeast. 14. Atter the death of Solomon, ten tribes revolted from his son and successor, Rehobo'am ; and two kingdoms weJS formed, namely the kingdom of '/.r«.Z, consis°iror?he :^\h: t£ S^J^tEj^^ «^ ^^«^' eLposed Bively lodged ? 7. How was it regarded ? o Sk-\ !u P^'P"^*^ '^''^ "^"^'"'^ "PP"'"t six cities of rfifuffe > II wtf- '^A TIu "^'''* "^^^'^ J"'''^^^" • 1«- Which efst ? 11. What 18 said of the extent of the country ? 12. What is men- I'Zl* '««P«*^t.ng Dan and Beersheba? 13. What was the «xtent of the kingdom during the i^isna of David an^ S-i- «ion " J4. What took place atter thedcath of Solonion ' * ' 27* 50 SCRIPTURE GEOGRAPIir. , 15. The capital of the klnjrdom of Israel was Sama'ria, "il ^^ *"ip "^ Ephraim, which was the most powerful of the len Tribes, and which id sometimes used in the Bible tor the whole kingdom. 16. This kingdom subsisted 254 years, at the end of which period the Ten Tribes wore carried captive by Shal- maneser, king of Assyria ; and the country was afterwards inhabited by a mixed population called Samaritans and Ualtteans, from Samaria and Galilee, the names of the two subsequent divisions of the country. 17. The kingdom of Juduh had for its capital the city of Jemsalem, and continued to be governed by kino-s of the family of David, till the time of the Babylonish captivity. Towns of Note in the History of the Old Testament. 18. In Judah ; He'hron, celebrated in the history of the patriarchs, and the place where David reigned seven years ; Beth'lehem, where David was born, and also our Savior ; Jldul'lam and En'gcdi, near which were caves, that afforded a retreat to David ; Teko'ah, the town of the proj)het Amos, 19. On the borders of Judah and Benjamin was Jeru'sa- lem, the residence of the kings of Judah, the seat of the temule, and the religious capital of the nation. 20. In Benjamin; Gil'gaf, where the Israelites crossed the Jordan, and where the Ark of the covenant was, for a time, deposited ; Jer'icho, famous for its siege and capture by Joshua, and for palm-trees ; ^'i, for its conquest by Josh- ua i Gib'eon, the capital of the Gibeonites ; Gib'eah, the birthplace of Saul ; Bethel, on the borders of Ephraim, where Jacob had his vision, and where Jeroboam set up a golden calf. 21. In Simeon ; Beer'sheba, noted in the history of the patriarchs, and for being the southernmost town of Israel ; Oazuy in the country of the Philistines, famous in the his- tory of Samson. 22. In Dan ; Ekron, Jlshdod, As'calon, and Gath, cities of the Philistines. 23. In Ephraim ; Samaria, the capital of the kingdom of What was the capitil of the kingdom of Israel, and which was the most powerful of the Ten Tribes ? IG. What is said of this kingdom ? 17. What is said of the kingdom of Judah ? What towns in Judah are mentioned, and for what celebrated ? What is said of Jerusalem ? 20. What towns in Benjamin are mentioned, and for what celebrated ? 21. In Simeon > 22. Ira 15 18. 19. Dan ? 23. Tr rajm Ti" SCRIPTURE GEOGllAPHY. 51 Israel ; She'chcm, or Si'chem, (in the New Testament, Sv char,) noted in the history of Jacob, also for the last ex- hortation of Joshua to the Israelites, and for the torab of Joseph ; Ttm'nathse'rah, for the tomb of Joshua : ShVloh. the place of the Ark of the covenant from the time of Joshua to the time of Eli ; Joppn, (on the borders of J^phraim and Dan,) the principal port of the Israelites. 24. In Manasseh, west of Jordan ; Tir'zah, famous for bemg for a time the scat of the kin^s of Israel ; Megid'do, for the defeat and death of Josiah ; Jez're-el, for a palace of Ahab, and for giving name to a large and fertile plain, called also the plain of Esdre'lon ; Eii'dor, for the witch consulted by Saul. 25. In Issachar ; Shu'nem, where Elisha restored a child to life. 26. In Zehulon ; Gathheipher, the native place of the prophet Jonah. 2J- On the west side of Jsker were the cities of Tyre and Sido7i, famous for commerce j Zar'ephath, or Sarep'ta, for the miracles of Elijah. 28. In Napkiali ; Van, noted as the northernmost city of Israel, and for being one of the two places where Jero- boam set up his golden calves ; Bethel being the other. 29. In Mwasseh beyond Jordan ; Ed're-i, famous for the defeat of Og, king of Bashan. SO. In Gad; Ra'molh-Gil'ead, memorable in the wars of the Israelites ; Mahana'im, for the meeting of Jacob and Esau ; Suc'coth, as the residence of Jacob. 31. In Reuben ; Hesh'bon, a city of note among the Amo- rites, afterwards among the Israelites ; Ja'haz, where Sihon was defeated ; Bczer, also called Bozra, near the border of Moab. CHAPTER V. Physical Geography of Palestine or the Holy Land. i. This country was first called the Land of Canaan, from Canaan, the son of Ham ; the Land of Promise, or the Promised Land, from its being promised by God to 84. What towns in Manasseh west of Jordan are mentiored ? 25. In Issachar ? 26 In Zebulon ? 27. On the west of Asher ? 28. In Naphtali ? 2D. In Manasseh beyond Jor- dan .' 30. In Gad ? 31. In Reuben ? been called ' , 62 SCRIPTURE GEOGRAPHY. Abrnham ; the Land of Israel, from tlie Israelites ; Judea, from Judah, the principal of the twelve tribes ; Palestine, from the Philistines, who inhabited the southwest part of it; and the Holy Land, from its beincorf .Se«, called also the Sea nf Sodom thp 13. It occupies the place where once stood the five cities of the plam namely, Sod'om, Gomor'rnh, Ad'tnah, ZeboiZ ZmZlVen!"" ""'' '^^^ ^t' ^vlnoh were destroyed by fi?e' 14. It is surrounded by majestic and dreary mountains ; and Its vicmity IS barren and cheerless. The water is clear but uncommonly salt and bitter. ' « }^' '^^1 ^^a °/?«i?«^. called also the lake of Oennes'a- rethmdtheSeaof Tibe'rias, and, in the Old Testament, 6 broad ^^*" "^^^'^ o»' Cin'neroth, is 17 miles long, and , 16. This lake, which is celebrated in the gospel history. IS environed by lofty eminences, and has a beLtiful mid picturesque appearance. , 17. Our Savior passed much of his time, during his mm istry, m the yicinity of this lake, and it was here^thatTe?- eral of his disciples were employed, in the early part of their lives, as fishermen. j'punui 18. Mount Leb'anon, called by the Greeks and Latins A,»6 anus, IS a famous range of mountains on the north of Palestine. Its summits are almost always covered with 19. Lebanon is celebrated in Hebrew poetry, particu- larly for Its magnific^it cedars, some specimens of which still remain. 20. To the east of Lebanon is Anti-Lebanon or Anti^ Lnb anus; and to the southeast is Mount Hennon, the sum- mit of which IS usually covered with snow. 11. 14. 17. What other famous streams are there ? 12, What is the fxU>n* of the Dead Sea ? 13. What place does it occupy ' What IS further said of it ? 15. What are the lencrth and breadth of the Sea of Galilee ? 10. What is said of ft ? What IS mcntjoned respecting our Savior and his disciples in conneetion with th.s lake ? 18. What is said of Mount Leb- anon . 1^) For what is Lebanon celebrated in Hebrew poetry id. What motintalns lie cast and southeast of heba non M SCRIPTURE GEOGRAPHY SI. Mount Carmdf on the coast of the Mediterranean, was the retreat of the prophet £iijah, and has, in later times, been noted for the residence of the monks^ called Carmelites. 33^ Mount Tabor, a conical mountain, to the southwest of the sea of Galilee, is commonly supposed to have been the scene of our Savior's transfiguration. 38. The Mountains of Ephraim, or hrcul,were situated in the central part of Palestine. An elevated summit of this range, situated not far from Jericho, and now called Quaranta'na, is supposed to have been the scene of the Temptation. 34. North of Shecbem was Mount Efbal ; and to the south, Mount Gtr'izim, famous for the temple of the Samaritans. 35. Mount Gtt'boa, south of the sea of Galilee, is noted for the death of Saul and Jonathan. 36. The JHountains of GUectd, to the east of the Jordan, were famous for producing balm or balsam, the dried juice of a tree, which was much used by the ancients as a medi- cine. 37. To the northeast of Gilead was Bashan, famous for stately oaks, and for numerous herds of cattle. 38. To the south were the mountains of Ah'arim, from the summits of which, JSTe'bo and Pis'gah, Moses had a view of the Promised Land. 39. To the south of Palestine is the mountainous range called SeiTf with its summit Mount Hor, on which Aaron died. 50. The country of Palestine, beine mountainous and rocky, abounds in eaves, which anciently afforded a refuge to the inhabitants. 51. David made the cave of Adid'lam a place of retreat ; and in the cave of En'gedi, he concealed himself, together with 600 men. S3. In a cave not far from Samaria, Obadi'ab hid a hun> dred prophets ; and the cave of MachpeUah, near Hebron, is celebrated as the burying-place of Abraham and his family- S3. Freauent mention is made in the Bible of wilder- nesses or deserts. Some of these, which belonged to Pai- 81. What is said of Mount Carmel ? 22. Mount Tabor ? 23. Tho moantains of Ephraim ? 24. Ebal and Gerizim ? 25. Mount Gilboa.' 26. Gilead.? 27. What is said of Bashan.? 28 Abarim ? 29. Mount Seir ? S0« What is remarked respecting caves ' 31. What is said of the caves of Adullam and Engedi P 02. Wbat other caves are BMntionedi* 33. What is mentioned respecting wildcrnessca' SCRIPTURE GEOGRAPHY, 55 Dead S«, where JohnV^BaVti"rpreach„i'' "*" "' "» CHAPTER VI. r a Nazarene, and JZini^^G.tnrT ""^"""" ■=«"«* P.Ltii;»^'"Tr''i"='' '■'?"'?« ''i^ ministry, were limited to 34. Whatja, u,e „„« c£...brated desert or wildemeM of Pafe.. 3 Tnth r*' °"f ^^^''^^ *'°^"' anIwEre Sis residence ' '^^ pat- '^^^^^^^zz.^'^-^^^:^^-^^^^.. Wftjch two tribes were situated farthest boi.h, ? wu- u .1. i/? "Ep^hrah?'- '""'^"- ^'^P'*^''-' ^-J-nin? ^^ What towns are found in the tribe of Judah ? In Beniamin ^ Tn ^STp- /"V^r,- ^ Ephrain,? In nLShTln Is" aachar? InZebuIon? InAsher? In Nanhtali " In M»w •sseh bevond JnrHan P Tp c„.i T r_ "/ ?P°r" • *" ^*n- 56 SCRIPTURE GEOGRAPHY 4. J0DEA comprised the territories wliich - formerly htn longed to the tribes ofJudah, Benjamin, 6'imeon, and i)an ; and it was distinguished particularly for containing the city of Jerusalem, 5. Jerusalen was styled by the Israelites the Holy Citij and the City of God, and was regarded as, in a peculiar sense, the dwelling-place of the Most High, as it contained the Temple, and was the centre of the Jewish worship. 6. It was built on four hills, Zi'on, Mori'ah, JHcra, and Be- zefta, which were almost surrounded by valleys, encompass ed by mountains. 7. Two small streams, branches of the brook Kid'ron or Celdron, flowed through the valleys, one on the east, and the other on the south, of the city. 8. Mou7it Zion, which was the most elevated of the hills, and on which the city of David was built, and also the pal- ace of David, was the most southerly. 9. Mount Moriak, on which the Temple was erected, was to the east ; and to the north were two other hills, less ele- vated. 10. After the building of the Temple, all the adult males of Israel were required to go to Jerusalem, three times a year, to keep the three great annual festivals ; namely, tho Passover, the Pentecost, and the Feast of Tabernacles. 11. The first Temple was built by Solomon, and was an extensive and magnificent edifice, adorned with very costly ornaments of gold, and encompassed by spacious courts. 12. In the innermost part of the Temple was the Sanctu ary, including the Holy of Holies, so called because it con- tained the Ark of the Covenant. 13. Into this most holy place, none but the high priest was permited to enter ; and he only once a year, on the great day of atonement. 14. The second Temple, which was built by Zeruh'babel, after the return of the Jews from the Babylonish captivity, was much inferior to that of Solomon. 15. Herod began to repair or rebuild the Templie 16 years 4. What didJudea comprise ? 5. What is said of Jerusalem ? 6. What of its situation ? 7. What streams flowed through the valleys ? 8. What is said of Mount Zion ? 9. What of Mount Moriah ? 10. At what three festivals were all th* adult males required to be at Jerusalem ? 11. What is said of the first Temple ? 13. What was there in tho innermost part of it? 13. Who was permitted to enter into the Holy of Holies ? 14. By whom was the second Temple built .' 15. When did Herod begin to repair or rebuild the SCRIPTURE GEOGRAPHY. 57 before the birth of Christ, and rendered it extremely mac- nineent. ' • 16. Near the Temple was the pool of Belha'da ; and on the northwest was the castle or fortress of wtfnto'nia, in which a RoQ^an legion was quartered. 17. On the .vest side of the city, and just without the walls, was Calvary, a little hill, where our Lord was crucified. 18. To the south of the city was Gehen'na, or the Valley of Hmnomy where the Israelites sacrificed their children to the image of Mo'loch. 19. In the Valley of Jehpah'aphat, to the east of the city, were the fountain or pool of Sil'oam or SWoah, and also the Garden of Oethaem'anej where our Savior was be- trayed. 20. To the east of the valley of Jehoshap t was the Mount of Olivet or Mount OPivetf so elevated a^ to afford a fine view of the city and temple. 21. The modern city of Jerusalem is built chiefly on Mount Moriahf and is much visited by pilgrims. 22. To the east of Jerusalem was Beth'pha-ge ; and still ftrther, Btihfany^ famous for the residence of Mary and Martha, for the raising of Laz^arus^ and for the ascension of our Savior. 23. Betk'lehem is memorable as the birthplace of our Savior; Em'maus, for his conversation with two of hii disciples after his resurrection. 24. Jer'ieho, famous in the history of the Old Testament, IS frequently mentioned in the New, and was the residence of Zacche'us. 25. Arimathe'a is noted as the residence of Joseph, who beffged of Pilate the body of Jesus : Lyd'da, for the cure of E'neas, by Peter. CHAPTER VII. Samaria : Galilee : Peroia. 1 The country or province of Samaria derived its name from the city of Sama ria, which was the capital of the IS* Kt®'^ ""^^ *^® P°°^ °^ Bethesda and the castle of Antonia? 17. Where \9as Calvarv ? 18. Where was Gehenna or the Valley of Hinnora? 19. The Pool of Siloam and the garden of Gethaemane.' 20. The Mount of Olives.' 81. What is said of the modern city !» S2. Bethphage and Betha- ny i" 23. Bethlehem and Emmaus .> 24. Jericho .' 25. Ari- matbea and Lydda .'' Chapter VII.— 1. What is said of the country or province of Saoiaria ." 23 SCRIPTURE GEOGRAPHY. kingdom ot Israel ; and it comprised the territory whicb belonffed to the tribe of Ephraim and half of Manaateh. 2. After the captivity of the Ten Tribes by Shalmane'- ■er, this country was repeopled by colonists from Assyria, and such Israelites us remained or afterwards returned j and this mixed race of people were culled Samar'itaru. 8. They adopted the Law of Motet, and regarded the Pentateuch as a book of divine authority ; but rejected the lest of the Old Testament. 4. They built a temple on Mount Oer'izim, where they celebrated their worship, instead of going to Jerusalem. 5. The greatest aversion existed between the Jewt and Samaritans ; and the two nations had no friendly inter- course with each other. 6. Our Savior spent but little time, during his ministry, in Samaria ; though he repeatedly passed through the coun- try, in journeying from Galilee to Judea. 7. Sjf'char, called in the Old Testament She'ckem and Si'chem, now Napolote, became the metropolis of the Sa maritans, after the destruction of the city of Samaria. 8. Near Sychar was Jaeob's Well, memorable for our Savior's conversation with the woman of Samaria. 9. In the vicinity was Mount GerHzim, on which the Sa maritan temple was built, and to which allusion is made in the remark of the woman of Samaria, " Our fathers wor shipped in this mountain." 10. CcBsare'a, a city on the coast of the Mediterranean, was the seat of the Roman procurators, or governors, of Palestine. 11. In this wky Herod Agripjpa was smitten with a fatal diseaseras reiated in Acts xu. ; here St. Peter converted Cornelius, the centurion ; and here St. Paid defended him- self before Felix, Feslus, and JJgrippa, before he sailed to Rome. 12. Jop'pa, now Jaffa, is famous as the port of Jerusalem, and for being the place where Peter restored Dorcas to life. 13. Antip'atris, a town built by Herod, is mentioned in the history of St. Paul ; E'non and Sa'lim, near the Jordan, were the pfaces where John baptized. S. Who were the Samaritans ? and what was their origin ? 3. What tlieir religion ? 4. Where did they build a temple ? 5. How did the Jews and Samaritans regard each other ? 6. Did oar Savior pass much time in Samaria ? 7. What is said of Sychar ? 8. For what is Jacob's Well memorable ? 9. What is said of Mount Gerizim ? 10. What of Cassarea.? TI. What events took place in this city P 12. What is said of Joppa.' 13. What of Aatipatris, Enon, and Salim ? SCRIPTURE GEOGRAPHY. our 14. Gamler, iho northern division of Palestine, com- prised the country formerly occupied by the tribes of It'M- char, Zel/tdon, NaphUali, and Mer. 16. It was divided into Upper and Lower. Upper Gal- ilee, the northern division, was mountainous, and was call- ed UalUee of the OentUej, becfiuse it bordered upon Goo- tile nations. ^ 16. The chief town of Upper Galilee was Casare'a-Phi- itp'px, called in the Old Testament Van. 17. Lower Galilee, which is called in the New Testa- rnent simply Galilee, is comparatively level, and was very traitful and populous ; and many of its inhabitants were Israelites. 18. This division of Palestine was most honored with our Savior's presence, and it was the native country of most, if not all, of his twelve disciples. l?'ji ^'*^'*'»**» situated on thtt sea of Galilee, which was called also the sea of Tiberias, was once the capital of bralilee, and was noted for its Jewish academy after the destruction of Jerusalem. 20. Caper'naum, Chora'zin, and Beihaa'ida were all sit uated near the sea of Galilee, and we- memorable for our Lord's discourses and miracles, which brought a heavy w«e upon them on account of their unbelief. 21. Bethaa'ida was the residence of the disciples Philip. Feter, Andrew, James, and John. «2. Caper'naum was the residence of Matthew : and on an eminence near this town, our Savior delivered his mem- orable discourse, called the " Sermon on the Mount." 23. Naz'areth is famous for having been the residence of aur Savior, before he entered on his public ministry : C<^- na, for his miracle of turning water into wine : A*a'w», for his raising a widow's son to life. 24. Ptolenia'u or Mcho, now Acre, a jjlace visited by St. Paul, is noted in the history of the Crusades. 25. Perjea, or the country Beyond Jordan, comprised the territories which formerly belonged to the tribes of Beuhen and Gad, and the half tribe o£ Manasseh, &nd it Was subdivided into several districts. 14. What did Galilee comprise? 15. How was it divided ' 16. What was the chief town of Upper Galilee? 17. How is Lower Galilee described ? IS. What is further 3aid of this division ? 19. What is said of Tiberias ? 20. What is said of Capernaum, Chorazin, and Bethsaida? 21. Of whom was Bethsaida the residence ? 22. What is said of Caper- naum ? 2.3. What of Nazareth, Cana, and Nain ? 24. Ptol i-j. vviiai diu reroea comprise ? xzmaiB F* €0 SCRIPTURE QEOGRAPHT 26. DeeopoUs was a combination of ten cities, which were situated not fur from the son of Guliiee. 97 The country on the east side of the sea of Galilee was repeatedly visited bv our Savior, and here wore the towns of DiUmanu'tha, Mag'dala, and Qad'ara. 88. Farther to the south, on the Jordan, was Bethab ara, where John baptized. CHAPTER VIII. Couhtnei in which the Oospel was preached by the Apostles 1. The labors of the apostles in preachin? the gospel, after the resurrection of our Savior, as related in the Acts, S6. What did Decapolis oornprise ? 27. What is mentioned of the countrv on the east side of the sea of Galilee ? U8. What of Bethabara ? Chapter VIII. — 1. In what countries was the gospel preached by the apostles ? See Map Ab. Vlll. — What sea lies west of Palestine ? How was Samaria bounded P Judea P Galilee ? Pertea, or Be fond Jordan P How was Galilee of the Gentiles situated f ture'a P Phoenicia P Syria P Genesaret P Decapolis ? How is the Dead Sea situated P The Sea of Galilee P The Waters of M erom P Through what does the Jordan flow P Into what does it empty F Where docs the Arnon empty ? The ^ Jabbok P What streams empty into the Mediterranean P How is mount Lebanon situated P Anti- Lebanon ? Mount Her- mon ? Mount Carmel ? Mount Tabor? The Mountains of Ephraim ? The Mountains of Abarim P Mount Gilboa ? How is Jerusalem situated P Samaria ? CsBsarea P Tiberias P Si don? GaaaP Hebron? Joppa? Jericho? Ptolemais? Capernaum P Sychar ? Tyre ? Caesaiea-Philippi ? Beer- sheba ? Bethlehem ? Nazareth ? Cana ? Emmaus ? Gath > Ascalon P Magdala P Ramoth-Giiead P Jczreel P Bethab- ara? Azotus^ EngediP Salim and Enon? Megiddo? Shunera? Su Map JVb. IX. — In what part of Jerusalem was Mount Zion .* Mount Moriah ? Where was the city of David ? The Tem- ple? The Palace of David P Solomon's Palace? Salem, or the Old City ? The Pool of Belhesda ? The Castle of Antonia ? Mount Calvary ? Which way from the city was the Mount of Olives P Where was the Vallpy of Jehoshaphat ? The Valley of Hinnom P The Pool of Siloam P The Fuller's and the Potter's Fields ? Gethsemane ? Which wi*^ from erusalem were Bethphage and Bethany ' SCRIPTURE GLOORi\PIIT. 61 were confined chiefly to Palestine^ Syria, Ji»\a Mnor, Greece, and Italy. > : 2. These countries wore nil, at this period, Buhject to the Romans ; and they embraced the portions of the earth which were most distinj^uished for civilization, arts, ond literature ; but the inhabitants were all, with the exception of the Jews, pagan idolatert, connnonly styled in the liiblo Oenltie$. S. Syria, which was, at this period, a Roman province, had for its capital, Jln'lioch, which hod been the residence of the Macedonian kings of Syria, called the Seleu'cidce, m\i\ was, for some time, the third city in the world in splendor and population. 4. Antioch is frequently mentioned in the Acta of the Apostles ; it was the native place oi St. Luke, and for some tiirie the residence of St. Peter and St. Paul ; and here the disciples of Christ were first called Chrutiaru, 5. Eph'esui, the capital of the province of Asia, was a lar/fe and splendid city, celebrated for a magnificent temple of Dia'na, which was reckoned one of the Seven Wonders of the World, 6. St. Paul spent some time at Ephesus ; here St. JohHi passed the latter part of his life ; and of the church here^ Timothy was appointed bishop. ^ 7. The "Seven Churches of Asia," mentioned in the Revelation, namely, Eph'esus, Smyrna, Per'gamoa, ThyO' tVra, Sar'dis, Philadel'} hia, and Laodice'a, were all in the province of Asia. 8. Smyrna, a large commercial city, is noted for having been considered by some as the birthplace of Homer ; Per'- gamoB, as the royal city of Eu'menea j Sar'dis, as the resi- dence of the rich king Croesus ; Mile tua, for its riches and commerce, and the temple of Apollo. 9. Tarsu$, the capital of Cilicia, wa9 a large city, noted for the arts and sciences, and as the birthplace of St. Paul : leo'nium, as the capital of Lycao'nia j Pa'pho$, as the cap- ital of the island of Cyprus. a. 3. 9. What is said of these countries ? What is said of Syria and Antioch ? 4. What further is related of Antioch? 5. What of Ephesus? 6. Which cf the apos- tles resided here ? 7, What were the *' Seven Churches," and where situated ? 8, What is said of Smyrna, Porgamos, Sardis, and Miletus ? What is fiaid of Tarsus, &c. ? 23» 02 SCRIPTURE GEOGRAl*Hy. 10. Oreeee, at this period, was divided into two Roman provinces, namely Acha'ia and Macedo'nicu 11. Achnia comprised Greece Proper and the Pelopon- oe'sus ; and Macedonia consisted of Macedonia Proper rhessaly, and Epirus. 12. CorHntk, the capital of Achaia, was situated on a gulf and an isthmus of the same name, and was famous for commerce, wealth,»and the arts, and for the celebration of the Isthmian games in its vicinity. IS. Alh'ens, the most renowned city of Greece, was for a long time the most celebrated seat of learning in the world and^ gave birth to many of the most eminent men of an* tiqu!ty ; yet this city, as well as those less enlightened. " wa^ wholly given to idolatry." 14. Crete, a large island lying southeast of Greece, and much celebrated in Grecian history, was visited by St. Paul accompanied by Titus, who was left here to regulate the* affairs of the churches. lb PaVmos, a snriall barren island, is celebrated for beinir the place to which St. John was banished. /.'t* "^^ **'®*' *"*^ powerful city of Rome was the capital of the Roman Empire, which, in the time of the Gospel history, was nearly in its greatest extent, and embraced most of the then known world. 17. The Roman Empire was, during the ministry of St. Paul, successively governed by the Emperors Tibe'ri- "t, Cahg'ulay Clau'dius, and Ne'ro. CHAPTER IX. Labors and Travels of St. Paid and the other Apostles. 1. The labors of St. Peter, so far as they are recorded in the New Testament, were limited to Palestine and the city of Antioeh ; yet from his addressing his first epistle to the Christians dispersed in Pontus, Galatia, Cappadocia, Asia, and Bithynia, he is supposed to have preached in those countries. 10 How was Greece now divided? 11. What did Achaia com- prise, and what Macedonia ? 13. What is said of Corinth -' 13. Athens? 14. Crete? 15, Patmos? 16. What is said of Rome and the Roman Empire ' 17. By what emperors was the empire governed during St. Paul's ministry? Chapter IX. — 1 What is said of the labors of Peter ' SCRIPTURE GEOGRAPHY. 63 2. St. John preached the gospel for a while in Pdesline. He was at length banished to the island of Patviosi and he passed the latter part of his life in Asia Minor, chiefly at 3. James, the brother of John, suffered martyrdom under lierod Agrippa, as related in Acts xii. 4. The other apostle James, the brother of Jude, some- times called James the Less, was the author of the epistle which bears his name, and was bishop o£ Jerusalem, where he suffered martyrdom, A. D. 62. 5. Of the labors of the rest of the twelve original disci- ples or apostles, subsequent to the ascension of our Savior, scarcely any thing is recorded in the New Testament. 6. St. Paul, u-ho was appointed an apostle after the as- cension of our Savior, and was preeminent for his various endowments, "labored more abundantly than all the oth- ers ;» and he is styled the great apostle of the Gentiles. 7. He was a native of 2'arsus, a Hebrew of the tribe of Benjaniin, ^ya3 educated a Pharisee, and possessed, by birth, the privilege of a Roman citizen. This privilege, it has been maintained by some, was conferred on his aaces tors ; but others suppose, that, at this period, all the natives 01 larsus enjoyed it. 8. St. Paul was, for a time, zealous for the Jewish re- Jigion, and employed himself in cruelly persecuting the Christians ; and it was while on a journey from Jerusalem to Damascus, tor this purpose, that his miraculous conver- sion took place, A. D. 35, or 36. 9. After his conversion, he went to Damastns, thence into Jirabta, where he passed considerable time : then re* turned to Damascus, and afterwards to Jerusalem. 10. After this first return to Jerusalem, subsequent to his conversion, he performed four apostolic journeys from that city, before he was sent a prisoner to Rome. 11. Some of the principal companions and assistants of a^, ^^r.' .'aoo»s among the Gentiles, were Bar'nabas, iitlas, Ftmothy, Apollos, Titus, and Luke. 12. In his Jirst apostolic journey from Jerusalem, Paul 2. What is said of John ? 3. What is said of James the brother of John ? What of the other apostle Jarnes ? 5. What of the rest of the 12 original disciples? 6. What is said of St. Paul ' :• ^"^^°* '^'^ ^''■^^ *"•* origin? 8. What further is re- lated of hun? 9. To what places did he proceed afler his conversion ? 10. How many apostolic journeys did he per- form after this return to Jerusalem ? 11. Who were soma of his principal companions and asaistants ? 12. Wfiatwai ma route in his first journey ? 64 SCRIPTURE GEOGRAPHY Jiroceeded by way of Cmare'a to Tama ; thence to An* tmh i and, after spending considerable time here, he re- turned to Jerusalem, A. D. 44, accompanied by Barnabas, bringing relief to the suffering Christians in Judea. 13. In his second Journey, Paul returned to Antioch : thence by SeleW eta first to Sal'amis in Cyprus, thence to laphos, the capital of the island, where he converted the proconsul Ser'gius Pau'lus, and struck with blindness the sorcerer A/'ymas, who attempted to hinder his conversion. ,, ^^.™"' ?aphos he proceeded to Perga: thence to An- hocktnPmdia; thence to %5/m, where he cured a crip- ple J and the pepide who saw this miracle, were at first eager to offer sarifice to him and his companion Barnabas i but they afterwards stoned him, dragged him out of tbo city, and left him for dead. 15. From Lystra he proceeded to Der'he ; thence returninff again to Lystra Jconium, ^ntioch, and Perg-a; and thenci by way of ^«a^zva to ^n^^ocA in Syria. AftefspeXg con- siderable time here, he, together with Barnabas, went a-ain to Jerusalem, A. D. 49, in order to consult the apostlesmid elders, on the controversy which arose respecting circura, cision and other legal ceremonies. "^"W 26. After the council of Jerusalem, Paul commenced his rll? L * *f ^ '^^•"Pa"'"". «nti proceeded to Der'be and ^r^Zh^'m^ ^- '^/^'r?.^ ^^"^«^''y "'' «» «^'«t'^"t ; thence through Phnjgia, Galatia, and Mysia, to Troas\ where LvAe is supposed to have joined him nuJf'/m? 7-'"''^ ^'^ PVo^'^eded by Scmothra'cia and Map. ohs to Philip'pt, where he, together with Silas, was put in prison, but was delivered by an earthquake : and he after- wards converted the jailer and his family. «;i^^L?") ^.^'''Pl^ '!^ P'-oceeded to AmpMp'olis, Apollo' nia, Tkes3(dom'ca, Bere'a, and JlWcns. r.e^^a.t\^^^^f' ^^' T''^ 'V'ought before the supieme coiiri of Areop^agus for tna . and before this trihunil, composed elrdeTrictrx'vi'J.''"'^'"'^' '^ ''""'''''^ the'spoecrre 20. From Athens he procee ded to Cor'inlh, where he re 13. What course did he pursue in his second journey, and what took place at Paplios? 14. To what places did ^L proceed -r, „,?°'"P«Pho«'a"d what took place at Lystra' ^ 45. What was bis course afterwards, and on what occasion did he journey? 17- V\hat was his course afterwards, and what iQ wr.^"?^ P^^'^^,*^ ^'"''Pl" ■ 18. What places did he next visi ' 19. What took place at Athens ? 20. Whn. nit. di-" L ^hU - =-i* and what took place at Corinth ' "■' ' " '"'* re SCRIPTURE GEOGRAPHY. 65 mained about a year and a half, and vras here brought by the Jews before the proconsul Oatlio. 21. Embarking from Cen'chrea, a port of Corinth, after touching at Ephfe^us, he landed at Casart^a^ and proceeded again to Jerusalem, A. D. 53. 22. After a short stay at Jerusalem, Paul went to Antioch^ proceeding on his fourth apostolic journey through Gala'tia and Phryg'ia to Eph'esus, where he remained two or three 2 ears, and left the city after a riot was raised against him y Demetrius, the silversmith. 28. From Ephesus he proceeded by way of Troas to Macedonia, passing through that coJuUry^and Greece, again visiting Corinth and Philippi; thence sailing by Troaa to MUe'tus, where he met the Ephesian Christians, and took the affecting leave of them recorded in Acts xx. 24. From Miletus he proceeded by Cos, Rhodes, Patara Tyre, Plolema'is, and CtBsare'a, to Jerusalem, where he ar- rived before the feast of Pentecost, A. D. 53. 25. After his return to Jerusalem from his fourth apostol ic journey, the Jews caused an excitement against him, and he was sent a prisoner by way of Aniip'atris to Caaa- re'at to be tried by Felix, the governor. 26. Having been detained a prisoner two years at Ccesa- re'a, where he delivered the defences recorded in Acts xxii. and xxvi., he availed himself of his privilege of a Roman citizen by appealing to the emperor. 27. He was accordingly sent to Rome with other prison- ers, under the care of the centurion Julius, and was accom- panied by St. Luke. 28. In their voyage {see Map Ao. X), they touched at Sidon and Myra, sailed near Cnidus, thence round the e^ end of Crete ; and after being *' exceedingly tossed with a tempest," for fourteen days, they were shipwrecked near the island of Mel'ita, where they all got safe to shore. 29. From Mel'ita they proceeded by Syr'acuse, Ptde'oli, Ap'pii Fo'rum, and The Three Taverns, till they finally ar rived at Rome, A. O. 61. SO. Paul dwelt two years in the city, in hired lodgings 21. By what places did he return to Jerusalem ? 22. What was his course in his fourth journey, and v hat took place at Ephe- sus? 23. What was his route from thence, and what took place at Miletus ' 24. By what places did he return to Je- rusalem ? 25. What happened after his return ? What took place at CoBsarea ? 27. By whom was he accom- panied to Rome .' 23. What he do at Rome ? is related respeciinff the voy- rl A.^^ UfaV.*' 3 on 1171. -A J* J A 1 00 SCRIPTURE GEOGRAFHY. where ho received all that came to him, preaching the gci- pel without interruption. 31. During this irniirisonment nt Rome, the apostle wrote his epistles to the EpMsians, PhUip'pians, Coloa'sians, and to Phile'mon. S3. The most of his other epistles had before this time been written at different places. SS. St. Luke concludes his narrative in the Acts, with this imprisonment at Rome ; and the subsequent history of St. Paul is uncertain ; but it was the uniform tradition of the primitive church, that he was afterwards imprisoned a aecond time at Rome, and that he sufTei-ed martyrdom un der the emperor Nero, in or about the year A. D. 66. 31. What epistles did he write during this iinprisoninent ? 32. What is said of the other epistles ? 33. What further is relat- ed of St. Paul f See Map Mt, X. — What countries were situated on the east of the Mediterranean or Great Sea ? What countries were in the west of Asia Minor? In the south ? In the north ? In the east ? How was Galatia situated .' Troaa.' The island of Cyprus .? Crete." Patmos.' Sicily.' Mehta ? How was Greece or Achaia situated ? Macedonia ? Thrace." Epirus.' lUyricum? Thessaly." Dalmatia.* Italy ? Which way from Jerusalem to Damascus f Gaza ? Antioch." Alexandria." Ephesus." Cyre'ne." Athens" How was Antioch situated ," Tarsus." Iconium." Paphos? Atta- lia ." Antioch in Pisidia ? What towns were tiiere on the west coast of Asia Minor, and on the east of the iEgean Sea ." How was Smyrna situated? Ephesus? Pergamos? Miletus j" Philadelphia ? Sardis ? Colos'se and Laodicea ? How was Athens situated ? Thessalonica ? Corinth ? Fhilippi > Berea? Cenchrca? Rome? Syracuse? Rhegium? Pu- teoli ? By what places did St. Paul pass in his voyage Irom Ceesarea to Rome ? TABLE (!/■ A:?ciENT (Jl£OGRArHicAL Names, wilft their corresponding Modern Names. bEAS, GULFS, STRAITS, and LAKES. Ancient. A-dri-at'io Sea iE-gse'an Sea Aq-ui*ta'ni-aa ) Ocean 5 A-ra'bi-an G. or Ar-gol'ic G. Aa-phal-ti'tea L. At-ian tic O. Be-na'cus L. Dos'pho-rus (Cimmerian) Oos'phorus ) (Thraoian) ) Brig-an-ti'nus L. Cas'pi-an Sea (Co-da^ni-an G. Corinth, Gulf of Eux'ine Sea Gal'i-lee, Sea of Gal'lic Strait Gal'lic Gulf Gan-get'ic Gulf Modern. Gulf of Venice Archipelago Bay of Biscay Red Sea Gulf of 'Kapoli Dead Sea Jitlantic Garda Strait of Caffa Str. of Constan- tinople Constance Caspian Baltic Sea Gntf of Lepanto Black Sea Tabaria Str. of Dover Gulf of Lions Bay of Bengal Ancient. Gen-nes'a-reth; Lake of Oer'man O. or Hel'les-pont Her'cu-les, Str. Hi-ber'ni-an S. I-o'ni-an Sea La'ii-us L. { Modem. > Tabaria Jiorth Sea Dardanelles Str. of Gibraltar Irish Sea Part of the Gvlf of Venice Como Li-gus'tic Gulf Gtdf of Genoa Le'man Lake Mediterra'nean Pa'lus MoB-o'tig Pro-pon'tis Sa-ron'ic G. Si-cil'i-an Str. Syr'tis Ma'jor, 7 Ther-ma'ic G. -.... »y . Ti-be'ri-as,Seaof Tciharia Ver-ba'nus L. Maasiore Geneva Mediterranean Sea of Azof Marmora Gulf "/ Engia Str. of Messina Golf of Sidra Gulf of Contcssa ISLANDS. £-gi'na iE-o'li-an Islands A-mor'ffos An'a-pne An'dros Ar'a-du3 Bal-C'a'res < Ca-lym'na Ca-pra'ri-a Ga'pre-8B Car pa thus Engtd Lipari Islands Jimorgo JVamphio Andro Larek Majorca Minorca Ivica Calmina Gornera Capri Scarpanto Ceph-a-le'ni-ft Ce'os Chi'os Ci-mo'lus Cor-cy'ra Cor'si-ca Cos Crete Crep'sa Cy'prus Cyth'nus Cy-the'ra De'los G Cefaiont4 Zia Scio Argentiera Corfu Corsica Stanchio Candia Cherso Cyprus Thermia Cerifff! Delos 68 ISLANDS Ancient. Eu-boe'a Fortunate Isles Hes-per'i'des Hi-ber'ni-a I-ca'ri-a Il'va Im'bros I'os Ith'a-ca Lem'nos Lcs'bos Leu-ca'di-a Lip'a-ra Mel'ite Mel'i-te Me'los Mo'na Mo-na'bi-a Myc'o-nus Nax'os Ni-sy Vos O-le'a-ros Bo-rys the-nes RuIk) Al'bia A-mial-a Is'ter Moe'nus A'rar Ga-rum'na Lifeer Mo'sa \'nas ^(B'tis Ou'ri-us Modern. Ivica JVegropojit Canaries Bissagos Ireland Mcaria Elba Imbro JVio Thcaki Stalimene Mttelin St. Maura Lipari Malta Meleda Milo ^nglcsea Man Mjjconi JCaxia J^isiri -Antiparos Ancient. Pa'ros Pat'nios Psy'ra Rhodes Sal'a-mis Sa-rao-thra'ce Sa'mos Sar-din'i-a Scy'ros Se-ri'pliu3 Si(j'i.Iy Siph'nos Stcech'a-des Stroph'a-des Sy'ros Ten'e-dos Te'noB Tha'sos The'ra Thu'le Veo'tis Za-cyn'thus Dnieper Bog Volga RIVERS. Sarmatia. Tan'a-is Tu-run'lu3 Ty'ras II. I Is ter \ ^anM*« Germanv. Elbe Rhe'nus Ems Vi'a-drus Danube Vi-surgis Mayne Vis'lu-la Gaul. Saone Mo-sel'la Garonne Rhod'a-nus I^ire Seal dis Mcuse Seq'ua-na SpAiy. I-be'rua Min'i-us Ta'gus Illyricum, Dacia, &c. Dra'vus Ile'bfus Guadiana Guadalquivir Duero Modern Paroa Patino Ipsara Rhodes Colouri Samothraki Samoa Sardirzia Sijra Sapho Sicily Siphanto Hicrcs Strivali Stira Tcnedos Tino Thaso Santorin Shetland Islet Isle of Wight Zante Don Dicina Dniester Rhine Oder Weser Vistula Moselle Rhone Scheldt Seine Ehro Minho Tagus or Tajo Dram Marizza RIVERS. Ancient. rE'nus P?-re'tu« Ad'du.a Ar'nuB Ath'e-sis Au'fi-dus E-rid'a-nus Me-do a-cus Ach-e-Io'ua Al-phe'ns As-tne'us Ax'i-us Eu-ro'taa Modern. Fnn Prutk .Adda Teverone Jirno Mige Ofanto Po Brenta Ancient. Sa'vus Ti-bis'cui Modem ^smro Pot art Mfco Vistriza Vardar Basili iTAtr. Me-tau'rus Min'ci-as Pa'dus Ru bi-con Ti'ber Ti-ci'nu9 Vul-tui/nua Greece. E-ve nus Ha-li-ac'mon Pe ne-us Strymon Save TfieU Metro Mineio Po Fiumeeino Tiber Ticino Voltwno Fidari Jcnicoro Peneo Strimon A-rax'es Ca-i'cus Cal-y-cad'i.ua Ca-ys'tru8 Cy'rus Da'ix,orTa'ik Et-y-man'der Eu-IsB'us or > Ula-i J Eu-phra'tes Gra-ni'cus Ha'lys lier'muB Aras GermaisU Kalikdoni Mindcrscare Kur Ural Hirmend Karasu Euphrates Otisvola KizU-ermak Sarabat Asia. Hy-das'pcs Jax-ar'tes Jor'dan Lv'cus Moeander 0-ron'tC8 Ox' us Pha'sis Pyr'a-mus San-ga'ri-us Ther-ino'dou Tigris JJehat Sir Jordan Tonsalu Meinder Orontes Jihon Eione Geihoun Saharia Temu'Ji Tisria Bag'ra-das Dara-duB Mejerdah Senegal Niger Afrtca. Nile Sta'chir Nat Gam' CITIES AND TOWNS. Britain. «!i- Cal'i-d(B 5^"^* Cam-bor'i-cam ) ^ , . . Can-ta-brig'i-a jC«»n*"'(^« Cas'tra A^la'ta Edinburgh '"►u-ro-ver'num Can/arhuru E-bor'a-cum Londi'mim > Lon-din'i-um ) Lu-gu-val'Ium Ox-o'ni-a York London CarliaU Oifiyrd 70 CITIES AND TOWNS. AiMicnt. At-tu'ri-ca Bar'ci-no BilOii-Us Cas'sarAu-gus'ta Cal-a ^ , • > Cologne Gaiii.. Fo'rum Ju'li-i Ge-ne'va Li-mo'num Lug-du nuin Lu-te ti-a Maa-sil'i-a rip-pi'na Frejus Geneva Poitiers Lyons Paris Marseilles Mu-gUE.-ti a-cumJtfen/z Nar'bo Jiarbonnt Ne-mau sua Ms7ncs Ro-tom a-gus Rouen To-lo'sa Toulouse Ag-ri-ffen'tum Arba Lon ga Aa-co'na Antl-um Ap'pi-i Fo'rum Aq-ui-le'i-a A-qui'num A-rim'i-num Ar-pi'num Aa-gus'ta Tau- ri-no'rum Ba1» Ben-e-ven'tum Bo-no'ni-a Brun-du'si-um Ca-i-e'ta Cal-lip'o-lig Ca-nu'si-um Cap'u-a Car'a-lis Cat'a-na Cen'tum Cel'Ite Clu'gi-um Co'mum Girgenti Albano Ancona Anzio Fossa Kvova AquUcia Aquino Rimini Arpino ' Turin Baia Benevento Bologna Brindisi Cajeta Gallipoli Canosa Capua CagUari Catania Civita Vecchia Chiusi Como Italy. Co-sen 'ti-a Cro-to'na Drep'a-num Fa-ven'ti-a Flo-ren'ti-a Gen'u-a Ha'dri-a Hyd-run'tum In-ter-am'na Le-on-ti'ni Lil-y-ba5'um Me-di-o-la'num Mu'ti-na Man'tu-a Ne-ap'o-lia Mes-sa'na Os'ti-a PoBs'tum Pa-nor'nius Par'ma Par-then'o-pe Pa-ta'vi-um Pe-ru'si-a Pi'ssB Cosenza Crotona Trapani Facnza Florence Genoa Adria Otranto Temi Lentini Marsala Milan Modcna Mantua J^aples Messina Ostia Pesti Palermo Par M J^aples Pmua Perugia Pisa CITIES AND TOWNS 71 Ancient. Pla-cen'U-a Pre-nes'le Pu-te'o-li Ra-ven'na Rhe'gi-urn Sa-ler'num Scyl-Ia-ce'um Se'na Spo-le ti*um Ta-ren'tum Ter-ges'te Am-phip'o-Iifl Ap-ol-Io'nia Be-rm'tL Di'utn Djrr-rach'i-um Ac'tl-um An-tif'y-ra Ar'goB Ath'ens Au'lis Cen'chte-a Chal'cis Co-ro'ne Cor'inth Cyl-le'ne Del'plii £-leu'sis £p-i-dau'nis Xiif-e-drn'mon Modern. Piacenza Pidestrina Fozzuolo Havenna Reggio Suemo S^illaee Siena Spoleto Tarento Trieste Emboli Polina Veria Standia Durazzo Ancient. Ti'bur Ti-ci'num Tri-den'tum Tus'culum Ve-na'fram Ve-nu'si-a Ver-cel*liB Ve-ro'na Vi-cen'ti-a Vol-BiD'i-um Modenr^^* Jivoli Pavia Trent Frascati Venafro Venosa P'ercelli Verona Vicenza BalseiM Mackdonia. E-des'sa Fdessa Pel'Ia Jenitza Pot-i-dffi'a Cassandra Sta-gi'ra Stavros Thes'Sa-lo-ni'oa Salonica Grkcck. ^gio Jispro-Spitia 'Srgo Athens Megalo-Vathi Kenkri Xfegropont Coron Corinth Chiarenza Castri Lepsina Pidaura (see Sparta) La-ris'«a Leuc'ira Man-ti-ne'a Me-lho'ne Meg a-ra Nau-pac'tus Mes-se'ne Nau'pU-a Pa tree Phar-sa'li-a Py'ios Si^'y-on Spar'ta Thebes Larissa Livadosta near TripolUxa Modon Megaro Lepanto Macra-nmthta Napoli Patras Farsa Mivarino Basilica Paleo-chori Thiva 1 A-by'doa Ad-ra-myt'ti-um A-ma'ai-a A-mi'sus An-cy'ra An'li-och Ap-a-me'a 5 At-ta-li'a Be-ri'sa CsBs-a-re'a Cer'a-sus Chal-ce'don Cbry-sop'o-lis Cla-zom'e-ne Co-los'ssa Con-stan'li-a Asu Minor. Kagara Mramili Amasia Samsoun Angora Jikshehr Aphiom-Kara' hissar Satalia Tocat Kaisarieh Kercsoun Kadi-Keni Scutari Vourla Chonos Constanza Cot-y-BB'um Der'be fiph'e-sus Er'y-thrtB £u-pa-to'ri-a Hal-i-car-nas'sus Her-a-cle'a I-co'ni-um Is'sus Lamp'sa-cus Mag-ne'si-a ) Mae-an'dri J Mag-ne'si-a ) Si-pyl'i-a > Maz'a-ca Mi-Ie'tus Ne-o-Caea-a-re'a Kiutajah Jllah Dag Ajasolue Erzthri Tchernikeh Bodrtim Erekli Konieh Aias Lampsaki Magnisa Guzel'hissat Kaisarith- MUets JViksar I 78 Annhiit Nice Nio>o>ine'di-« Pa'phM Plit'a-n Per'g* Per'ffa-mai Phi-la-del'phi-a Pho-CB-a PruM CITIES AND TOWNS. Modara. Jsnie Bmffa Patera Kara-hitaar Ptrgamo ^tahS/iehr Foehea Bursa Aneleal. Sal'a-mM Sar'dis Si-no'pe Se-leu'oi-a Smyr'na Tar'flui Tel-mia'mis Thy-a-ti'ra Tra-pe'zua Al-ez-an'dri-a An'ti'och Ap-a-me'a Ar-be'Ia Bab'y-lon, near Be-raj'a Ber'y-tuB Chai'ran,CarVjB Ctes'i-phon Da-mas oua Eo-bat'a>na E-des'sa E-me'sa SVRIA, MlCSOPOTAMIA, &e Mexandretta He-li-op'o-lis ^ntioch Famich Erbil Hellah Jileppo Beirout Heren Modain Damascus Hamadan Ourfa Hems Ep-i-pha'ni-a Hi-e-rnp'o-lja La-od-i-ce'a Ni^-e-pho'ri-um Nis'i-bis Tttd'mor, or Pal Sa-mos'a-ta 8a-rep'ta Se-Ieu fai-a Si'don Trip'o-lia Tyre Motlern. Constawm Sort Sinob Sel^fke Smyrna Tarso Maori ^khissar Trebisond Bailee Famiek Bambouck LataJtiu Raua J^isidin •my'ra Samisat Sarfend Badead Saida Tripoli Sur Ar-i-ma-the'a A-ZO'tU8 Beth'Ie-hem Betli'san Km'ma-ua Ga'za Ile'bron Jer'i-cho A-by'doa Al-ex-an'dri>a Ar"8in'o-« CiBs-a-re'a Cap'sa Ca-no pus Cir'ta Croc o-di-Jop'o Cy-re'ne Dar'nis He-Ii-opolia Hip'po-Re gi-ui Ramla Ezdoud Bethle/um Baisan ^moas Gaza El KhaU JericJio Palestine. Je-ru'sa-lem - Jez re-el Nazareth Ptol-e-ma'ia Ba-ma'ri-a Scy-thop'o-lia 8eph'o-ris Sy'char Jerusalem Ezdraelon J^azarcth Acre Sebaste Baisan Sep/umri JVapolose Africa. Madfuni Alexandria Suez Sherskell Oafsa Aboukir Constantina YmMedinet-Fars Curen Deme Matarea Bona Hip'po-Zar'y- Ij^-cop o-lis Pelu'si-um Ptol-e-ma'is Sy-e'ne Su-fet'u-la Ten'ty.ra Tin'gis U'ti-ca Vac'ca Za'ma tus Bizerta Suit Tripoli Tineh Tolometa Syene Spaitla Vendera Tangier Boo- Shatter Vegia Zamah SCRIPTURE GEOGRAPHY. 73 TABLE, Exhibiting, in chronoloffical order, the Places where, anu Jm Timea when, the Books of the New Testament were written, ao- curding to Dr. Lardner. ' The Gospels akd the Acts. Places. A. D. «*' M°"i!*®^ .... Judea, or near it . about 64 St. Mark .... Rome .... about 64 »t. Luke Greece . . about 63 -w 64 &t. John .... Ephosus . . . about 68 The Acts of the Apostles Greece about 63 or 64 St. Paul's Epistles. 1 Thessalonians 3 Thessalonians Galatians 1 Corinthians 1 Timothy Titus . . 2 Corinthians Romans . Ephesians 2 Timothy Philippians Colossians Philemon Hebrews . Corinth .... Corinth .... Corinth or Ephesus 52 Ephesus .... Macedonia . Macedonia, or near it Macedonia . Corinth Rome Rome . Rome Rome . Rome Rome or Italy . 63 52 or 53 69 66 56 57 58 61 61 62 62 62 63 The Catholic Epistles. 1 Peter and 2 Peter . Rome §4 i^j^, Unknown . . . 64 or 65 ^ Jon" Ephesus .... 80 Ephesus . . from 80 to 90 2 John and 3 John The Revelation Patmos or Ephesus 95 or 96 The dates of several of the Epistles have been much controverted. According to Dr. Lardner, the Second Epistk lo Ihmotkywaa written by PauJ, during his Jirsi imprison- ment at Rome ; but Michaelis, Rosenmuller, Macknight, 29* *.•■■ n SCRIITURE GEOGRAPHY. ten during the apostle's aecond imprisonment, and but little before he sufTered martyrdom. Many learned critics suppose that the First Epistle to Timothy, and the Epistle to Titus, were written as lute as theyear 64 or 65. Thirteen of the Epistles were avowedly written by Sf. Paui ; but the Epistle to the Hebrews, which is ascribed to him by Dr. Lardner, is anonymous, and the question re •pectinji^ the author of it has been much controverted. The Erevailmg opinion, however, in the Christian church, has eeo, that it was written by Paul ; and this opinion is sup- ported by a inajority of modern critics. THE END V tie to CM 3r. to e bo as P-